General Plan - Moreno Valley

CITY OF MORENO VALLEYGENERAL PLANJULY 11, 2006

CITY OF MORENO VALLEYGENERAL PLANCITY COUNCILMAYOR BONNIE FLICKINGERMAYOR PRO-TEM CHARLES R. WHITECOUNCIL MEMBER WILLIAM H. BATEYCOUNCIL MEMBER RICHARD A. STEWARTCOUNCIL MEMBER FRANK WESTPLANNING COMMISSIONCHAIR MARIA MARZOEKIVICE CHAIR GEORGE RIECHERSCOMMISSIONER RICHARD DOZIERCOMMISSIONER MICHAEL S. GELLERCOMMISSIONER RICK DE JONGCOMMISSIONER DOUGLAS W. MERKTCOMMISSIONER BRUCE R. SPRINGERGENERAL PLAN UPDATE DATE ADOPTED RESOLUTION NO.PLANNING COMMISSION APRIL 6, 2006 2006-14CITY COUNCIL JULY 11, 2006 2006-832006-84

PreambleThe City of Moreno Valley embraces the interests of its residents and strives to meetstheir needs by creating a sense of community. The commitment to this vision encouragesattractive amenities and a full range of public services, while promoting a safe andhealthy environment. It is the goal of the City to improve the quality of life by creatingthis “sense of place” and working together to encourage involvement and volunteerismwhile endeavoring to function in an effective, responsible, efficient and visionary manner.

TABLE OF CONTENTSMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANChapter 1. Introduction Page1.1 What is a General Plan 1-11.2 Background 1-11.3 Setting 1-11.4 History 1-21.5 Planning Area 1-21.6 Public Participation 1-21.7 Organization of the General Plan 1-4Chapter 2.Community Development Element2.1 Land Use 2-12.1.1 Setting 2-12.1.2 Neighboring Land Uses 2-12.1.3 Land Use Plan 2-32.2 Regional and Sub-regional Plans 2-52.3 Community Design 2-62.4 Utilities 2-62.4.1 Water Supply 2-62.4.2 Sewer Service 2-72.4.3 Electricity 2-72.4.4 Natural Gas and Jet Fuel 2-82.4.5 Telephone Service 2-82.4.6 Cable Television 2-82.5 Schools 2-82.5.1 Background 2-82.5.2 Issues and Opportunities 2-102.6 Library Services 2-102.6.1 Background 2-102.6.2 Issues and Opportunities 2-112.7 Special Districts 2-112.7.1 Background 2-112.8 Other City Facilities 2-132.8.1 Background 2-132.8.2 Issues and Opportunities 2-13i July 11, 2006

TABLE OF CONTENTSMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANChapter 3. Economic Development Element Page3.1 To be provided at a later date 3-1Chapter 4.Parks, Recreation and Open Space Element4.1 Setting 4-14.2 Open Space 4-14.2.1 Open Space for the Preservation of Natural Resources 4-14.2.2 Open Space for Public Health and Safety 4-34.2.3 Open Space for the Production of Resources 4-34.2.4 Open Space for Outdoor Recreation 4-44.3 Parks and Recreation 4-44.3.1 Recreation Service Level Standards 4-54.3.2 Park Planning and User Needs 4-74.3.3 Recreational Services 4-84.3.4 Local Park and Recreation Facilities 4-94.3.5 Future Facilities 4-114.3.6 Multiuse Trails 4-11Chapter 5.Circulation Element5.1 Introduction 5-15.1.1 State of California Guidelines 5-15.2 Background 5-15.2.1 Existing Roadways 5-15.2.1.1 Interstate and State Highways 5-25.2.1.2 Existing Roadway Deficiencies 5-25.2.2 Regional Plans 5-25.2.2.1 Regional Transportation Plan 5-25.2.2.2 Riverside County Integrated Project 5-25.2.2.3 Congestion Management Program 5-35.2.3 Bikeway System 5-35.2.4 Public Transit 5-35.2.4.1 Bus Service 5-35.2.4.2 Commuter Rail 5-45.2.5 Truck Circulation 5-45.2.6 Traffic Levels of Service 5-4ii July 11, 2006

TABLE OF CONTENTSMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANChapter 5. Circulation Element (Continued) Page5.2.6.1 Level of Service Definitions 5-45.3 Issues and Opportunities 5-45.3.1 Level of Service 5-45.3.2 Development Monitoring 5-65.3.2.1 Arterial Segments that Require Further Study 5-65.3.2.2 Industrial Development 5-75.3.2.3 School Circulation 5-75.3.2.4 Geographical Constraints 5-75.3.3 Regional Issues 5-75.3.3.1 Regional Growth 5-75.3.3.2 March Air Reserve Base/March Inland Port 5-85.3.3.3 Regional Roadway Deficiencies 5-85.3.4 Intelligent Transportation Systems 5-85.3.5 Transportation Demand Management 5-95.3.6 Funding 5-9Chapter 6.Safety ElementA. Public Safety Services6.1 Police Protection and Crime Preventions 6-16.1.1 Background 6-16.1.2 Patrol Division 6-46.1.3 Administrative Division 6-46.1.4 Special Enforcement Team 6-56.1.5 Detective Division 6-56.1.6 Issues and Opportunities 6-66.2 Fire and Emergency Services 6-66.2.1 Background 6-66.2.2 Fire Prevention 6-96.2.3 Fire Suppression 6-96.2.4 Emergency Medical Services 6-96.2.5 Emergency Management 6-106.2.6 Public Assistance 6-106.2.7 Fire Prevention Codes 6-106.2.8 Wildland Urban Interface 6-10iii July 11, 2006

TABLE OF CONTENTSMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANChapter 6. Safety Element (Continued) Page6.2.9 Smoke Detectors 6-106.2.10 Automatic Fire Suppression Systems 6-116.2.11 Inspection and Enforcement 6-116.2.12 Public Education 6-116.2.13 Emergency/Disaster Preparation and Response 6-126.3 Animal Services 6-126.3.1 Background 6-126.3.2 Issues and Opportunities 6-13B. Environmental Safety6.4 Noise 6-136.4.1 Background 6-136.4.2 Noise Fundamentals 6-136.4.3 Community Responses to Noise 6-146.4.4 Planning and Design Considerations 6-166.5 Geologic Hazards 6-166.5.1 Background 6-166.5.2 Issues and Opportunities 6-176.6 Air Quality 6-196.6.1 Background 6-196.6.2 Issues and Opportunities 6-206.7 Water Quality 6-216.7.1 Background 6-216.7.2 Issues and Opportunities 6-226.8 Flood Hazards 6-236.8.1 Background 6-236.8.2 Issues and Opportunities 6-256.9 Hazardous Materials 6-276.9.1 Background 6-276.9.2 Issues and Opportunities 6-286.10 Air Crash Hazards 6-286.10.1 Background 6-286.10.2 Issues and Opportunities 6-29iv July 11, 2006

TABLE OF CONTENTSMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANChapter 8. Housing Element (Continued) Page8.2.5 Employment Characteristics 8-88.3 Existing Housing Need 8-98.3.1 Housing Affordability 8-98.3.2 Overpayment 8-148.3.3 Overcrowding 8-158.3.4 Household Income 8-178.3.5 Housing Stock Conditions 8-198.3.6 Special Housing Needs 8-208.3.7 Elderly Headed Households 8-218.3.8 Meeting Elderly Housing Needs in Moreno Valley 8-218.3.9 Disabled 8-238.3.10 Large Families 8-248.3.11 Female Headed Households 8-248.3.12 Farm Workers 8-258.3.13 Homeless Needs 8-268.3.14 Homeless Survey in Moreno Valley 8-278.3.15 Commitment to Homeless Services 8-278.3.16 March Air Force Base Master Reuse Plan 8-288.3.17 Units at Risk of Conversion 8-298.4 Projected Housing Needs 8-308.4.1 Regional Housing Needs Allocation 8-308.4.2 Vacant Land Inventory 8-328.4.3 Vacant Land Inventory Methodology 8-328.4.4 Very Low-Income Housing Potential 8-328.4.5 Low-Income Housing Potential 8-378.4.6 Moderate-Income Housing Potential 8-398.4.7 Above Moderate-Income Housing Potential 8-408.4.8 Environmental Constraints 8-418.4.9 Summary 8-428.4.10 Financial Resources 8-428.4.11 Energy Conservation 8-468.5 Projects and Programs 8-468.5.1 Cottonwood Place Apartments 8-468.5.2 Cottonwood and Indian Street Improvements 8-46vi July 11, 2006

TABLE OF CONTENTSMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANChapter 8. Housing Element (Continued) Page8.6.24 Availability of Financing 8-678.6.25 Construction Costs 8-688.7 Overview: Goals, Objectives, Policies & Programs 8-69Appendix 8-82Notes 8-114Chapter 9.Goals, Objectives, Polices and Programs9.0 Introduction 9-19.1 Ultimate Goals 9-19.2 Community Development Element Goals, Objectives, Policies andPrograms9.2.1 Community Development Element Goals 9-29.2.2 Community Development Element Objectives and Policies 9-29.2.3 Community Development Element Programs 9-129.3 Economic Development Element Goals, Objectives, Policies andPrograms9.3.1 Economic Development Element Goals 9-139.3.2 Economic Development Element Objectives and Policies 9-139.3.3 Economic Development Element Programs 9-139.4 Parks, Recreation and Open Space Element Goals, Objectives,Policies and Programs9.4.1 Parks Recreation and Open Space Element Goals 9-149.4.2 Parks Recreation and Open Space Element Objectives and 9-14Policies9.4.3 Parks Recreation and Open Space Element Programs 9-179.5 Circulation Element Goals, Objectives, Policies and Programs9.5.1 Circulation Element Goals 9-189.5.2 Circulation Element Objectives and Policies 9-189.5.3 Circulation Element Programs 9-239.6 Safety Element Goals, Objectives, Policies and Programs9.6.1 Safety Element Goals 9-309.6.2 Safety Element Objectives and Policies 9-309.6.3 Safety Element Programs 9-349.7 Conservation Element Goals, Objectives, Policies and Programs9.7.1 Conservation Element Goals 9-369.7.2 Conservation Element Objectives and Policies 9-369.7.3 Conservation Element Programs 9-38viii July 11, 2006

TABLE OF CONTENTSMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANChapter 9. Goals, Objectives, Polices and Programs (Continued) Page9.8 Housing Element Goals, Objectives, Policies and Programs9.8.1 Housing Element Goals 9-399.8.2 Housing Element Objectives and Policies 9-399.8.3 Housing Element Programs 9-40Chapter 10. Glossary 10-1ix July 11, 2006

TABLE OF CONTENTSMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANLIST OF FIGURESPageFigure 1-1 Vicinity Map 1-3Figure 2-1 Neighboring Land Uses 2-2Figure 2-2 Land Use Map 2-4Figure 2-3 School District Boundaries 2-9Figure 3-1 Redevelopment Project Area 3-2Figure 4-1 Open Space 4-2Figure 4-2 Future Parklands Acquisition Areas 4-6Figure 4-3 Master Plan of Trails 4-13Figure 6-1 Fire Stations 6-8Figure 6-2 Buildout Noise Contours 6-15Figure 6-3 Geologic Faults & Liquefaction 6-18Figure 6-4 Flood Hazards 6-26Figure 6-5 Air Crash Hazards 6-30Figure 7-1 Water Purveyor Service Area Map 7-9Figure 7-2 Major Scenic Resources 7-13Figure 9-1 Circulation Plan 9-26Figure 9-2 LOS Standards 9-27Figure 9-3 Roadway Cross-Sections 9-28Figure 9-4 Bikeway Plan 9-29x July 11, 2006

TABLE OF CONTENTSMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANLIST OF TABLESPageTable 4-1 Parkland Needs 4-5Table 4-2 Future Park Acquisition 4-5Table 5-1 Level of Service Description 5-5Table 6-1 1,899 Priority 1 (P1) Calls For Service 6-1Table 6-2 Part 1 Crimes – City Comparisons 6-2Table 6-3 Uniform Crime Report Statistics – Part 1 Crimes 6-3Table 6-4 Deployment of Patrol Officers 6-4Table 6-5 Traffic Collisions and Citations 6-5Table 8-1 City of Moreno Valley Historical Population Growth8-3Riverside County Historical Population GrowthTable 8-2 1987 SCAG Population Projection City of Moreno Valley 8-5Table 8-3 Preliminary Draft Forecast for Population Moreno Valley 8-5Table 8-4 Family Life Cycle8-6Mean AgesTable 8-5 Moreno Valley Ethnicity and Household Size 8-7Table 8-6 Estimated Development Costs Owner Housing Prototypes 8-11Table 8-7 Homeowner Subsidy Requirements Single Family 3 Bedroom 8-13Table 8-8 Homeowner Subsidy Requirements Townhouse 2 Bedroom 8-13Table 8-9 Homeowner Subsidy Requirements Townhouse 3 Bedroom 8-14Table 8-10 Households Overpaying for Housing – All Incomes 8-15Table 8-11 Households with Overcrowding Problems 8-16Table 8-12 Wage Needed to Afford a Fair Market Rent8-17Work Necessary to Afford Fair Market Rent at Minimum WageTable 8-13 Housing Stock Additions City of Moreno Valley 8-19Table 8-14 Building Permit Activity City of Moreno Valley 1986-1999 8-20Table 8-15 Services Provided 8-28Table 8-16 Existing Transitional Housing Units 8-29Table 8-17 Affordable Housing Units in Moreno Valley 8-30Table 8-18 Moreno Valley Regional Housing Needs Allocation 8-31Table 8-19 Housing Produced or Approved Meeting RHNA Requirement 8-31Table 8-20 Very Low-Income Housing Development Potential 8-33Table 8-21 Low-Income Housing Development Potential 8-38Table 8-22 Moderate-Income Housing Development Potential 8-40Table 8-23 Above Moderate-Income Housing Development Potential 8-41Table 8-24 Proposed Redevelopment Agency Budget 8-43xi July 11, 2006

TABLE OF CONTENTSMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANList of Tables (Continued)PageTable 8-25 Proposed HOME Budget 8-45Table 8-26 Sites Available for Mobilehome Parks 8-51Table 8-27 Sites Available for Manufactured Housing 8-52Table 8-28 Vacant Land Appropriately Zoned for Transitional Housing 8-53Table 8-29 Vacant Land Appropriately Zoned for Homeless Shelters 8-54Table 8-30 Parking Requirements 8-59Table 8-31 Single-Family Residential Development Standards 8-61Table 8-32 Multi-Family Residential Development Standards 8-62Table 8-33 Quantified Objectives – Housing Units by Income 8-70Table 8-34 Proposed Housing Element Housing Programs 8-71Table 8-35 1991 Adopted Housing Element Policies and Programs 8-84Table 8-36 Units Rehabilitated 8-113xii July 11, 2006

TABLE OF CONTENTSMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANLIST OF CHARTSPageChart 8-1 Moreno Valley Population Growth 1990-2000 8-4Chart 8-2 SCAG Growth Forecast – City of Moreno Valley 8-5Chart 8-3 Family Ethnicity 1993 and 1998 8-7Chart 8-4 Riverside County – Moreno Valley Unemployment 1990-2000 8-9Chart 8-5 Home Price Savings 8-9Chart 8-6 Moreno Valley Income Distribution 1991 and 1998 8-18Chart 8-7 Percentage of Elderly Living Alone 8-22Chart 8-8 With Increasing Age – Greater Likelihood of Disability 8-24Chart 8-9 Female Householder 1990 and 2000 8-25Chart 8-10 City of Moreno Valley – Total Foreclosures 1995-1999 8-67xiii July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 1 – INTRODUCTIONMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN1. INTRODUCTION1.1 What is a General Plan?A General Plan is a comprehensive long-termstrategy for the physical development of acity. It determines how land may be used andthe infrastructure and public services that areneeded or desired by the community. TheMoreno Valley General Plan is a reflection ofwhat the community considers necessary tocreate a safe, healthful, prosperous anddesirable place to live, work and play.California law requires both cities andcounties to adopt general plans. A generalplan acts as the “constitution” for the physicaldevelopment of a city. It forms the basis ofdecisions concerning the development ofproperty. Land use and zoning regulations,development standards, capital projects (e.g.roads), subdivision approvals andrequirements for land dedication must beconsistent with the adopted general plan.1.2 BackgroundThe City of Moreno Valley was incorporatedon December 3, 1984 and its first GeneralPlan was adopted in 1988. Prior to 1988,Moreno Valley operated under the GeneralPlan and the zoning ordinance(s) of theCounty of Riverside.The 1988 General Plan was a detaileddocument, very much like a zoning code. Adetailed document was considered necessarybecause the Riverside County zoningordinance did not adequately address theconcerns of the community. A new zoningcode for the City of Moreno Valley wasadopted in 1992. A comprehensive update ofthe General Plan was initiated in 1996 toaddress the latest concerns and conditionsand create a document that is easier to read,more convenient to use and avoid duplicationof the zoning code and other existingregulations.Physical conditions changed since the firstGeneral Plan was adopted in 1988. Forexample, March Air Force Base becameMarch Air Reserve Base. Base realignmentresulted in the loss of local jobs but alsoreduced the noise generated from aircraftoperations. It also resulted in the disposaland potential reuse of federal land andcreated an opportunity for joint use of theairfield for civilian uses. Another significantdevelopment was the relocation of a portionof Interstate 215 to the west of Moreno Valley.This dramatically reduced traffic along thewestern city limits.1.3 SettingThe City of Moreno Valley is located innorthwestern Riverside County,approximately 52 miles east of downtown LosAngeles, and 42 miles west of Palm Springs(see Figure 1-1). The City is located near theeastern edge of the Los Angeles metropolitanarea.Moreno Valley is situated along two majorfreeways. The Moreno Valley Freeway (StateRoute 60) connects directly to downtown LosAngeles and the regional freeway system.State Route 60 connects to Orange Countyvia the Riverside Freeway (State Route 91).To the east, State Route 60 connects withInterstate 10, running to Palm Springs,Phoenix, and beyond. Interstate 215 runs bythe westerly city limits, and is an importantnorth-south link from San Diego throughwestern Riverside and San Bernardinocounties and beyond.Moreno Valley encompasses approximately50 square miles characterized by a beautifulvalley bounded by mountains and hills onthree sides. The city limits are bounded onthe north by the Box Springs Mountains. Thegullied hills of the Badlands lie to the east.The mountains of the Lake Perris RecreationPage 1-1 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 1 – INTRODUCTIONMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANArea, the floodplain of Mystic Lake and theSan Jacinto Wildlife Area and level terrain inthe City of Perris are located to the south.Gently sloping terrain lies west of the citylimits within March Air Reserve Base, the Cityof Riverside and the County of Riverside.1.4 HistoryAmerican Indians were the first inhabitants ofMoreno Valley. They hunted game andgathered seeds. They left evidence in rocksthat they used to grind seeds.Early settlers traveled through the area fromnorthern Mexico to various missionsettlements along a trail charted by JuanBautista de Anza in 1774. The trail passedthrough the San Jacinto Valley, the PerrisValley and southwest Moreno Valley.Moreno Valley and the rest of Californiabecame part of the United States in 1850.The Moreno Valley area began to develop inthe late 1880's with the establishment of theAlessandro and Moreno settlements. Thecommunity of Moreno was built around theintersection of Redlands Boulevard andAlessandro Boulevard. Alessandro waslocated within the limits of present day MarchAir Reserve Base.Grain and fruit farms were established and anaqueduct was built to deliver water from a newreservoir in the San Bernardino Mountains.Frank Brown formed the companies that builtthe reservoir and aqueduct. Water wasdelivered to the community of Moreno in 1891.The flow of water ended shortly thereafter dueto a combination of drought conditions and alegal dispute over water rights. Crops failedand many farmers and settlers moved away.Some of the remaining farmers turned to dryfarming.Activation of March Air Force Base in 1918(later closed in 1922) and an increase in waterwell drilling spurred new development.Reactivation and expansion of March Air ForceBase during the 1940's generated additionalgrowth. New development occurred in thearea that became the communities ofEdgemont and Sunnymead in thesouthwestern and central portions of the valleyand Moreno in the southeastern end of thevalley.Moreno Valley was included in the EasternMunicipal Water District in the 1950’s,providing a more reliable source of water forresidential and agricultural development. Thecommunity continued to grow at a rapid rate.The population grew from 13,291 residents in1960, 18,871 in 1970, to 28,139 residents in1980.The City of Moreno Valley was incorporated onDecember 3, 1984 and thereafter thepopulation soared, reaching 118,779 in 1990.For part of that period it was the fastestgrowing city in the country. Moreno Valley isthe second largest city in Riverside Countywith a population of 142,381 in the year 2000.The California Department of Financepopulation estimate for 2005 was 165,328.1.5 Planning AreaFigure 1-1 is a map illustrating the regionalsetting. The planning area boundary includesthe approximately 50 square miles within thecity limits and 18 square miles within thesphere of influence.Development of land to the north and east ofthe City and its sphere of influence couldhave an effect on the City of Moreno Valley.Therefore, the general plan study areaextends north to the San Bernardino Countyline and east into the Badlands.1.6 Public ParticipationThe Moreno Valley General Plan is the resultof an extensive public participation programto establish an understanding of communityconcerns. The public participation programPage 1-2 July 11, 2006

San Bernardino CountyCALIMESA|ÿ 91|ÿ 91NORCORIVERSIDE|ÿ 60 |ÿ 60MORENO VALLEY|ÿ 79¥¦ 215 ¥¦ 10BANNINGFIGURE 1-1VICINITY MAPCORONALAKE PERRISBEAUMONTLAKE MATHEWSHighwaysPERRISSAN JACINTOMoreno ValleyCity BoundariesMoreno Valley SphereMarch ARBRiverside County|ÿ 74HEMETWaterbodiesCANYON LAKEDIAMOND VALLEY LAKEOrange County¥¦ 15 ¥¦ 15 ¥¦ 15|ÿ 74 |ÿ 79LAKE ELSINORE¥¦ 215±MURRIETALAKE SKINNER10,560 0 10,560 21,1202 0 2 4FeetMilesDate: July 11, 2006State Plane NAD83 Zone 6File: G:\arcmap\planning\gen_plan_updates\vicinity.mxdGEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMSSan Diego CountyTEMECULAThe information shown on this map was compiled fromthe Riverside County GIS and the City of Moreno ValleyGIS. The land base and facility information on this mapis for display purposes only and should not be relied uponwithout independent verification as to its accuracy.Riverside County and City of Moreno Valley willnot be held responsible for any claims, losses ordamages resulting from the use of this map.

CHAPTER 1 – INTRODUCTIONMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANfor the General Plan Update took place inphases. The first phase took place in 1996.It entailed interviews with city officials, focusgroup meetings with representatives fromvarious private organizations, youthinvolvement and a series of 5 communityissues workshops. A preliminary land useplan was prepared for presentation during thesecond phase of the public participationprogram.The second phase of the public participationprogram was developed with the assistanceof an ad-hoc committee of local residents.Notice of the preliminary land use plan wasprovided through a variety of methods,including MVTV-3, newspaper notices, pressreleases and flyers. Community input wasobtained at meetings of service clubs, citizenadvisory committees and the Chamber ofCommerce. Special community meetingswere held at Palm Middle School and theEdgemont Woman’s Club.A questionnaire was distributed at eachmeeting and at various facilities. Letters werealso mailed directly to owners of propertyproposed for change. A number of residentsand property owners provided writtencomments.Many people from the eastern end of the Citycommented on the General Plan Update. Themajority expressed that they wanted thezoning in that area to support a rural lifestylewith a land use pattern consisting of singlefamilyresidences on large lots. Manyresidents were opposed to providing aregional transportation route through theeastern portion of Moreno Valley.A number of residents stated that they wantedto minimize traffic congestion. Severalpeople were opposed to increasingopportunities for apartments, stating that theCity has enough “affordable” housing.Attracting high-paying employers was apriority for many residents. Revitalization ofolder parts of the city was also an importantconsideration.Changes were made to the preliminary landuse plan based on the initial public input.Alternative land use plans were alsodeveloped. The Planning Commissionconducted a series of public meetings in 2000and made additional changes to the land useplan(s). The Commission subsequentlyconsidered changes to the text, figures,goals, objectives, policies and programs ofthe General Plan. An environmental impactreport was prepared to analyze the significantenvironmental effects of the General Plan,compare alternatives and discuss methods toreduce or avoid environmental damage.The City conducted a survey of residents in2000 that included several questionsconcerning planning and development issues.The results of the survey indicated that theresidents agreed with the following goals:redevelopment of Edgemont (61% agreed,6% disagreed), improving the road toRedlands (58% agreed, 9% disagreed), andretaining the rural character of northeastMoreno Valley (47% agreed, 10% disagreed).When asked whether Moreno should focuson being a bedroom community or a jobcenter, 80 percent of the residents indicatedthat they wanted the city to be both a jobcenter and a bedroom community. Theresults with respect to other developmentissues were inconclusive.1.7 Organization of the General PlanEach general plan must contain at leastseven elements. The seven mandatoryelements are land use, circulation, housing,conservation, open space, noise and safety.The Moreno Valley General Plan contains allof the mandatory elements, plus an optional,Economic Development Element. In somecases, mandatory elements are combined tominimize redundancy. For example, the landuse element is part of the communitydevelopment element and the noise elementhas been combined with the safety element.Page 1-4 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 2 – COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENTMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN2. COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT ELEMENT2.1 Land Use2.1.1. SettingLand use within Moreno Valley has beenprimarily residential in character. Singlefamilyresidential neighborhoods dominatethe western half of the City. Residences arescattered throughout the largely rural easternportion of the planning area. The MorenoValley Mall at Towngate and other majorcommercial developments are located in thenorthwestern part of the City along StateRoute 60 and Sunnymead Boulevard, and inthe central portion of the City, alongAlessandro and Perris Boulevards.Single-family residenceIndustrial development is located in thesouthwest corner of Moreno Valley betweenKitching Street and Heacock Street. Thearea between Alessandro Boulevard andMarch Air Reserve Base contains industrialuses and several City of Moreno Valleyfacilities, including city hall, the public safetybuilding and the animal shelter. There aretwo full-service hospitals in Moreno Valley.The Moreno Valley Community Hospital ison the north side of Iris Avenue, west ofOliver Street. The Riverside CountyMedical Center is located on the northwestcorner of Cactus Avenue and Nason Street.2.1.2. Neighboring Land UsesThe Riverside County Waste ResourcesManagement District owns and operates theBadlands Sanitary Landfill at the eastern endof Ironwood Avenue. Riverside CountyParks and Open Space District maintains anatural open space area in the hills aroundthe landfill.The San Jacinto Wildlife Area is located inthe southeastern corner of the planning area.It was created by the State of California asmitigation for loss of wildlife habitat resultingfrom construction of the State Water Project.Additional habitat area continued to beadded to encompass adjacent wetlands andto provide a corridor to the Badlands. Itcontains open grasslands and natural andman-made wetlands that attract and supportmigratory birds and resident wildlife. Birdwatching is a popular activity in the area as itis a major stop on the Pacific flyway.Part of the San Jacinto Wildlife Area is withinthe historic floodplain of the San JacintoRiver and is subject to periodic flooding. Theresulting floodwater, known as Mystic Lake,has been known to inundate the area formonths or years at a time.The Lake Perris Recreation Area, operatedby the California Department of Parks andRecreation, is situated along the southernboundary of the City. Visitors to the parkenjoy boating, fishing, picnicking andcamping. Riverside County operates BoxSprings Mountain Park along the northwestcity boundary. It is a passive park suited tohiking and horseback riding.March Air Reserve Base, located southwestof the city limits, was once an active dutyaerial refueling and deployment base. Withover 9,000 military and civilian employees,the base played a major role in the localeconomy. The base was realigned fromactive duty to reserve status on April 1,Page 2-1 July 11, 2006

PERRIS BLVDBoxSpringsMountainRegionalParkRECH ES AN TI MOTEOCANYON RDCANYON RDCITY OFMORENO VALLEYSPHEREBox SpringsMountainRegional ParkPIGEON PASS RDPERRIS BLVDSAN TIMOTEO CANYON RDBOX SPRINGS RDp Z215DAY STVAN BUREN BLVDCACTUS AVEFREDERICK STIRONWOOD AVECOTTONWOOD AVEMARCH ARBSUNNYMEAD BLVDEUCALYPTUS AVEHEACOCK STINDIAN STPERRIS BLVDALESSANDRO BLVDJOHN F KENNEDY DRIRIS AVEJACLYN AVECITY OF MORENO VALLEYLASSELLE STCOTTONWOOD AVELASSELLE STCACTUS AVEMORENO BEACH DRIRONWOOD AVENASON STREDLANDS BLVDIRIS AVEMORENO BEACH DRLOCUST AVETHEODORE STFIGURE 2-1Badlands Norton Younglove ReserveSanitaryLandfillStreets|ÿ 60 Major StreetsALESSANDRO BLVDDAVIS RDGILMAN SPRINGS RDCITY OFMORENO VALLEYSPHERENEIGHBORINGLAND USESHighwaysSan Jacinto Wildlife AreaState and County ParksBadlands LandfillMoreno ValleyMoreno Valley SphereMarch ARBWaterbodies±5,000 2,500 0 5,000Lake Perris State RecreationSAN JACINTOWILDLIFE AREA0.5 0.25 0 0.5 1MilesFeetDate: July 11, 2006State Plane NAD83 Zone 6File: G:\arcmap\planning\gen_plan_updates\neigh_lu.mxdp Z215WEBSTER AVERAMONA EXYOLEANDER AVEKINE AVELAKE PERRISGEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMSThe information shown on this map was compiled fromthe Riverside County GIS and the City of Moreno ValleyGIS. The land base and facility information on this mapis for display purposes only and should not be relied uponwithout independent verification as to its accuracy.Riverside County and City of Moreno Valley willnot be held responsible for any claims, losses ordamages resulting from the use of this map.

CHAPTER 2 – COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENTMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN1996, creating March Air Reserve Base.March Air Reserve Base is the home to the452 nd Air Mobility Wing. In addition, theBase is used by the 4 th Air Force, 163 rdCalifornia Air National Guard and 120 thMontana Air National Guard Fighter Wing.Parts of the former active duty base notneeded for the military mission weretransferred to other agencies, including theMarch Joint Powers Authority (JPA). TheMarch JPA was created in 1993 through aJoint Powers Agreement between the citiesof Moreno Valley, Perris and Riverside andthe County of Riverside. The March JPAhas land use jurisdiction over militarysurplus property, including the March InlandPort. The March Inland Port is a joint-usemilitary and civilian airport. The civilianaviation emphasis is on air cargo.2.1.3. Land Use PlanAt the time of incorporation in 1984, the Cityof Moreno Valley used the Riverside CountyGeneral Plan and zoning ordinances toguide land use and development. TheRiverside County system of land useregulation did not adequately address theissues facing the community. The firstMoreno Valley General Plan was adoptedon September 20, 1988. There were sevenspecific plans in effect at the time. Manyland use map amendments were approvedsince that time. By 2005, a total of 11specific plans were in effect.A comprehensive update of the General Planwas initiated in 1996 to address changingconditions and community concerns. Theupdated land use plan furthers a range ofgoals and objectives outlined in otherelements of the General Plan, including, butnot limited to, goals and objectivesconcerning air quality, traffic congestion,biological resources and housing. Theupdated land use plan, shown in Figure 2-2achieves the following benefits:• Provides broad land use categoriesto allow flexibility in terms of landuses.• Distributes commercial areas citywideto encourage walking andbicycling• Promotes jobs/housing balance somore people are able to live close towork• Encourages development densityand intensity adjacent to bus routesLocates residential land uses away from highnoise levels• Delineates hillside areas for specialprotection• Allows for diversity in terms ofneighborhood character, from rural tourban• Promotes the maintenance andredevelopment of blighted areas• Allows for a range of housingopportunities, from apartments toexecutive homes• Provides a balance between theamount of commercial and office landand the demand for such uses.Multiple-family residential projectPage 2-3 July 11, 2006

JOHN F KENNEDY DRKITCHING STMORENO BEACH DRDAVIS RDPOSOSHRBox SpringsMountain ParkR/OR5HRBOX SPRINGS RDCDAY STEUCALYPTUS AVEDAY STCC A MP US PK WYGATEOSCWPA Y DRR2OST OWN CIR CL EELSWORTH STCACTUS AVEHR2IDDEN SP R I NGS DRHRCENTERR1POTOWNGATE BLVDPIGEON PASS RDINT D RFREDERICK STR3EL GRANITO STR5OLD LAKE D RPPR3IRONWOOD AVER20HEMLOCK AVECOTTONWOOD AVESUNNYMEAD RANCH PKW YCOSGRAHAM STGRAHAM STR15SUNNYMEAD BLVDALESSANDRO BLVDHRHEACOCK STHEACOCK STCHE AC OCK STR2MANZANITA AVEINDIAN STINDIAN STRECHE VISTA DRPERRIS BLVDBAY AVER5GENTIAN AVER5R5HRPERRIS BLVDPERRIS BLVDJACLYN AVEHEMLOCK AVEOSKALMIA AVEKITCHING STR5COTTONWOOD AVEDELPHINIUM AVER5LASSELLE STIRONWOOD AVE·|}þ 60%&'( 215 CCCCR5CCBPR5C%&'( 215 BP C BP BP C·|}þ 60R15R15PBPP C CPR15R2R2R5R5PR/OR15OSR5R2R10PHRR2R5R5 R5 PDRACAEA AVEBPR10OSCR5R2R5R2R5R5OSR5BP BPR5R3R3R/OR5 PR3R10R3BP R/OOSCCR3C R5 R5R5PR2C R3MUCMUBPR20 R/OCBPR/OR2OR5R3BP BPCR/OLI BPR3R5R3R2OSBPR5LILILICR2R10 R10 OSBPBPR2R5 R5C R5OSOSR5R2R15R10 R10COSR5POSR5March AirR5Reserve BaseR5/15R5 R15PR5BPOSR5R5OSCR2OSR1R3CR3R5R3R5PR2LASSELLE STR5FIR AVEDRACAEA AVECACTUS AVEPR2IRIS AVEMORRISON STMORRISON STHRKALMIA AVER2EUCALYPTUS AVER10BRODIAEA AVENASON STR10NASON STNASON STR2R2IRIS AVEOLIVER STALESSANDRO BLVDR5/15R1OLIVER STPCITY OF MORENO VALLEYLOCUST AVER2R2OBAY AVECMO R ENO BE ACH DRVIA DELR1LA G OR2R2OMORENO BEACH DRPETIT STR2PETIT STMANZANITA AVEKALMIA AVER2R2R2R2COTTONWOOD AVEOSR2QUINCY STQUINCY STR2JUNIPER AVER1R1R1REDLANDS BLVD REDLANDS BLVDJOHN F KEN N E D Y D ROSFIGURE 2-2LAND USE MAPOSRRR1IRONWOOD AVER1R1DRACAEA AVEHIGHLAND BLVDSINCLAIR STSINCLAIR STHEMLOCK AVEFIR AVECACTUS AVEOSTHEODORE STR1THEODORE STRROSEUCALYPTUS AVERROSALESSANDRO BLVDR5RRGILMANOSOSR2SPRINGS RDVIRGINIA STBPR5R5BPBPR5OSSan JacintoWildlife PreserveR5R10OSPR5RRGILMAN SPRINGS RDRRCRRRRCity BoundarySphere of InfluenceWaterbodiesHighwaysResidential: Max. 1 du/acMixed UseResidential: Max. 2 du/acRural Residential: Max 2.5 du/acResidential: Max. 3 du/acResidential: Max. 5 du/acResidential: Max. 5 or 15 du/acResidential: Max. 10 du/acResidential: Max.15 du/acResidential: Max. 20 du/acHillside ResidentialPlanned ResidentialResidential/OfficeOfficeCommercialBusiness Park/Light IndustrialOpen SpacePublic FacilitiesFloodplainHEACOCK STBPBPIRIS AVECARDINAL AVEBPINDIAN STSAN MICHELE RDR5R5R5KRAMERIA AVENANDINA AVEBPOSPERRIS BLVDCR5R5BPBPGLOBE STBPKITCHING STPPLASSELLE STLASSELLE STK R A M EPR5R5R10PRIA AVEPOSLake Perris State Recreation AreaLAKE PERRISRR±Date: July 11, 20060.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 MilesFPCCFPThe information shown on this map was compiledfrom the Riverside County GIS and the City ofMoreno Valley GIS. The land base and facilityinformation on this map is for display purposesonly and should not be relied upon withoutindependent verification as to its accuracy.Riverside County and City of Moreno Valley willnot be held responsible for any claims, lossesor damages resulting from the use of this map.File G:\ArcMap\Planning\CBA\city_council_alt2_11x17.mxd

CHAPTER 2 – COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENTThe updated land use plan added anOffice/Residential designation alongAlessandro Boulevard and other areas toincrease opportunities for multiple familyhousing as well as office development. Alarge percentage of the nonresidential zoningin Edgemont was changed toOffice/Residential to encourage themaintenance of residences in thatneighborhood.Office land useThe General Plan Update changed much ofthe commercial property along Old Highway215 to Business Park to encourageredevelopment with industrial uses. It alsoreduced the amount of commercial land onthe north side of SR 60, from the west side ofMoreno Beach Drive to Theodore Street, tomaintain a rural residential character in thatarea.Although the General Plan Update reducedthe amount of commercial property, itincludes more than enough commercial landto accommodate the needs of thepopulation at buildout. Similarly, enoughindustrial property is included in the landuse plan to provide more employmentopportunities than the number ofhouseholds.The adopted land use plan accommodates apopulation of more than 304,000 when fullydeveloped. The time it would take to fullyMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANdevelop is a matter of speculation, but islikely to take many years.In 2002, the California Department of Fish &Game Wildlife Conservation acquiredapproximately 1,000 acres in the southeastcorner of Moreno Valley. The purchaseexpanded the San Jacinto Wildlife Area. TheSempra energy company purchased anadditional 178 acres of land surrounding itsgas compressor facility at the intersection ofVirginia Street and Gato del Sol. Theacquisitions encompass about one-third ofthe land within the Moreno HighlandsSpecific Plan.Neither of the aforementioned landpurchases are likely to be developed asenvisioned in the original specific plan andare likely to remain substantially vacant. Inthat the Moreno Highlands Specific PlanDevelopment Agreement precludes the Cityfrom making unilateral changes to thespecific plan land use plan, no changes wererecommended for the Moreno HighlandsSpecific Plan as part of the General PlanUpdate.2.2 Regional and Sub-regional PlansThere are several regional plans withimplications for land use planning in MorenoValley. They include the SouthernCalifornia Association of Governments(SCAG) Regional Comprehensive Plan, theSouth Coast Air Quality Management Plan,the Regional Transportation Plan and theWestern Riverside County Association ofGovernments (WRCOG) Sub-regionalComprehensive Plan. The SCAG RegionalComprehensive Plan, the RegionalTransportation Plan and the South Coast AirQuality Management Plan containhousehold, population and employmentprojections intended to accomplish regionalcirculation and air quality goals andobjectives.The WRCOG Sub-regional ComprehensivePlan is a more local plan intended toPage 2-5 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 2 – COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENTimplement regional goals and objectives,including those contained in the SCAGRegional Comprehensive Plan and theSouth Coast Air Quality Management Plan.It establishes goals and objectives in thearea of growth management, economicdevelopment, mobility, air quality, housing,open space and habitat conservation, waterresources and solid waste.The General Plan is consistent with each ofthe regional plans. The land use planallows for an adequate number of jobs tomeet the needs of local residents. Itarranges the pattern of commercial,residential and recreational uses in a waythat reduces motorized vehicle miles oftravel. It places higher density housingalong existing and anticipated bus routes,thereby supporting mass transit.The land use plan is consistent with thebaseline growth projections contained in theregional planning documents. SCAGestimated that there will be 65,679households and 71,859 jobs in MorenoValley by 2025. The general plan affectsthe location, density and intensity of landuses, but does not affect the rate of growth.Assuming a 5% vacancy rate, when fullydeveloped, the land use plan for theGeneral Plan Update would accommodateapproximately 79,000 households, and157,000 jobs.2.3 Community DesignThe design of a community significantlyaffects its quality of life. A pleasing physicalenvironment reinforces the image of a cityas a secure, comfortable and attractiveplace. In the long term, good design makeseconomic sense. It helps to maintain orimprove property values. Good designattracts the finest businesses, the bestcustomers and the most valued employeesto the community. It attracts people whodesire a pleasant environment in which tolive, work and shop.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANThe image of the community is perceivedfrom freeways, streets and the point of viewof the pedestrian. The viewer forms animpression about the beauty and safety ofthe community as he or she views thesurrounding buildings, pavement, openspaces, landscaping, lights, utility poles,wires, signs, trash enclosures, parkedvehicles, storage areas, walls and fences.Poor design and poor maintenance createan undesirable visual image. Good designand proper maintenance contribute to apositive community image.Good site design also takes internalcirculation into consideration. Good sitedesign provides safe and convenientvehicular and pedestrian circulationbetween buildings, parking lots, drivewaysand the external circulation system.2.4 Utilities2.4.1 Water SupplyRetail commercial useEastern Municipal Water District (EMWD)supplies the majority of the water in MorenoValley. The EMWD service area extendsnorth of the city limits and includes most ofthe sphere of influence. EMWD serves ageographic area that extends fromMoreno Valley to Temecula and from MeadValley to San Jacinto and Valle Vista.Page 2-6 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 2 – COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENTEMWD’s water supply comes from localgroundwater, recycled water and importedwater from the Metropolitan Water District.The Box Springs Mutual Water Companyprovides well water and/or water purchasedfrom the Western Municipal Water District toa portion of southwest Moreno Valley. Its445-acre service area covers a small fractionof Moreno Valley. The service area islocated west of Elsworth Street, betweenCottonwood Avenue and AlessandroBoulevard and west of Day Street betweenCottonwood and Eucalyptus Avenues.The water distribution system is adequatewithin EMWD's jurisdiction. However,portions of the Box Springs Mutual WaterCompany system are undersized, whichlimits its ability to deliver adequate water flowfor new development. Water lineimprovements in these areas are beingmade incrementally.Other water districts serve areas outside ofthe city limits. The Reche Canyon area northof the city limits is served by the RecheCanyon Mutual Water District and SanBernardino Valley Mutual Water District. TheSan Gorgonio Pass Water District serves anadditional area northeast of the sphere ofinfluence. A small mountainous area in thenorthwest portion of the city and someof the mountainous terrain north and east ofthe city limits are not within the service areaof any water purveyor.2.4.2. Sewer ServiceTwo entities provide sewer service inMoreno Valley. The Eastern MunicipalWater District serves most of the City andsurrounding areas. Sewer lines do not existwithin most of the eastern side of MorenoValley.EMWD’s Moreno Valley Regional WaterReclamation Facility, located in thesouthwestern portion of the City, and has acapacity to treat 16 million gallons ofwastewater per day and a capacity toMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANexpand to 48 million gallons per day. Theutilization in the year 2000 was 10 milliongallons per dayThe Edgemont Community Services Districtprovides sewer service to a small area inthe southwest portion of Moreno Valley.Sewage treatment is provided undercontract with the City of Riverside.2.4.3. ElectricitySouthern California Edison (SCE) supplieselectricity to individual customers within thestudy area. Energy is delivered to the studyarea and is received at both the MaxwellSubstation located at Ironwood Avenue andHeacock Street, the Alessandro Substationlocated near John F. Kennedy Boulevardand Kitching Street and the BunkerSubstation northeast of the intersection ofIronwood Avenue and Pettit Street. SCE's115 KV transmission lines bring power intothese substations, where it is stepped downto 33 KV for distribution to its customersthrough a local service network emanatingfrom the two substations.There were several major 115 KVtransmission lines within the study area.These transmission lines have rights-of-wayof varying widths between 20 to 50 feet withmost of them being 30 feet in width. Inaddition to the major transmission lineswithin the study area, there is also anextensive local service network of overheadand underground service lines. Theseservice lines carry electricity from thesubstations to each SCE customer. Thereare no existing local electrical generationfacilities.Electric transmission corridors present bothopportunities and constraints for futuredevelopment. On the positive side, futuregrowth can be supplied with adequateenergy resources without major investmentin transmission facilities. In addition,electrical transmission corridors presentopportunities for open space and trails.Page 2-7 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 2 – COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENTHowever, the negative aspects of thesecorridors must also be recognized. Majorabove ground lines create negative visualimpacts. Unfortunately, it is not practical toplace power lines of 115kv or greaterunderground. Moreover, the associatedrights-of-way are often unattractive linearfeatures.In 2001, the City created a municipalelectrical utility. The electrical utility wascreated to provide electrical service to newresidents and businesses within areas ofthe City that are being converted from fallowor agricultural lands (Greenfields) tohousing, commercial and industrial uses. In2004, the City began supplying electricity tothe Greenfields within the study area.2.4.4. Natural Gas and Jet FuelThe Southern California Gas Companyprovides natural gas service to the studyarea. The Gas Company maintains acomprehensive system of distribution andservice lines.In addition to local lines, two major 30-footwide transmission line rights-of-way crossthe City of Moreno Valley. Line number"2001" is located in Cottonwood Avenue,and line number "2000" is located inBrodiaea Avenue. Both lines run east -west through the entire study area. Thereare also 8-inch and 12-inch majordistribution supply lines located in IndianAvenue. This line runs north from BrodiaeaAvenue through the study area. All of thesemajor natural gas lines are "high-pressure"lines, meaning that they contain over 60pounds per square inch (psi). In 2000, theFour Corners crude oil pipeline that runsbetween Brodiaea Avenue and AlessandroBoulevard was proposed for conversion tonatural gas.The study area also contains a majornatural gas compressor station, owned andoperated by the San Diego Gas and ElectricCompany (SDG&E). The station is locatedMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANat the southwest corner of Virginia Streetand Gato del Sol in the southeast portion ofMoreno Valley. The purpose of this stationis to add pressure to the gas transmissionlines for adequate flow to deliver natural gasto the San Diego area.In addition to natural gas pipelines, a jet fuelpipeline runs through the western part of theCity of Moreno Valley. The jet fuel line runsfrom the City of Colton to the northwestcorner of Moreno Valley and south to MarchAir Reserve Base.2.4.5. Telephone ServiceVerizon and Pacific Bell provideconventional telephone services to thestudy area. Several companies providewireless telephone services.2.4.6. Cable TelevisionAdelphia provides cable television servicewithin the City.2.5 Schools2.5.1 BackgroundThe education system is critical to the wellbeing of any community. Population growthin Moreno Valley has and will continue tonecessitate the construction of new schools.Schools, however, are not a City function.Several school districts and private schoolsprovide educational opportunities within theplanning area ranging from kindergartenthrough junior college.The Moreno Valley Unified School District isthe largest school system in Moreno Valley.It operates nineteen elementary schools, sixmiddle schools and four high schools withinthe city limits. The District also operated acharter school, an adult school, acontinuation high school, a community dayschool, a pre-school, an adult educationschool and an academic center. In addition,there are students enrolled in private andPage 2-8 July 11, 2006

PERRIS BLVDCOLTON UNIFIEDSCHOOL DISTRICTS AN TI MOTEOCANYON RDRECH ECANYON RDCITY OFMORENO VALLEYSPHEREPIGEON PASS RDPERRIS BLVDSAN TIMOTEO CANYON RDBOX SPRINGS RDp Z215DAY STVAN BUREN BLVDCACTUS AVEFREDERICK STIRONWOOD AVECOTTONWOOD AVEMARCH ARBp Z215SUNNYMEAD BLVDEUCALYPTUS AVEHEACOCK STWEBSTER AVEINDIAN STRAMONA EXYPERRIS BLVDALESSANDRO BLVDJOHN F KENNEDY DRIRIS AVEJACLYN AVEOLEANDER AVELASSELLE STMORENO VALLEYUNIFIED SCHOOLDISTRICTCOTTONWOOD AVELASSELLE STVAL VERDE UNIFIEDSCHOOL DISTRICTCITY OF MORENO VALLEYKINE AVENASON STCACTUS AVEIRIS AVEMORENO BEACH DRMORENO BEACH DRLAKE PERRISLOCUST AVEIRONWOOD AVERiverside Community CollegeREDLANDS BLVDMORENO VALLEYUNIFIED SCHOOLDISTRICTTHEODORE STFIGURE 2-3BEAUMONT UNIFIEDSCHOOL DISTRICTSCHOOL DISTRICTBOUNDARIES|ÿ 60ALESSANDRO BLVDDAVIS RDGILMAN SPRINGS RDSAN JACINTO UNIFIEDSCHOOL DISTRICTNUVIEW UNION/PERRIS UNION HIGHUNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICTCITY OFMORENO VALLEYSPHEREStreetsMajor StreetsHighwaysSchool District BoundariesMoreno ValleyMoreno Valley SphereMarch ARBWaterbodies±5,000 2,500 0 5,0000.5 0.25 0 0.5 1MilesFeetDate: July 11, 2006State Plane NAD83 Zone 6File: G:\arcmap\planning\gen_plan_updates\school_dist.mxdGEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMSThe information shown on this map was compiled fromthe Riverside County GIS and the City of Moreno ValleyGIS. The land base and facility information on this mapis for display purposes only and should not be relied uponwithout independent verification as to its accuracy.Riverside County and City of Moreno Valley willnot be held responsible for any claims, losses ordamages resulting from the use of this map.

CHAPTER 2 – COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENThome schools, within the Moreno ValleyUnified School District boundaries.The Val Verde Unified School District servesthe portion of the City south of GentianAvenue between Heacock Street and NasonStreet and parts of the City of Perris andunincorporated Riverside County. The ValVerde Unified School District operated fourelementary schools, one middle school andone high school within the city limits.The portion of the study area east of VirginiaStreet is within the San Jacinto UnifiedSchool District. A small area betweenTheodore Street and Virginia Street, south ofthe prolongation of J.F. Kennedy Drive iswithin the Nuview Union School District andthe Perris Union High School District. Therewere no schools facilities in those two areas.The Moreno Valley campus of RiversideCommunity College is located on LasselleStreet, south of Iris Avenue. The campus is132 acres in area. Additional educationalopportunities are available at the Universityof California campus in the nearby City ofRiverside.2.5.2 Issues and OpportunitiesUnder California law, no city may deny adevelopment project on the basis ofadequacy of school facilities. State lawestablished set fees which school districtsare authorized to levy on new developmentto finance the construction of school facilities.School districts may also form communityfacilities districts to finance the constructionof school facilities. No city may issue abuilding permit without certification that theapplicable school construction financingmechanism has been satisfied.Community Facilities Districts were formedby the Moreno Valley Unified and Val VerdeSchool Districts pursuant to the Mello-RoosCommunity Facilities Act. Both districts soldbonds to finance the construction of schoolfacilities. The bonds are repaid by a specialMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANtax levy on the property within eachrespective community facilities district.The City does not have jurisdiction withrespect to the design and construction ofschool facilities. The City works witheach school district concerning thedesign of roads and other publicimprovements in and around schoolsites. The City also notifies any schooldistrict of development proposals thatmight affect school facilities.2.6 Library Services2.6.1. BackgroundOn July 1, 1998, Moreno Valley PublicLibrary became a department of the City ofMoreno Valley. Prior to that time it hadoperated as a branch library of theRiverside County Library System. TheMoreno Valley library facility, opened in1986, with a 16,000 square foot building.As of 2005, the library was looking for a newfacility to hold their estimated 98,000volumes (books).The volume capacity for the Main Librarywas originally set at 50,000. For the firstfive years of operation, 4,000 square feet ofthe building were used as a senior citizenscenter. That space is now fully involvedwith library activity, housing children’sservices and staff offices.The Library offers a full array of libraryservices including telephone and in-housereference service, inter-library loan, sharedresources with other libraries in RiversideCounty and throughout the world, andonline Internet reference services.Programming for children includes twiceweekly story hours and family story hours inthe evenings. After school homework helpis available for school-aged children in allgrades.A literacy program offers English as aPage 2-10 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 2 – COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENTsecond language classes as well as readertutoring. Full access to the Internet is alsoavailable.The library maintains full memberships inthe Inland Library System and the Tierra delSol Regional Library System.2.6.2. Issues and OpportunitiesFuture growth in Moreno Valley will requiresignificant expansion of the library facilities.Formulas for library size and costs varywidely from state to state and city to city.For several years, the generally accepted“minimum standard” for public library spacewas 0.6 square foot of space for everyperson in a public library’s service area.The 0.6 square foot figure was part of theAmerican Library Association’s MinimumStandards, last published in 1966.However, many state library agencies andassociations also developed “standards”and it is not unusual to see the 0.6 squarefoot figure repeated.Beginning with the Avenues of Excellencedeveloped by the Illinois State Library in the1980s, the space per capita was raised to0.8. Then, starting in 1997, as informationtechnology began to be utilized heavily bymost public libraries, there was anotherincrease to about 1.0 square foot per capita.Louisiana was the first state to officiallyadopt the 1.0 square foot per capitastandard in 1999. The State of Californiahas adopted no such standard.Moreno Valley has established level ofservice standards of 0.5 gross square feetof library space per capita and 1.2 volumesper capita. An additional 66,664 square feetof library space and 100,393 new volumeswould have been needed to meet theestablished standards. Population growthfurther increased this need.With a population of 165,328, MorenoValley’s library contained 0.10 square feetper capita. To begin addressing the libraryMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANservice needs of residents, a new mainlibrary of 69,000-70,000 square feet isneeded. The Library Advisory Board hasalso recommended construction of branchlibrary facilities of at least 20,000 squarefeet in each of the other three quadrants ofthe city.2.7 Special Districts2.7.1 BackgroundEnterprise Services Administration (ESA) isa division of the Public Works Department,for the City of Moreno Valley. This divisionfacilitates the formation of special districtsand establishes public financing for a widerange of capital projects and special benefitservices. Each project or service isadministered through one of three districttypes: assessment districts, communityfacilities (Mello-Roos) districts, orcommunity services districts. A key criterionin determining whether to form a specialdistrict to finance a project with public fundsis that the project provides significanteconomic, cultural or social benefit to thecommunity.In the City of Moreno Valley, an assessmentdistrict is generally, although notnecessarily, utilized for commercial orindustrial projects. Improvements mayinclude acquisition or construction of publicinfrastructure such as streets, sewer lines,water lines, storm drains and landscaping.Improvement bonds are sold to finance thedesignated improvements within anassessment district. Assessments arelevied on the properties within the district topay for the bonded indebtedness.The ESA also forms community facilitiesdistricts (CFDs) or Mello-Roos districts forprojects similar to those of an assessmentdistrict. Like assessment districts,improvements are financed through bondsales. However, unlike an assessmentdistrict, the rate and apportionment of thespecial tax levied against the propertiesPage 2-11 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 2 – COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENTwithin the CFD may be distributed on a tierbasis among the properties within thedistrict. Community facilities districts wereused to assist in the financing of theTowngate and Auto Mall projects.ESA also manages citywide communityservices districts (CSDs) to provide specialservice programs. The CSD places anannual property charge on the Countyproperty tax rolls. Some of the specialbenefit service programs include:Zone A (Parks and Recreation);Zone B (Residential Street Lighting);Zone C (Arterial Street Lighting);Zone D (Parkway LandscapeMaintenance);Zone E (Extensive Parkway LandscapeMaintenance); andZone M (Arterial Median LandscapeMaintenance)DPDES (Stormwater Management)CFD 1 (Community Facilities District (CFD)No. 1/Park Maintenance)Another zone, Zone L, was established by avote of the people for library services;however, no annual service charge hadbeen established. The establishment of anannual service charge for library serviceswould require a vote of Moreno Valleyresidents in accordance with Proposition218.Zone A (Parks and RecreationMaintenance)The City of Moreno Valley maintains 32community and neighborhood parks totaling335 acres that provide such amenities as:tot lots, ball fields, trails, picnic areas, golfcourses, green belts, recreational facilitiesand provides over 200 recreationalprograms for children, adults, and seniors.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANZone B (Residential Street Lighting) andZone C (Arterial Street Lighting)The CSD has a master street lightingagreement with Southern California Edisonfor streetlight installation and maintenance.A total of 8,489 residential and majorroadway (arterial) streetlights are illuminatedand maintained through the CSD. Fundslevied to support Zone B and Zone Cservices recaptures costs for electricalenergy charges, maintenance, andadministration.Zone D (Parkway Landscape Maintenance)Zone D was established to providemaintenance for landscaping around tractperimeter parkways adjacent to arterialstreets. As of 1996, per Proposition 218, amajority of property owners in eachlandscaped tract must approve by mail ballotfor the CSD to provide landscapemaintenance.Contractors operating under CSDsupervision do the landscape maintenance.The CSD assesses tract property owners anannual charge to recover the costs incurredin providing these services.Zone E (Extensive Parkway LandscapeMaintenance)Zone E is comprised of parkway, median,and open space landscapes associated withmajor residential and commercialdevelopments throughout the City. As withZone D, a majority of affected propertyowners must approve through a mail ballotfor the CSD to provide services in return foran annual cost-recovery charge on eachassessable parcel within each development.Zone M Arterial Median LandscapeMaintenanceZone M is comprised of improvedlandscaped medians associated with newcommercial and/or industrial developments.Page 2-12 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 2 – COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENTApproval by a simple majority of propertyowners through a mail ballot proceeding isrequired for the CSD to provide themaintenance services. Property chargesare based on the square footagemaintenance costs for the medianlandscape associated with theirdevelopment.NPDES/Storm Water ManagementThe NPDES Storm Water Managementprogram includes operation andmaintenance of vegetated water qualitybasins and vegetated swales located withinresidential subdivisions. As with Zone E amajority of the property owners mustapprove through a mail ballot for the City toprovide services in return to the annual costrecovery charge on each assessable parcelwithin the development.CFD No. 1 (Community Facilities DistrictNo. 1)CFD No. 1 was established to providefunding for the continued maintenance,enhancement, and or retrofit ofneighborhood parks, open spaces, linearparks, and/or trails systems. All newresidential, commercial and industrialdevelopments are conditioned to beannexed into the Moreno Valley CommunityServices District, CFD No. 1 (NeighborhoodParks). A super majority vote of theproperty owners in each new developmentmust approve by special election theannexation proceedings.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANCalle San Juan de Los Lagos. The publicsafety building is located at 22850 CalleSan Juan de Los Lagos.The corporate yard is located on the eastside of Perris Boulevard, south of GentianAvenue. The yard accommodates thepersonnel and equipment that maintain citystreets, drainage improvements, parks andother facilities.2.8.2 Issues and OpportunitiesExisting facilities will need to expand or newfacilities will need to be developed to meetthe demands of an expanding population anda growing commercial and industrial sector.A Civic Center Master Plan was prepared forthe civic center site in 2000. The masterplan called for several new buildings,including a library and city hall building.Fees will need to be collected in conjunctionwith new development to ensure that newdevelopment pays its fair share toward thefuture expansion of city facilities.2.8 Other City Facilities2.8.1 BackgroundThe Moreno Valley Civic Center is locatedat the southwest corner of AlessandroBoulevard and Frederick Street. The 31-acre site includes city hall, the public safetybuilding, a conference and recreation centerand room to grow. City Hall is located at thenorthwest corner of Frederick Street andPage 2-13 July 11, 2006

PERRIS BLVDCANYON RDS AN TI MOTEORECH ECANYON RDCITY OFMORENO VALLEYSPHEREPIGEON PASS RDBOX SPRINGS RDp Z215DAY STVAN BUREN BLVDCACTUS AVEFREDERICK STIRONWOOD AVEEUCALYPTUS AVECOTTONWOOD AVEMARCH ARBSUNNYMEAD BLVDHEACOCK STINDIAN STPERRIS BLVDPERRIS BLVDALESSANDRO BLVDJOHN F KENNEDY DRIRIS AVEJACLYN AVECITY OF MORENO VALLEYLASSELLE STCOTTONWOOD AVELASSELLE STCACTUS AVEMORENO BEACH DRIRONWOOD AVENASON STREDLANDS BLVDIRIS AVEMORENO BEACH DRLOCUST AVETHEODORE STALESSANDRO BLVDDAVIS RDGILMAN SPRINGS RDSAN TIMOTEO CANYON RDFIGURE 3-1REDEVELOPMENTPROJECT AREA|ÿ 60 StreetsCITY OFMORENO VALLEYSPHEREMajor StreetsHighwaysRedevelopment Project AreaParcelsMoreno ValleyMoreno Valley SphereMarch ARBWaterbodies±5,000 2,500 0 5,000Feet0.5 0.25 0 0.5 1MilesDate: July 11, 2006State Plane NAD83 Zone 6File: G:\arcmap\planning\gen_plan_updates\redev_area.mxdp Z215WEBSTER AVERAMONA EXYOLEANDER AVEKINE AVELAKE PERRISGEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMSThe information shown on this map was compiled fromthe Riverside County GIS and the City of Moreno ValleyGIS. The land base and facility information on this mapis for display purposes only and should not be relied uponwithout independent verification as to its accuracy.Riverside County and City of Moreno Valley willnot be held responsible for any claims, losses ordamages resulting from the use of this map.

CHAPTER 4–P ARKS , R EC . & OPEN SPACE MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN4. PARKS, RECREATION AND OPEN SPACE ELEMENT4.1 SettingOpen space is a major feature within theMoreno Valley study area. For the purposesof this General Plan, open space includesland that is planned to remain in a naturalcondition or substantially free of structures.It does not include vacant property plannedfor future development, except for hillsideproperties where a large percentage of suchproperty will remain in a natural condition.Open space comprises a relatively largepercentage of the study area and bordersthe City on three sides, giving it a settingunlike any other community in the region.Open space land can be classified intoseveral categories, depending on theprimary purpose for which it is used. Itincludes lands for preservation of naturalresources (e.g. wildlife habitat), productionof resources (e.g. farming), public healthand safety (e.g. floodplains), low-densityresidential development and outdoorrecreation (e.g. parks). Figure 4-1 is a mapof open space lands within and around thestudy area.4.2 Open Space4.2.1 Open Space for the Preservationof Natural ResourcesA large amount of the study area consists ofopen space lands managed for thepreservation of natural resources. Theseareas include the Box Springs MountainReserve, the San Timoteo Canyon Parkproperty, the Lake Perris State RecreationArea and the San Jacinto Wildlife Area.These areas are also used for hiking,horseback riding and other uses.The Box Springs Mountain Reserve and theSan Timoteo Canyon Park property areowned and operated by Riverside CountyRegional Park and Open Space District.They are primarily mountainous naturalopen space parks.The Box Springs Mountain Reserve islocated at the northwest corner of MorenoValley. The Reserve consists of threenoncontiguous land areas, two of which arewithin the City’s sphere of influence.San Timoteo Canyon Park property islocated east of the City’s sphere of influencealong the north side of State Route 60.About 1,100 acres of the property, includingthe Badlands Landfill is jointly owned by theRegional Park and Open Space District andRiverside County Waste ManagementDistrict.Lake Perris State Recreation Area, locatedsouth of Moreno Valley, is about 8,000acres in area. The Recreation Areacontains a major reservoir, natural openspace and facilities for boating and fishing,picnicking and camping. About 1,600 acresof the property was dedicated to the State ofCalifornia as mitigation for loss of wildlifehabitat due to development of the MorenoValley Ranch Specific Plan. The LakePerris State Recreation Area serves as oneof several habitat reserves for theendangered Stephen’s kangaroo rat.The San Jacinto Wildlife Area in thesoutheastern corner of the study areaconsists of gently sloping grasslands, sagescrub and natural and man-made wetlandsthat support migratory birds and residentwildlife. Bird watching and hunting arepopular activities. Some of the adjoiningproperty is owned by private organizationsdedicated to hunting and wildlifeconservation.Several open space areas are located alongsoft-bottomed drainage courses within theplanned communities of Sunnymead Ranchand Hidden Springs. The City also ownsPage 4-1 July 11, 2006

PERRIS BLVDBoxSpringsMountainRegionalParkRECH ES AN TI MOTEOCANYON RDCANYON RDCITY OFMORENO VALLEYSPHEREBox SpringsMountainRegional ParkPIGEON PASS RDPERRIS BLVDSAN TIMOTEO CANYON RDBOX SPRINGS RDp Z215DAY STCACTUS AVEFREDERICK STIRONWOOD AVECOTTONWOOD AVESUNNYMEAD BLVDEUCALYPTUS AVEHEACOCK STINDIAN STPERRIS BLVDJACLYN AVEALESSANDRO BLVDCITY OF MORENO VALLEYLASSELLE STCOTTONWOOD AVECACTUS AVEMORENO BEACH DRIRONWOOD AVENASON STREDLANDS BLVDMORENO BEACH DRLOCUST AVETHEODORE ST|ÿ 60 HighwaysNatural Open Space, Parks,FIGURE 4-1Badlands Norton Younglove ReserveOPEN SPACESanitaryLandfillStreetsMajor StreetsGolf Courses, Flood Basins, andother Open AreasALESSANDRO BLVDGILMAN SPRINGS RDHillside Residentialand Rural ResidentialFlood PlainState and County ParksSan Jacinto Wildlife AreaBadlands LandfillMoreno ValleyMoreno Valley SphereVAN BUREN BLVDMARCH ARBJOHN F KENNEDY DRIRIS AVELASSELLE STIRIS AVEDAVIS RDCITY OFMORENO VALLEYSPHEREMarch ARBWaterbodies±5,000 2,500 0 5,000Lake Perris State RecreationSAN JACINTOWILDLIFE AREA0.5 0.25 0 0.5 1MilesFeetDate: July 11, 2006State Plane NAD83 Zone 6File: G:\arcmap\planning\gen_plan_updates\openspace.mxdp Z215WEBSTER AVERAMONA EXYOLEANDER AVEKINE AVELAKE PERRISGEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMSThe information shown on this map was compiled fromthe Riverside County GIS and the City of Moreno ValleyGIS. The land base and facility information on this mapis for display purposes only and should not be relied uponwithout independent verification as to its accuracy.Riverside County and City of Moreno Valley willnot be held responsible for any claims, losses ordamages resulting from the use of this map.

CHAPTER 4–P ARKS , R EC . & OPEN SPACE MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANtwo natural open space areas. One openarea is adjacent to the Moreno ValleyEquestrian Center, located at the northeastcorner of Redlands Boulevard and LocustAvenue. A second natural open space areais located north of Sunnymead RanchParkway, on the east side of PerrisBoulevard.Natural open space can also be foundwithin the steeply sloping areas designatedRural Residential and Hillside Residentialon the General Plan land use map. Theseareas contain wildlife habitat, watershedbenefits and scenic values that can beconserved even as these areas aredeveloped. Natural open space can beconserved because these areas areplanned for low-density residentialdevelopment. Low-density developmentrequires a minimal amount of landdisturbance.4.2.2 Open Space for Public Health andSafetyA substantial amount of land within the studyarea cannot be developed due to publichealth and safety concerns. These includeareas subject to air crash hazards, floodingand cemeteries.March Air Reserve Base, located southwestof the city limits, was once an active dutyaerial refueling and deployment base. Theairfield is a joint-use military reserve baseand civilian airport. The land at each end ofthe runway is subject to significant danger ofaircraft accidents during takeoff and landing.The land below the landing approach,designated as the clear zone, is within thestudy area. It is located at the northeastcorner of Heacock Street and OleanderAvenue. Only open space uses areappropriate within the clear zone.Part of the southeast corner of the planningarea is within the floodplain of the SanJacinto River. The resulting floodwater,known as Mystic Lake, has been known toinundate the area for months and sometimesyears at a time. The land use designation forthe area is Floodplain. Only uses consistentwith the protection of public health and safetyare allowed within this area.Man-made lakes and flood control basinsare also important open space features.Man-made lakes are found within thecommunities of Sunnymead Ranch andMoreno Valley Ranch. A network of flooddetention basins and flood channels exist orare planned throughout the study area.Although public access is restricted to mostflood control facilities, plans for publicrecreational uses have been made forseveral flood detention basins, includingPoorman’s Reservoir, the Nason Basin andthe Elder Basin.A cemetery is yet another form of openspace set aside for public health and safetypurposes. Cemeteries are open space usesalthough they typically include accessorybuildings such as mausoleums. Thesoutheast corner of State Route 60 andGilman Springs Road is designated for useas a cemetery.4.2.3. Open Space for the Production ofResourcesOpen space for the production of resourcesincludes open space used for agriculturalproduction and open space used for themineral production. The acreage within thestudy devoted to these uses is expected todecrease.Agricultural open space within the studyarea has diminished over time as farmingbecame less economically viable incomparison to commercial, industrial andresidential development. The viability offarming is further impacted by the high costof water, the cost of land and propertytaxes, conflicts with surrounding urban usesPage 4-3 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 4–P ARKS , R EC . & OPEN SPACE MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANand the lack of agri-business support in thearea.Agricultural land within the study area isgenerally leased to farm operators. Few, ifany, of the farms are owner-operated. Themajor types of agricultural uses are grazingand farming of dry grains, truck crops andtree crops.A limited amount of temporary grazing anddry grain farming occurs within the studyarea. For example, sheep sometimes grazeon open grasslands and on cut grain afterharvest. Irrigated vegetable crops, includingpotatoes are grown in the northeasternportions of the study area. Melons aresometimes cultivated in small amounts. Afew citrus orchards, avocado groves andChristmas tree farms remain in the northernand eastern sectors of Moreno Valley.To provide an economic incentive topreserve agricultural lands, the State ofCalifornia passed the California LandConservation Act, commonly referred to asthe Williamson Act, in 1965. Under this act,agricultural lands are taxed at theiragricultural value rather than their value forhigher valued uses. In exchange, thelandowner enters into a contract to retain hisor her land in agricultural use for at least 10years. Once a "Notice of Nonrenewal" isfiled, it is ten years until the contract expires.At the time that the first General Plan wasadopted, hundreds of acres within the studyarea were under Williamson Act contracts.Notices of Nonrenewal have since been filedfor these areas. At this time, no lands withinthe study area are under Williamson Actcontract.At the time that the first General Plan wasadopted, the University of California FieldStation, located between Lasselle and NasonStreets and south of Brodiaea Avenue, wasused to raise experimental crops suited todry and semi-dry climates. The Universitylater decided to move its research operationsto a station in the Coachella Valley. Amixed-use specific plan was adopted for theproperty in 1999, and was subsequentlyamended in 2005 as a gated age-qualifyingcommunity.Mineral extraction, including the mining ofsand, gravel and rock is another type ofopen space use. The mineral potential withthe study area is very limited. There is onlyone active sand and gravel quarry on recordwithin the study area: the Jack RabbitCanyon Quarry. It is in a drainage courselocated at the northeast corner of JackRabbit Trail and Gilman Springs Road,adjacent to the Quail Ranch Golf Course.4.2.4 Open Space for OutdoorRecreationOpen space for outdoor recreation includespublic and private outdoor recreationfacilities. Public recreation facilities inMoreno Valley include state, county and cityparks as well as public golf courses. Privateoutdoor recreation facilities include privategolf courses, driving ranges and other privateoutdoor recreation facilities.Two private outdoor recreation facilities areowned and operated by homeowner’sassociations in Sunnymead Ranch andMoreno Valley Ranch. Two private golfcourses were in operation as well: theMoreno Valley Ranch Golf Club in MorenoValley Ranch and the Quail Ranch GolfCourse in the southeast corner of the studyarea.4.3 Parks and RecreationParks and recreation facilities and servicesare an important component of the quality oflife in Moreno Valley. The City of MorenoValley Parks and Recreation Departmentprovides parks and recreation facilities inMoreno Valley through partnerships withother public agencies and the private sector.Page 4-4 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 4–P ARKS , R EC . & OPEN SPACE MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN4.3.1. Recreation Service LevelStandardsThe State of California recognizes aminimum level of service standard forparkland of 3 acres per 1,000 residents.The minimum standard was established inthe Quimby Act (Government Code Section66477).Moreno Valley experienced a lack offunding for ongoing maintenance of existingpark and recreation facilities. The City waslimited to an annual fee for parkmaintenance equal to $87.50 per lot,through its Community Service District,Zone A, parcel charge (SDA#94). TheCounty of Riverside originally establishedthe tax. It became a city tax afterincorporation. A proposal to increase thisfee was placed on the ballot in 1996 andwas rejected by voters. Since incorporation,the City also received an annual lump sumad valorem portion of property taxes fromthe County of Riverside, which was appliedto the Parks and Recreation budget, but isnot specifically dedicated to maintenance.Immediate needs for neighborhood andcommunity park sites have been derived onthe basis of an estimated January 2005population in Moreno Valley of 165,328 andthe standard of 3 acres of parkland per1,000 residents. The total acreagerequirements have been calculated asshown in Table 4-1.The City has enacted an ordinancerequiring new development to dedicate landor pay fees to help the City toward its goalof meeting the level of service set forthherein. Only acreage usable for activerecreation applies toward meeting thisstandard.Unless new parks are developed, theexisting park facilities will be strained as theCity continues to grow. Table 4-2 showsthat land set aside for future parks wouldnot meet the minimum park acreagerequired at build-out. Certain areas of thecity have the greatest need for acquisitionand development of parkland. Figure 4-2identifies areas where future acquisitionwould be most beneficial.Table 4-2Future Park AcquisitionsPlanned Population atBuild-outAcreage Required byPark Standard (3acres/1,000 population)Year 2005 ParklandPlanned Future ActiveParklandCurrent and PlannedFuture Parkland304,966915 acres335 acres319 acres610 acresTable 4-1Parkland NeedsYear 2005 Population 165,328Acreage required by 3acre/1,000 person496 acresstandardAcres Under MinimumRequired305 acresYear 2005 ParklandDeficit335 acres161 acresPage 4-5 July 11, 2006

PERRIS BLVDBoxSpringsMountainRegionalParkRECH ES AN TI MOTEOCANYON RDCANYON RDCITY OFMORENO VALLEYSPHEREBox SpringsMountainRegional ParkPIGEON PASS RDPERRIS BLVDSAN TIMOTEO CANYON RDBOX SPRINGS RDp Z215DAY STCACTUS AVEFREDERICK STIRONWOOD AVECOTTONWOOD AVESUNNYMEAD BLVDEUCALYPTUS AVEHEACOCK STINDIAN STPERRIS BLVDJACLYN AVEALESSANDRO BLVDCITY OF MORENO VALLEYLASSELLE STCOTTONWOOD AVECACTUS AVEMORENO BEACH DRIRONWOOD AVENASON STREDLANDS BLVDMORENO BEACH DRLOCUST AVETHEODORE STFIGURE 4-2Badlands Norton Younglove ReserveSanitaryLandfillStreets|ÿ 60 Major StreetsALESSANDRO BLVDGILMAN SPRINGS RDFUTURE PARKLANDSACQUISITION AREASHighwaysFuture Parkland Acquisition AreasExisting Active ParksProposed Active ParksSan Jacinto Wildlife AreaState and County ParksBadlands LandfillMoreno ValleyMoreno Valley SphereVAN BUREN BLVDMARCH ARBJOHN F KENNEDY DRIRIS AVELASSELLE STIRIS AVEDAVIS RDCITY OFMORENO VALLEYSPHEREMarch ARBWaterbodies±5,000 2,500 0 5,000Lake Perris State RecreationSAN JACINTOWILDLIFE AREA0.5 0.25 0 0.5 1MilesFeetDate: July 11, 2006State Plane NAD83 Zone 6File: G:\arcmap\planning\gen_plan_updates\future_parklands.mxdp Z215WEBSTER AVERAMONA EXYOLEANDER AVEKINE AVELAKE PERRISGEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMSThe information shown on this map was compiled fromthe Riverside County GIS and the City of Moreno ValleyGIS. The land base and facility information on this mapis for display purposes only and should not be relied uponwithout independent verification as to its accuracy.Riverside County and City of Moreno Valley willnot be held responsible for any claims, losses ordamages resulting from the use of this map.

CHAPTER 4–P ARKS , R EC . & OPEN SPACE MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN4.3.2. Park Planning and User NeedsMany of the issues presented in the 1988General Plan relate to the formula drivenstandards set by the National Recreation &Parks Association (NRPA). Since that time,the NRPA has taken a more deferentialapproach to community judgment withrespect to sizing the different types of parks.Many communities felt the nationallyprescribed minimums by park type were notfeasible. The NRPA’s approach is needbased. It recognizes that each communityhas unique needs and it should determinewhat mix of facilities best meet its needswithin its own financial ability. The processallows a wider range of opportunities forcitizens to become active stakeholders andmore involved in the decision-makingprocess.Moreno Valley should select a facility menuthat best suits the needs of its citizens.Naturally not every need can beaccommodated under this process,however, rational basis for allocatingresources and maximizing recreationbenefits can be established. Rather than seta standard such as one baseball diamondfor every 6,000 people, the City’s park andrecreation facilities should be able tochange as needs, tastes, types ofequipment and leisure choices change overtime.The NRPA recommends market researchand community involvement in parkplanning. Specialized facilities should bedeveloped only with strong market data tosupport a need for facilities. In some cases,these needs could be filled by the privatesector.Adopting this approach, Moreno Valleyinvolved the community in identifying keyrecreational and open space issues andpriorities. The process involved focus groupsand interviews, children and youthinvolvement and community issuesworkshops to determine the priority issues.The residents expressed a desire for a newgymnasium/multi-purpose facility, a regionalpark and a performing arts/cultural center.Another top priority issue was the integrationof equestrian, pedestrian and bicycling trailsinto open space, parks, residentialdevelopments and the larger regional trailsystem.Top priorities among elementary and middleschool students were amusement parks,water parks, team sports and the naturalworld. Top priorities among middle schoolto high school students includedskateboarding, rollerblading, roller hockey,team sports, and go-kart riding.In response to the community’s expresseddesires, a skate facility for roller blading,skateboarding and roller hockey wasconstructed in 2003. The facility is locatedat 15415 6 th Street on property leased fromthe March Joint Powers Authority. Inaddition, a multi-purpose community centerwas constructed in 2005 at the southwestcorner of Alessandro Blvd. and FrederickStreet, The community center includes agymnasium and other recreation facilities aswell as facilities for conferences, banquetsand the performing arts.Page 4-7 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 4–P ARKS , R EC . & OPEN SPACE MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANMoreno Valley should investigate thefeasibility of adding the followingrecreational features to meet the expresseddesires and needs of the community:1. A regional park that could berelatively large (in excess of 250 acres)providing a sense of remoteness,spaciousness, diversity or use andenvironment or small and of historical,geographic, cultural or special recreationalinterest;2. Fields for team sports toaccommodate the growing trend in youthteam activities; and3. Amusement facilities.In addition to the above, the City was alsoconsidering the feasibility of developing apublicly owned and operated municipal golfcourse.The General Plan recognizes threecategories of parks: neighborhood park, thecommunity park and the regional park.These categories focus on the functions ofthese parks. They are discussed in greaterdepth in Section 4.3.4.4.3.3. Recreational ServicesThe City of Moreno Valley Parks &Recreation Department offers 79 youthprograms, 88 senior programs and 31 adultprograms Moreno Valley facilities served anestimated 417,180 youth and adults forbaseball, softball and soccer. Parks andRecreation coordinated the City’s 4 th of Julyparade and festivities, involvingapproximately 35,000 participants. TheDepartment operated 9 elementary and 1middle school after-school programs andcoordinated sports facility reservations for38 school sites. The Department alsooperated 8 after-school middle schoolsports programs, serving an estimated1,500 children.Youth sports programs included suchactivities as football, baseball, basketball,roller hockey, soccer, tennis, bowling,gymnastics, swimming and track. Variousadult sports activities include softball,tennis, basketball, soccer and golf. Specialinterest programs included numerousclasses such as dancing, computers, dogobedience, aerobic exercise, day camps,swim programs, after school fun club, teennights and sports.Organizational groups in Moreno Valleyproviding recreational opportunities includesoccer associations, football leagues,baseball and soccer leagues, basketballleagues, swim teams, track teams, rollerhockey in-line leagues, equestrian clubs,golf associations and walking clubs.The senior center was opened in March of1993. The number of seniors participating atthe center continued to increase annually.The center offers exercise classes, fitnessequipment, crafts, painting, ceramics,billiards, dancing, meals, cards, bingo, trips,tours and special events. Senior citizenswere also offered a wide range of specialservices, including weekday lunch programs,health clinics, paralegal service, income taxassistance and transportation.Moreno Valley Senior CenterPage 4-8 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 4–P ARKS , R EC . & OPEN SPACE MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN4.3.4. Local Park and RecreationFacilitiesThe Moreno Valley Department of Parksand Recreation owns and operates over335 acres of parks, trails, and park facilitiesand manages over 195 programs andservices for youth and adults. Refer toFigure 4-2 for locations of existing parksites. The planned parks and futureacquisition areas shown on Figure 4-2 areconceptual and subject to change.a. Regional ParksLake PerrisRegional parks meet those needs not servedby national facilities, community andneighborhood parks or private recreationalfacilities. These parks are either relativelylarge (in excess of 250 acres), providing theimpression of remoteness, spaciousness,diversity of use and environment, or aresmall in size, and of historical, geographic,cultural or special recreational interest.Moreno Valley does not operate a regionalfacility; however, the following paragraphsdescribe regional facilities that are readilyaccessible to Moreno Valley residents.The State of California Department of Parksand Recreation owns and operates the LakePerris State Recreation Area. The majorfeature of the recreation area is Lake Perris,a component of the State Water Project.Located along the southern periphery of theMoreno Valley study area, the facility offers8,300 acres of a variety recreationalopportunities, including swimming, fishingboating, sailing, water skiing, and scubadiving and also offers opportunities forhikers, bikers and equestrians and rockclimbing. The San Jacinto Wildlife Area isoperated by the State of California,Department of Fish and Game and providesaccess to about 5000 acres of undevelopednative habitat.The County of Riverside currently owns andoperates Box Springs Mountain Reserveand the San Timoteo Canyon park property.Box Springs Mountain Reserve is locatedapproximately three miles north of StateRoute 60, west of Pigeon Pass Road andencompasses 1,155 acres of open spaceand day use. Box Springs MountainReserve presently offers hiking andequestrian trails. The San Timoteo Canyonpark property, which includes the NortonYounglove Reserve, is located east of theCity’s sphere of influence on the north sideof State Route 60.b. Community ParksCommunity parks traditionally range from 15to 20 acres with at least 2/3 of the acresdeveloped for active recreation. They serve20,000 to 30,000 residents within a 20-minute drive from their homes. The greatersize and accessibility of community parksallow for more active play and are intendedto serve a wide variety of active and passiverecreation activities, which may includesports fields, tennis courts, family and grouppicnic areas, children’s play apparatus,community buildings, water sports, ponds,riparian areas, specialized activity areasand landscaping. Night lighting of activityareas is appropriate at community parks toincrease the availability and utilization ofcourts and playing field facilities. Parkinglots and restroom facilities are typicallyprovided at community parks. The Cityowns and maintains 10 community parksencompassing approximately 185 acres.Page 4-9 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 4–P ARKS , R EC . & OPEN SPACE MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANone of the City’s trail systems. BaysidePark and Vista Lomas Park are the onlymini parks in the City.Moreno Valley Ranch Golf Coursec. Neighborhood ParksNeighborhood parks range from 5 to 20acres in size, although the size may varydepending on the size of the neighborhoodand the proximity to a community park.Neighborhood parks are specificallyoriented to serving residents within a ¼ to ½mile radius of their homes. Ideally, theneighborhood park should be built inconjunction with a school facility in order tomaximize community funds and costefficiency. Facilities in neighborhood parksare geared toward the recreation needs ofchildren and provide for the daily recreationneeds of residents in the areas surroundingthese parks.Linear parks fall within the neighborhoodpark category. These parks lie in utilityeasements or along the California aqueduct.Similarly, mini parks fall under theneighborhood park category and arecharacterized as a park of less than fiveacres. Because of their small size and/orconfiguration, these parks provide limitedactive and passive recreation opportunitiesand do not include restrooms or parking.Future mini parks will require a specificfunding mechanism for operation andmaintenance, due to the high costs ofbuilding and maintaining these facilities.Where possible, mini parks should beadjacent to greenways, linear parks, and/orPreviously, the neighborhood park wasdefined as passive in nature. The trend,however, has been to include limited activerecreation opportunities such as hardsurface playing courts and multi-purposefields. Due to high demand, neighborhoodparks now frequently provide practice andgame areas for many of the organizedsports groups in the City, although heavyprogramming is not to be considered adesign feature of the neighborhood park.Passive recreation, such as picnicking,strolling and informal play is a priority for theneighborhood park. Unlike communityparks, on-site parking and restrooms are notprovided.There were 19 neighborhood parks inMoreno Valley, encompassing 150 acres.New development of neighborhood parksshould seek to achieve a balance betweenactive and passive park uses and toaccommodate a wide variety of age anduser groups.d. School FacilitiesSchool facilities provide significantrecreational opportunities in Moreno Valley.By combining resources of public agencies,Page 4-10 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 4–P ARKS , R EC . & OPEN SPACE MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANrecreational, social and educationalopportunities are made available to thecommunity in an efficient and cost effectivemanner. Riverside Community College andthe many campuses of the Moreno ValleyUnified and Val Verde Unified SchoolDistricts contribute substantially to the City’srecreational opportunities, providing bothoutdoor and indoor facilities. The MorenoValley Unified School District and the ValVerde Unified School District provideapproximately 80 additional acres of playingfields and ball courts.community social spaces. Other privatefacilities in Moreno Valley include for-profitenterprises, such as health and fitnessclubs, golf courses, etc., which are notconsidered in the level of service standard.4.3.5. Future FacilitiesDemand for parks and recreation willcontinue to increase with new population.Future parks sites have been identified andadditional parkland will need to be acquired.The planned parks and future acquisitionareas shown on Figure 4-2 are conceptualand subject to modification and refinement.4.3.6. Multiuse TrailsThe acreage of the school parks has notbeen included in the City’s inventory ofparkland since there is no permanentcommitment to maintain the acreage forpublic park purposes. Also, public accessto recreation facilities on school sites must,of necessity, be limited. Even with accesslimitations, recreation facilities on schoolsites complement and enhance the City’sability to provide recreation services.e. Private Sector Recreation FacilitiesPrivate residential recreation facilities meeta portion of local demand for recreationfacilities. Homeowners associations providepark areas, greenbelt areas, swimmingpools, tennis courts and community centersfor the exclusive use of their residents.Approximately 15,000 residents haveaccess to these private recreationalfacilities. While these facilities providespecific recreation amenities, they do notsatisfy the need for large sports fields andAlthough trails and open space are notincluded in the 3-acre per 1,000 residentsparkland standard, they are an importantelement of the park system and providesignificant opportunities for recreation.Equestrians, hikers and bicyclists all share aneed for trails, although their specificrequirements vary. Trails have two majorfunctions. First, they can providerecreational values associated with thenatural environment such as scenic values.Secondly, they can provide safe, off-streetlinkages between neighborhoods, parks,schools and other public facilities.Sidewalks and bicycle paths are addressedin the Circulation Element of the GeneralPlan.In 1991 the City Council updated theprecise trail alignments map, which isincorporated herein by reference. The Cityowns and maintained about 10 miles ofdeveloped trails. Refer to Figure 4-3 forexisting and proposed trail locations.Multiuse trails are popular with theequestrian community. The Moreno ValleyEquestrian Center, dedicated in 2003,provides additional facilities of interest toequestrians. This 45-acre park is located atthe northeast corner of Redlands Blvd. andPage 4-11 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 4–P ARKS , R EC . & OPEN SPACE MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANLocust Avenue. The park featuresequestrian facilities, including an arena, withbleachers, a water trough, night lighting andparking for horse trailers.Citizens of Moreno Valley considerexpansion of the trail network a high priority.The Citizen’s Advisory Committee onRecreational Trails, together with thecommunity of equestrians, has workedextensively on the development of a trailsystem. It is their desire to link all areas ofthe City together with a multi-use trailsystem and to enhance the City’sequestrian park by promoting thedevelopment of an equestrian communityaround the park. There is also a desire fora trail that crosses State Route 60.The City should continue to develop trails,but funding is an issue. General funddollars are not available to construct newtrails. Efforts should be made to obtainprivate funds and grants. It has becomecommon for cities with equestriancommunities to require development incertain zones to provide access to existingtrails and to construct new trails.Multiuse trails should be designed withconsiderations for safety, accessibility,proper design and construction, signageand relative location. The City’s trailnetwork should also connect to the countyand state regional trail systems.Hidden Springs TrailPage 4-12 July 11, 2006

PERRIS BLVDBoxSpringsMountainRegionalParkRECH ES AN TI MOTEOCANYON RDCANYON RDCITY OFMORENO VALLEYSPHEREBox SpringsMountainRegional ParkPIGEON PASS RD!?!?PERRIS BLVDBOX SPRINGS RDp Z215DAY STCACTUS AVEFREDERICK STIRONWOOD AVESUNNYMEAD BLVDEUCALYPTUS AVECOTTONWOOD AVEHEACOCK STINDIAN STPERRIS BLVDJACLYN AVELASSELLE STALESSANDRO BLVDCOTTONWOOD AVENASON STCACTUS AVE!?MORENO BEACH DRMORENO BEACH DRLOCUST AVEIRONWOOD AVE!?REDLANDS BLVD!?THEODORE ST!?ALESSANDRO BLVDGILMAN SPRINGS RDSAN TIMOTEO CANYON RDMASTER PLANOF TRAILS|ÿ 60 StreetsHighwaysFIGURE 4-3Badlands Norton Younglove ReserveSanitaryLandfill!? Trail Staging - Existing!? Trail Staging - ProposedImproved TrailMultiuse TrailProposed TrailRegional TrailState TrailProposed Subject to Feasibilityof Freeway Bridge or UnderpassBadlands LandfillState and County ParksMoreno ValleyVAN BUREN BLVDJOHN F KENNEDY DRIRIS AVELASSELLE STIRIS AVEDAVIS RDCITY OFMORENO VALLEYSPHEREMoreno Valley SphereSan Jacinto Wildlife AreaWaterbodies* Trail locations are approximate±5,000 2,500 0 5,000!?Lake Perris State RecreationSAN JACINTOWILDLIFE AREA0.5 0.25 0 0.5 1MilesFeetDate: July 11, 2006State Plane NAD83 Zone 6File: G:\arcmap\planning\gen_plan_updates\master_trails.mxdp Z215WEBSTER AVERAMONA EXYOLEANDER AVEKINE AVELAKE PERRISGEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMSThe information shown on this map was compiled fromthe Riverside County GIS and the City of Moreno ValleyGIS. The land base and facility information on this mapis for display purposes only and should not be relied uponwithout independent verification as to its accuracy.Riverside County and City of Moreno Valley willnot be held responsible for any claims, losses ordamages resulting from the use of this map.

CHAPTER 5 – CIRCULATIONMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN5. CIRCULATION ELEMENT5.1 IntroductionThe purpose of the Circulation Element is toensure a complete, balanced and wellmaintainedcirculation system that relies onvehicular travel and transit, andincorporates alternative modes includingbikeways and pedestrian facilities. TheCirculation Element is designed to supportthe land uses promulgated in the Land UseElement. The Circulation Plan also isdesigned to support regional traffic thatcrosses the City, and allows Moreno Valleyresidents and businesses to travelcomfortably to and from other cities andcounties.A primary objective of the CirculationElement is to ensure that the affects of futurenew development on the City’s transportationsystem are understood and that theimprovements needed to support new growthare planned and properly funded. Primaryfunding sources for these neededimprovements are the TransportationUniform Mitigation Fee Program (TUMF) andthe Development Impact Fee Program (DIF).These fee programs establish a fair sharecontribution for new development.This section of the Circulation Elementestablishes the overall setting of thetransportation system, along with the issuesand opportunities. The goals, objectives,policies and programs of the CirculationElement are contained in Chapter 9.5.5.1.1 State of California GuidelinesThis Circulation Element is prepared inconformance with 65302 of the CaliforniaGovernment Code and the State of CaliforniaGeneral Plan Guidelines (1998). ThisElement is consistent with the goals,objectives, policies and programs of theLand Use Plan contained in the CommunityDevelopment Element, Chapter 2 of theMoreno Valley General Plan. Other issuesrelated to this Circulation Element areaddressed in the Utilities Plan contained inthe Community Development Element,Chapter 2; and the Emergency/DisasterPreparation and Response Plan and AirQuality Plan contained in the Safety ElementChapter 6 of the Moreno Valley GeneralPlan.5.2 BackgroundThe City of Moreno Valley possesses anextensive transportation network thatconsists of state highways, arterials and localstreets, public transit, and nearby rail. Thissection examines the physical and regulatoryparameters of the transportation network asit currently exists. From this backgroundinformation, issues and opportunities that willaffect the City’s future transportation networkcan be understood.5.2.1 Existing RoadwaysThe major regional east-west roadway isState Route 60 (SR-60), linking MorenoValley to both neighboring and outlyingcommunities. Additional regional level eastwesttravel is provided by SunnymeadBoulevard and Alessandro Boulevard, bothof which are maintained by the City:Sunnymead Boulevard serves as thetraditional commercial corridor of MorenoValley. Alessandro Boulevard serves as acommercial and industrial corridor at itswesterly end. Other major east-west routeswithin the City are, from north to south,Ironwood Avenue, Eucalyptus Avenue,Cottonwood Avenue and Cactus Avenue.Although immediately to the west of the City,Interstate 215 (I-215) is the primary regionalroute for north-south travel, linking MorenoValley to both neighboring and outlyingcommunities. Additional regional north-southroutes include Perris Boulevard, RedlandsBoulevard and Gilman Springs. Other northsouthaccess is provided by Moreno BeachPage 5-1 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 5 – CIRCULATIONMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANDrive and Pigeon Pass Road/FrederickStreet.5.2.1.1 Interstate and State HighwaysI-215, located on the western edge of theCity, is the major north-south regionaltransportation route within the City,connecting Moreno Valley to Riverside, SanBernardino and San Diego Counties.SR-60, or the Moreno Valley Freeway, is themajor east-west transportation route withinthe City. The Moreno Valley Freewayconnects Moreno Valley with the coastalcities and the greater Los Angeles area tothe west. It also merges with Interstate 10 (I-10) to the east, and connects to thecommunities of Beaumont, Banning, and thecities of the Coachella Valley. I-10 is themajor route connecting Southern Californiato the states of Arizona, New Mexico, Texas,and the Gulf States. As such, this routecarries a significant amount of traffic throughMoreno Valley.5.2.1.2 Existing Roadway DeficienciesFor the purpose of identifying deficiencies onthe General Plan circulation system, dailytraffic volumes are compared to roadwaycapacity standards in the form of a volume tocapacity ratio. The volume to capacity ratiosare correlated to Levels of Service (LOS) 1 .Roadway segments that exceed the City’sLOS standard are defined as deficient.Existing deficiencies are identified andcorrected through the City CapitalImprovement Program.Other deficiencies are caused by regionaltraffic, which is affected both by regionalgrowth and state and regional transportationpolicies. These deficiencies are addressedthrough close coordination with State andregional agencies.1 Reference Section 5.2.6.1 for a definition of Level ofService, and Table 5-15.2.2 Regional PlansRegional access is an important function ofthe transportation network, allowing safe andefficient travel between cities, counties andstates. Efficient regional access supports theeconomic development and general welfareof the community and helps maintainacceptable levels of service on local streets.Planning for regional access requires strongcoordination between the City and regionaland state agencies, including: WesternRiverside Council of Governments(WRCOG), Riverside County TransportationCommission (RCTC), the Southern CaliforniaAssociation of Governments (SCAG) andCaltrans. This coordination must involve boththe land use and infrastructure decisionmaking.The following regional plans have beenestablished to organize and implementregional transportation planning efforts:5.2.2.1 Regional Transportation PlanThe Regional Transportation Plan (RTP) is acomponent of the Regional ComprehensivePlan and Guide prepared by the SouthernCalifornia Association of Governments(SCAG) to address regional issues, goals,objectives, and policies for the SouthernCalifornia region into the early part of the21st century. The RTP, which SCAGperiodically updates, sets broad goals for theregion and provides strategies to reduceproblems related to congestion and mobility.The RTP identifies transportation facilitiesthat are of regional significance. In order tobe eligible for federal funding assistance,transportation projects must be consistentwith the RTP.5.2.2.2 Riverside County IntegratedProjectTransportation corridors in the generalvicinity of the City of Moreno Valley are beingPage 5-2 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 5 – CIRCULATIONMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANanalyzed as part of the Community andEnvironmental Transportation AcceptabilityProcess (CETAP) undertaken jointly by theCounty of Riverside and the RiversideCounty Transportation Commission (RCTC).CETAP is one component of the RiversideCounty Integrated Project (RCIP), which alsoincludes the Riverside County General Planupdate and a Multi-Species HabitatConservation Plan (MSHCP) for WesternRiverside County. A primary objective of theRCIP is to accommodate projectedpopulation growth within Riverside County byfocusing development within areas that willbe readily accessible, will provide a goodquality of life for future residents, and willminimize environmental and communityimpacts, including impacts to sensitivehabitats and endangered species. TheCETAP process seeks to create fourtransportation corridors in Western RiversideCounty. Two of these are internal toRiverside County (Winchester to Temecula;Hemet to Corona/Lake Elsinore), and twoare inter-county corridors (from MorenoValley County to San Bernardino County andRiverside County to Orange County).5.2.2.3 Congestion Management ProgramThe Riverside County CongestionManagement Program (CMP) is updatedevery five years by RCTC in accordance withProposition 111, passed in June 1990. TheCMP was established in the State ofCalifornia to more directly link land use,transportation and air quality and to promptreasonable growth management programsthat would more effectively utilize new andexisting transportation infrastructure toalleviate traffic congestion and improve airquality. Local agencies are required tomonitor how new development projects willimpact the CMP network. This is animportant component for congestionmanagement because deficiency plans mustbe prepared for locations on the CMPnetwork that decline below a Level of Service(LOS) E. The ability to address suchdeficiencies before they occur is critical.Understanding the reason for thesedeficiencies and identifying ways to reducethe impact of future growth and developmentalong a critical CMP corridor will conservescarce funding resources and help targetthose resources appropriately.5.2.3 Bikeway SystemThe Moreno Valley Bikeway Plan consists ofClass I, Class II and Class III routes. Class Ibikeways are dedicated trails, separatedfrom vehicular traffic. Class II aredesignated, striped bikeways generallylocated along the right shoulder of theroadway. Class III routes are designatedbikeways, not striped, and are shared withvehicles. These bikeways provide theopportunity for an alternative mode oftransportation for both recreational andcommuting uses.5.2.4 Public TransitPublic transit in the City of Moreno Valleyconsists primarily of bus service. In thefuture, it is anticipated that Moreno Valley willalso have access to commuter rail and BusRapid Transit (BRT) services. Majorcomponents of the public transit system aredescribed below:5.2.4.1 Bus ServiceThe ability to efficiently maneuver within andoutside Moreno Valley is predominantlydependent on the automobile. Moreno Valleyis working closely with the Riverside CountyTransportation Commission, the RiversideTransit Agency and other local governmentsto establish efficient transit connectionsamong areas of activity and concentrateddevelopment.Transit Oasis: The Transit Oasis is amobility concept that has been promoted aspart of the RCIP, and may provide a viableoption to the automobile. The concept of theTransit Oasis is to provide an integratedsystem of local-serving, rubber-tired transitPage 5-3 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 5 – CIRCULATIONMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANthat is linked with commuter transit systems(either rail or bus). To operate efficiently, thissystem should be located in areas ofconcentrated development, and areas ofhigh activity. A Transit Center allows ease oftransfer between transit lines. Its use shouldbe considered wherever three or more linesconverge (e.g. Moreno Valley Mall).In Moreno Valley, a Transit Oasis wouldserve to transport commuters to theproposed Metrolink station near the I-215and Alessandro Boulevard interchange (seenext section).5.2.4.2 Commuter RailCurrently, the RCTC owns a rail line locatedwest of Moreno Valley, parallel to I-215. Thisis a service line track that carries a lowvolume of freight trains to and from industrial,commercial, and agricultural areas, south ofMoreno Valley. As a Measure A project,RCTC intends to initiate commuter railservice on this line that would extend to SanJacinto. A commuter rail station is plannedfor the southwest quadrant of Alessandro atI-215 that would provide direct access forMoreno Valley residents. Service isscheduled to commence in 2008.5.2.5 Truck CirculationRoads upon which trucks travel need to beboth wider and thicker to accommodatetruck turning radii and the heavier weights oftheir structure. Chapter 12.36 of the CityMunicipal Code regulates the travel andaccess of trucks on the City road system,and designates official truck routes.Designated truck routes change over timeas new arterials are built, and commercialand industrial projects are completed.Regionally, triple trailer trucks hindercirculation on state and local highways.5.2.6 Traffic Levels of Service5.2.6.1 Level of Service DefinitionsThe quality of traffic flow is measured interms of Levels of Service (LOS). TheTransportation Research Board of theNational Academy of Science hasdeveloped the Highway Capacity Manualthat provides standards and methods formeasuring LOS. The manual is updatedperiodically. The most current edition is theFourth Edition, which was initially publishedin 2000.Six LOS measures are defined for eachtype of roadway facility. Letters designateeach level, from A to F, with LOS Arepresenting the best operating conditionsand LOS F the worst. Each level of servicerepresents a range of operating conditionsand the driver’s perception of thoseconditions. Safety is not included in themeasures that establish service levels.Table 5.1, which follows, describes thelevels of service by associated trafficcondition.5.3 Issues and OpportunitiesThis section identifies the issues andopportunities associated with expected futuredevelopment and its effect on the City’stransportation system. From thisassessment, a strategy of goals, objectives,policies and programs will be developed toensure that the improvements needed tosupport new growth are planned andproperly funded.5.3.1 Level of ServiceAn important goal when planning thetransportation system is to maintain anacceptable level of service along theroadway network. It is recognized,however, that roadway operations at Levelof Service "D" may occur during peak hoursand at certain intersections. In particular,Page 5-4 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 5 – CIRCULATIONMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANnorth-south roadways in the vicinity of StateRoute 60 have geometric constraints thatwill prevent Level of Service "C" from beingachieved. In other cases, peak hourintersection traffic may operate at Level ofService "D" due to high employmentconcentrations.The City of Moreno Valley roadway networkcurrently meets the City Level of Servicestandards of “C” or “D”, with the exceptionof a limited number of segments. Thesegments that do not meet the standardsare primarily located on Perris Boulevard,Cactus Avenue and Frederick Street/PigeonPass Road in the vicinity of State Route 60.Subsequent segment studies will beperformed to determine additionalimprovements necessary to maintain anacceptable Level of Service at General Planbuildout.TABLE 5-1LEVEL OF SERVICE DESCRIPTIONSLOSABCDETraffic Flow ConditionsFree flow. Individual users are virtually unaffected by the presence of others in thetraffic stream. Freedom to select desired speeds and to maneuver within the trafficstream is extremely high. The general level of comfort and convenience providedto the motorist, passenger, or pedestrian is excellent.Stable flow, but the presence of other users in the traffic stream begins to benoticeable. Freedom to select desired speeds is relatively unaffected, but there is aslight decline in the freedom to maneuver within the traffic stream from LOS A.The level of comfort and convenience provided is somewhat less than at LOS A,because the presence of others in the traffic stream begins to affect individualbehavior.Stable flow, but marks the beginning of the range of flow in which the operation ofindividual users becomes significantly affected by interactions with others in thetraffic stream. The selection of speed is affected by the presence of others, andmaneuvering within the traffic stream requires substantial vigilance on the part ofthe user. The general level of comfort and convenience declines noticeably at thislevel.High-density, but stable, flow. Speed and freedom to maneuver are severelyrestricted, and the driver or pedestrian experiences a generally poor level ofcomfort and convenience. Small increases in traffic flow will generally causeoperational problems at this level.Operating conditions at or near the capacity level. All speeds are reduced to a lowbut relatively uniform value. Freedom to maneuver within the traffic stream isextremely difficult, and it is generally accomplished by forcing a vehicle orpedestrian to "give way" to accommodate such maneuvers. Comfort andconvenience levels are extremely poor, and driver or pedestrian frustration isgenerally high. Operations at this level are usually unstable, because small increasesin flow or minor perturbations within the traffic stream will cause breakdowns.FLevel-of-Service F. Forced or breakdown flow. This condition exists wherever theamount of traffic approaching a point exceeds the amount, which can traverse thepoint. Queues form behind such locations. Arrival flow exceeds discharge flow.Source: 2000 Highway Capacity Manual (HCM) (Transportation Research Board Special Report 209)Page 5-5 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 5 – CIRCULATIONMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN5.3.2 Development MonitoringAny individual development proposal maybe required to provide a traffic analysis toassess peak hour impacts at affectedintersections, identifying needed mitigationmeasures to achieve or maintain therecommended peak hour Level of Servicestandard. Such impacts may be mitigatedby construction of improvements necessaryto achieve the target Level of Service, bypayment of a fee or fees if an appropriatefunding mechanism is in place, and/or byany other appropriate means.5.3.2.1 Arterial Segments that RequireFurther StudySeveral arterial segments on the City’scirculation system will require further studyfor at least one of three reasons discussedbelow:(1) Segments will need improvements butrequire inter-jurisdictional coordination.Two arterial segments have been identifiedthat require further study in cooperation withneighboring jurisdictions. Specifically, theseare:a) Day Street from Box SpringsRoad/Ironwood Avenue to CampusParkway: Most of this arterial segment islocated in the City of Riverside, withportions in the City of Moreno Valley. TheCirculation Element traffic study has shownthat traffic volumes will significantly exceedthe design capacity of this arterial segment.In addition, the arterial segment undercrosses State Route 60. Therefore,Caltrans would also be a participant inplanning for any improvements on thissegment of Day Street.b) Kitching Street from south City limits toOleander Avenue: This segment of KitchingStreet would cross a flood control channeland intersect with Oleander Avenue in theCity of Perris. This segment is needed toensure that travel demand is kept in balancewith the design capacities of the north/southarterials in the southern part of the City ofMoreno Valley at General Plan build-outconditions. Although Kitching Street isshown in the City of Moreno ValleyCirculation Element, it is not currentlyincluded in Perris’ future year roadwaynetwork. Coordination with Perris is requiredto facilitate full development of KitchingStreet from the City limits to OleanderAvenue. At Lateral B, Kitching Street shouldjog to the east to align with RedlandsAvenue as depicted in the 2004 City ofPerris Circulation Element.(2) Segments will require significantencroachment on adjacent development ifbuilt-out to their Circulation Elementdesignations.Two arterial segments are currently built-outas two-lane streets, although identified asfour-lane streets in the City’s CirculationPlan (Figure 9-1). These are Indian Streetfrom Sunnymead Boulevard to CottonwoodAvenue and Eucalyptus Avenue fromHeacock Street to Perris Boulevard.Most of the areas adjacent to these streetsare built-out. The construction of additionallanes as called for in the City’s CirculationPlan would encroach on existingdevelopment. The City will need to performarea-wide circulation studies to determinethe impact of retaining the above citedsegments as two lane streets and to identifyalternative mitigation measures if they aredown graded.(3) Segments will need improvements buttheir ultimate traffic volumes slightly exceeddesign capacities.For certain roadway segments, theCirculation Element traffic study shows thatat General Plan build-out conditions, trafficvolumes are expected to exceed designcapacities. Although the Circulation Planspecifies the number of through lanes forPage 5-6 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 5 – CIRCULATIONMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANeach arterial segment in the City, it does notspecify additional lane improvements atintersections or various other trafficoperational improvements that wouldtypically be needed to remediate excessdemand and achieve acceptable level ofservice conditions. These segments willrequire further study to determine ifadditional improvements will be needed tomaintain an acceptable LOS at GeneralPlan build-out. Generally, these segmentswill be identified and studied as newdevelopments are proposed in their vicinity.Measures will be identified that areconsistent with the Circulation Elementdesignation of these roadway segments,such as additional turn lanes atintersections, signal optimization bycoordination and enhanced phasing, andtravel demand management measures.5.3.2.2 Industrial DevelopmentIndustrial and business park development isconcentrated in the southern part of theCity, generally located south of Iris Avenueand north of San Michele Road to the Perriscity limits. This development is an importantcomponent of the City land use pattern,providing significant local employmentopportunities for Moreno Valley residentsand municipal revenue to support highlevels of public services and facilities. Tosupport this development, a sound networkof arterial and collector streets is needed.5.3.2.3 School CirculationSchools generate significant traffic,particularly during the weekday morningpeak hours. This condition is expected tocontinue through City build-out because ofthe large existing and expected populationof families with children and the lack ofschool district funding to support bussing.Coordination with school districts andadjacent jurisdictions is and will continue tobe an important method for ensuring thatadequate vehicular and pedestriancirculation to schools is provided.5.3.2.4 Geographical ConstraintsMoreno Valley is bordered by the BoxSprings Mountains on the north and theBadlands on the northeast and east. Southof the City is the San Jacinto fault line andLake Perris, and to the west in the MarchAir Reserve Base/March Inland Port.Because of these constraints, effectiveregional circulation is critical to MorenoValley’s continued growth and maintenanceof the quality of life. This will requirecoordination with adjacent localgovernments and County and regionalagencies to monitor future regional growth.5.3.3 Regional IssuesAn effective regional transportation networkwill require that regional growth anddevelopment trends are understood andaccommodated.5.3.3.1 Regional GrowthPopulation and Employment:Demographic data compiled by SCAG insupport of the 2001 RTP demonstrates thatthe Western Riverside region, inclusive ofMoreno Valley, is currently a jobs poorregion with only 0.31 jobs for every WesternRiverside County resident. Most of thepopulation commutes outside the WesternRiverside region, and many outside theCounty to work. This demographic profileputs a greater demand on both local andregional roadways.By 2025, the proportion of jobs to populationin Western Riverside County is expected toincrease to 0.35. Between 2000 and 2025,the population of Western Riverside Countyis expected to increase from 1,199,004persons 2,232,983 persons, an increase of86.2% over the 25-year period or 2.5% peryear. During this same period, employmentis projected to increase from 371,318 jobsto 801,806 jobs, an increase of 115.9% overthe 25-year period or 3.1% per year, aPage 5-7 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 5 – CIRCULATIONMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANnotably larger rate of increase than forpopulation.Age: The population of Moreno Valley,similar to Riverside County and the nation,is aging. According to 1990 and 2000United States Census information, themedian age for Riverside County increasedfrom 31.5 years in 1990 to 33.1 years in2000. This aging trend is expected tocontinue through 2025. An aging populationwill require clearly readable road signageand more public transit.5.3.3.2 March Air Reserve Base/MarchInland PortMarch Air Reserve Base/March Inland Portis currently active as a center for militaryreserve activities and as a militarycommunication center. Although its longtermfuture is uncertain, it is not slated forexpansion or closure at this time. From atransportation standpoint, all vehicularaccess to and from the Base must travelthrough Moreno Valley on Cactus Avenueor Elsworth Street.5.3.3.3 Regional Roadway DeficienciesThe Box Springs segment of SR-60 / I-215is one of the most congested segments ofthe Riverside County freeway system. It isalso the primary access route for MorenoValley commuters to employment andactivity centers that are located in OrangeCounty, Los Angeles County, and westernportions of Riverside and San BernardinoCounties. Currently, the Box Springssegment carries about 160,000 vehicles perday, and generally operates at LOS Fduring peak travel periods. Besides hightraffic volumes and limited lane capacity,other factors that contribute to severelycongested conditions on this segment are asignificant percentage of large trucks, asteep road grade, and the merging of twostate highways.Although the Box Springs segment isoutside of the City of Moreno Valley,mitigation of this bottleneck is of utmostimportance because its congestion affects avast number of city residents, and ultimatelycould impede fruition of the City's GeneralPlan.Currently, Caltrans has a plan to improvethe Box Springs segment by addingauxiliary lanes, High Occupancy Vehicle(HOV) lanes, and construction of aneastbound grade separated truck by-passlane at the SR-60 / I-215 interchange. TheCity of Moreno Valley advocates theseimprovements and additional improvementsincluding at least two new general-purposelanes and a grade separated HOV lane fromwestbound SR-60 to southbound I-215. Inaddition, the City advocates for alternativesthat would divert traffic from the Box Springssegment. Examples include extension of theSan Jacinto branch line for Metrolink,CETAP improvements proposed for theMoreno Valley to the San BernardinoCorridor, and TUMF improvementsproposed for Cajalco Road, AlessandroBoulevard, Central Avenue and Van BurenBoulevard.5.3.4 Intelligent Transportation SystemsIntelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) areutilized to improve the safety andperformance of the surface transportationsystem using new technology in detection,communication, computing, and trafficcontrol. These systems increase theefficiency and safety of the regionaltransportation system and can be applied toarterials, transit, trucks, and privatevehicles. Further, traveler information canlessen the impact of accidents and otherspecial events in the City, which ultimatelymay reduce delay and congestion.The Riverside County TransportationCommission (RCTC) approved the InlandEmpire ITS Strategic plan in 1997. TheStrategic Plan contains a list of goals andPage 5-8 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 5 – CIRCULATIONMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANpolicies to be followed by responsibleagencies within the County to achieve aviable ITS infrastructure that improvesmobility and enhances safety. Nine coreITS components have been identified byRCTC. These components include trafficsignal control, transit management, incidentmanagement, electronic fare payment,electronic toll collection, railroad gradecrossings, emergency managementservices and regional multimodal travelerinformation.The City should encourage the integrationof Intelligent Transportation Systemsconsistent with the principles andrecommendations referenced in the InlandEmpire ITS Strategic Plan as thetransportation system is implemented.5.3.5 Transportation DemandManagementTransportation demand management (TDM)strategies reduce dependence on thesingle-occupant vehicle, and increase theability of the existing transportation systemto carry more people. The goal of TDM is toreduce single occupant vehicle trips duringpeak hours and modify the vehiculardemand for travel.A reduction in peak hour trips and adecrease in non-attainment pollutants canbe achieved through the implementation ofTDM strategies. Examples of the strategiesinclude: carpooling, telecommuting, flexiblework hours, and electronic commerce thatenables people to work and shop fromhome.In the last decade, the region's number oftrips and amount of travel has grown at afaster rate than the population growth. TDMstrategies are designed to counter thistrend. The region cannot build its way outof congestion; it has neither the financialresources nor the willingness to bear theenvironmental impacts of such a strategy.TDM is one of the many approaches thatwill be used to maintain mobility and accessas the region continues to grow andprosper.5.3.6 FundingNew developments are responsible forparticipation in Transportation UniformMitigation Fee Program (TUMF) and theDevelopment Impact Fee Program (DIF). Inmany cases, individual developments will beable to dedicate right-of-way and/orconstruct improvements that are part of theTUMF and DIF programs in lieu of payingfees.Page 5-9 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 6 – SAFETYMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN6. SAFETY ELEMENTA. PUBLIC SAFETY SERVICES6.1 POLICE PROTECTION ANDCRIME PREVENTION6.1.1. BackgroundSince 1984, in accordance with an annualpolice services contract, the RiversideCounty Sheriff's Department provides policeprotection and crime prevention services forMoreno Valley. The Sheriff’s Departmentprovides services under the name of MorenoValley Police Department. All patrol vehiclesbear the City's seal or logo and name. TheSheriff's Department also provides lawenforcement services at the RiversideCounty Regional Medical Center and schoolswithin Moreno Valley.Commencing in 2002, the Moreno ValleyPolice Department operates out of the PublicSafety Building located at 22850 Calle SanJuan de Los Lagos. The Department alsouses satellite offices in strategic businesslocations throughout the city. Satellite officesprovide a place for officers to write reports,make phone calls and tend to other needswithout leaving the field. Landlords supplythese offices without rental charges.Protection and prevention services providedinclude: general law enforcement, trafficenforcement, investigations, and routinesupport services such as communications,evidence collection, analysis andpreservation, training, administration, andrecords. There are many specialized teamssuch as Hazardous Devices Team, HostageNegotiations Team and Special EnforcementTeam, K9 units (including narcotic detection),Crime Prevention Programs, ProblemOriented Policing, Career CriminalApprehension Team, Bicycle Team, SchoolResource Officers, Gang and NarcoticInvestigations Units and aviation. Several ofthe specialized functions described aboveare available, as needed, from the Sheriff’sDepartment. In addition, a large number ofofficers are available from neighboringSheriff’s stations in the event of a majoremergency.The Moreno Valley Police Department(MVPD) has 162 sworn officers who providefield services in the City. The current officerto population ratio for MVPD is 0.9 officersper 1,000 population. The average totalresponse time for the period of January 01 toDecember 31, 2004, was over 7 minutes forPriority 1 or emergency calls as shown inTable 6-1 below:Table 6-11,899 Priority1 (P1) Calls For ServiceJanuary through December 2004FrequenciesStatisticsDelayTimeTotalResponseTimeMean 2.23 7.13(Average)Median(mid value) 0.63 4.95Percentiles:25% 0.40 3.0450% 0.63 4.9575% 1.08 7.8890% 2.40 12.56Source: Moreno Valley Police Department.As shown in Table 6-2, Moreno Valley enjoysa lower crime rate relative to some SouthernCalifornia cities with over 100,000 peoplethat report crime statistics to the Departmentof Justice/Uniform Crime Report (UCR).Page 6-1 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 6 – SAFETYMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTable 6-2Part 1 Crimes - City ComparisonsCities Population TotalPart 1CrimesPart 1CrimesPer1,000PopulationSanBernardino 199,803 14,014 70Riverside 285,537 14,448 51Ontario 170,373 8,150 48MorenoValley 165,328 6,991 42Pomona 160,815 6,409 40Fullerton 135,672 5,056 37Chula Vista217,543 8,078 37Corona 144,070 4,853 34Source: Dept. of Justice / Uniform Crime Report 2004Table 6-3 summarizes incidents reported tothe Department of Justice Uniform CrimeReports (UCR), by the Moreno Valley PoliceDepartment for 2003/04. Larceny/Theft wasthe most frequent crime reported during thisperiod, accounting for approximately 49.9percent of all crimes.Burglary was the second most frequentcrime, accounting for approximately 22.3percent of all crimes. In general, criminal actsin Moreno Valley are aimed at property,rather than at persons. Only 11.4 percent ofall actual incidents were crimes againstpersons.Page 6-2 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 6 – SAFETYMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTable 6-3UNIFORM CRIME REPORT STATISTICS – PART 1 CRIMESActualIncidents2003ActualIncidents2004Increase /(Decrease)2003 vs. 2004%ChangeFBI Crime Index Total: 6,506 6,998 485 7.5%Violent Crimes Against Persons:Homicide 4 9 5 N/A*Robbery 271 355 84 31%Forcible Rape 67 50 (17) (25.4%)Aggravated Assault 468 389 (79) (16.9%)Total 810 803 ( 7) ( 0.9%)Crimes Against Property:Burglary 1,481 1,561 80 5.4%Motor Vehicle Theft 979 1,118 139 14.2%Larceny/Theft 3,214 3,492 278 8.6%Arson 22 14 (5) (22.7%)Total 5,696 6,185 219 8.9%Source: Department of Justice (DOJ) Uniform Crime Report 2004.Note: Using the most recent crime statistics published in the FBI's Uniform Crime Report (UCR) as ofDecember 2004.Note: Shown above is the net change and percent (%) of net change for 2004 vs. 2003.N/A* = Not applicable.Page 6-3 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 6 – SAFETY6.1.2 Patrol DivisionThe patrol division provides first respondersto crimes in progress and a wide variety ofother calls for service. Patrol officers aredeployed in 10-hour shifts to providemaximum coverage during the busiest times.Table 6-4 illustrates the average dailydeployment of officers. The City is dividedinto thirteen beats, which are flexible to meetthe daily deployment needs.Table 6-4Deployment of Patrol OfficersWatch Hours Average #Units1 10 p.m. – 8 a.m. 82 7 a.m. – 5 p.m. 113 1 p.m. - 11 p.m. 94 5 p.m. – 3 a.m. 8Reserve officers volunteer their time toaugment patrol operations. They workflexible schedules that permit them to varythe shifts and days they work. The officerswork an average of two shifts per month.The Police Department had 16 reserveofficers who collectively volunteered anaverage of more than 250 hours per month.6.1.3 Administrative DivisionCrime Prevention: Crime Preventionprograms consisted of Anti-Graffiti,Neighborhood Watch, Business Watch,Volunteer Academy, Youth Court, andCitizen’s Patrol. One officer works directlywith builders and city planning staff topromote development that is less susceptibleto crime and easier to protect. Thecommunity service unit also works with morethan 100 volunteers.Volunteer programs augment stationoperations and relieve officers engaged induties that do not require a sworn officer.The volunteer programs fall under fivegeneral categories. Those areas are,Reserve Officers, Police Explorers, Anti-MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANGraffiti Patrol, Citizen's Patrol, and StationVolunteers.Explorer Scouts are young men and womenbetween the ages of 14-21 who areinterested in law enforcement careers. Theyassist with various community events thattake place in the city such as the 4 th of Julyfestivities, and the air show. They provideassistance in a variety of ways that rangefrom directing traffic to providing security forparking at events or crowd control at paradesetc. They also assist with crime preventionprograms at elementary schools andneighborhood clean up programs. Explorersaverage over 240 hours of activity per monthwith 25 active explorers in Moreno Valley.Anti-Graffiti Patrol (AGP) volunteers primarilyconduct covert observations assisted by auniformed officer to apprehend graffitivandals. AGP volunteers often aid withprograms to apprehend robbery suspects,burglary suspects, or assist with othersurveillance operations. They averagedseveral programs and over 50 hours permonth. An average of 15 membersparticipated.Citizen’s Patrol handles a variety ofassignments as well as emergency callouts.They conduct vacation checks, businesschecks, area checks, handicap parkingcitation programs, neighborhood patrols,traffic control, and perimeter control for crimescenes and traffic accidents. The programhas about 25 volunteers that contributedover 300 hours per month. Additionally, theystaff, stock, deploy, and maintain the MobileCommand Post.Station volunteers contribute over 300 hoursper month between an average of 10 activevolunteers. They perform a variety of clericaland logistical tasks at the station whichallowed officers to focus on patrol duties.Accounting/Finance Unit: TheAccounting/Finance Unit assists in thebudget preparation and budget tracking forPage 6-4 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 6 – SAFETYthe entire police department. It is alsoresponsible for all the financial operations ofthe police department which includesaccounts payable, accounts receivable,purchasing, and payroll processing.Records/Business Unit: TheRecords/Business Unit provided assistancefor about 2,000 public inquiries per month atthe front counter and 7,000 telephone callsper month. The unit maintains all records forthe police department, including policereports, activity logs, dispatch logs,subpoena records, citations, and variousother records generated by the policedepartment.6.1.4 Special Enforcement TeamsTraffic Unit: The Traffic Unit is responsiblefor traffic safety issues within the City. TheTraffic Unit has a Traffic ReconstructionTeam, an Accident Investigations Team anda Motor Officer Team. Traffic enforcementhas been a police department responsibilitysince January 1986. The traffic unit includesten motorcycle officers, seven accidentinvestigators and three non-sworn trafficinvestigators. Traffic enforcement units arenot assigned to specific areas, but movewhere traffic activity needs attention.Table 6-5 shows traffic collision and citationstatistics:Table 6-5Traffic Collisions and CitationsTraffic Incident CategoryNumber ofIncidentsCollisions:Fatal 11Injury 567Non-injury 1,330Citations:Hazardous Citations 19,086Non-hazardous Citations 2,350Parking Citations 1,295Source: Moreno Valley Police DepartmentMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPOP Team: The Problem Oriented Policing(POP) Team addresses quality of life issuesand problems that need long-termresolutions. They provide proactive lawenforcement with off-road motorcycle andbicycle patrols, and specific programs suchas Nuisance and Squatter Abatement, SafeStreets Now, and Crime Free Multi-Housing.S.E.T. Team: The Special Enforcement Teamconsists of the Narcotics Enforcement Unit,the Career Criminal Apprehension (C-CAT)Team and the Gang Enforcement Team.They track career criminals, gang members,narcotics violations, parolees andprobationers. The S.E.T. Team conductsproactive enforcement by serving arrest andsearch warrants. They also conductprobation and parole searches for felony andmisdemeanor criminal activities.6.1.5 Detective DivisionDetective Unit: The Detective Unit focuseson follow up investigations relating tocomplex and major crimes, which are tooinvolved or specialized for the Patrol Divisionto handle. Detectives are trained to handlecases involving homicides, suspiciousdeaths, child abuse, sex crimes, elder abuse,robbery, assaults, batteries, identity theft,computer crimes, frauds, and auto theft.The Detective Unit monitors sexual assaultregistrants, conducts internet crimeinvestigations involving attempts to molestchildren, and develops programs used tocombat these types of crimes. The DetectiveUnit regulates the licensing of massageparlors, bingo permits and pawnshops. TheDetective Unit also conducts ongoing trainingof officers assigned to other units of thePolice Department.School Resources Officers Unit: TheSchool Resource Officers (SRO) Unit servesall 45 schools and over 54,513 students whoattended these schools in Moreno Valley.Their mission is to build and maintain apositive school environment, free of drugs,Page 6-5 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 6 – SAFETYintimidation and fear, and to create harmonyin which teachers and students can feel safeand secure while learning.Riverside County Regional MedicalCenter The Riverside County RegionalMedical Center is located in the southeastportion of Moreno Valley. The managementand supervision of officers assigned toprovide security for the facility is theresponsibility of personnel assigned to theMoreno Valley Police Department. Thesecurity unit is responsible for providing lawenforcement for the interior and surroundinggrounds 24 hours / 7 days a week.Crime Analysis Unit: The Crime AnalysisUnit was comprises of two crime analystswho perform crime analysis and providesadministrative, analytical and technicalsupport to police management. This isaccomplished by turning raw data into vitalinformation that will enhance and focus theorganization's efforts towards crimeprevention, suppression, and apprehensionof criminals in Moreno Valley.6.1.6 Issues and OpportunitiesFuture development within the city of MorenoValley area will require additional officers tomaintain the officer-to-population ratio at adesirable level. In addition, depending uponthe future distribution of development, one ormore police facilities may be necessary.Burglary is the second most reported crimein Moreno Valley. Burglaries and othercrimes can be discouraged through strategicuse of design. This is commonly referred toas the "defensible space" concept, which is apart of the Crime Prevention ThroughEnvironmental Design (CPTED) concept.Defensible space permits the identification ofsuspicious occurrences or persons, in partby increasing visibility and recognition byneighbors. Where a space is defensible, it isevident to a potential criminal that a crimecould be observed and the criminal easilyMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANapprehended. Good lighting is a keyingredient of defensible space.In addition to the previous design measuresaimed at creating defensible developments,road improvements can be designed in amanner that reduces the number of trafficand parking violations. Uniform road widthsand signalized intersections can minimizethe potential for moving violations.6.2 FIRE AND EMERGENCYSERVICES6.2.1 BackgroundThe City of Moreno Valley Fire Servicecontracts with the Riverside County FireDepartment for services. The RiversideCounty Fire Department is administered andoperated by the California Department ofForestry and Fire Protection under anagreement with the County of Riverside.The City’s authority and responsibilities forthe formation and operation of a firedepartment are found in the GovernmentCode section 36501, 38611, and 54981.These code sections provide for establishinga fire department, requiring the appointmentof a chief, and authorizing the contracting forservice.Since incorporation, the Riverside CountyFire Department provided the City’s fireprotection, fire prevention, and emergencymedical services through a cooperativecontractual agreement. Originally, the Citywas protected by three fire stations. Inkeeping with the city’s desire to continuallyimprove service delivery the City hasincreased its fire station coverage to six.There are a total of five first line municipalfire engines, three-second line municipal fireengines, one wildland fire engine, two aerialladder trucks, five rescue squads, and abreathing support unit. The first linemunicipal fire engines are staffed with threefirefighters and the two truck companies hadPage 6-6 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 6 – SAFETYfour firefighters each. The staffing on theseunits is continuous 24 hours per day, sevendays per week by 53 firefighters. The onduty daily minimum staffing is 23 fire fighters.Two Battalion Chiefs supervise the battalion.The City also has one Battalion Chief FireMarshal and a Fire Chief.Staffing of second line engines, the rescuesquad and breathing support unit is providedby the Moreno Valley Volunteer FireCompany on an as needed/when availablebasis. The Moreno Valley Volunteer FireCompany was established in 1955, andprovides vital backup and augmentation foremergency incidents. They also are availableto provide services to special events, therebyrelieving the need for use of the city’sprofessional resources at these events. Thecompany’s membership size fluctuatesgenerally in the neighborhood of 30members.Moreno Valley is served by six fire stations.Figure 6-1 identifies the location of stationswithin the study area, and also illustrates theresponse radius for these stations. A fiveminuteresponse time is considered to be themaximum time standard for serving urbanand suburban uses. Figure 6-1 shows thelocation of five proposed fire stations that willbe needed at build out. The following firestations are in operation:Station No. 2 was relocated fromSunnymead Boulevard to a new facility onHemlock Street just west of Perris Blvd onNovember 14, 2001. As of that date, thestation was staffed by seven careerfirefighters. The station housed one first line1000gpm engine, one truck company andone rescue squad unit.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANStation No. 6 is a joint fire station with theCity of Riverside. It is staffed with threecareer firefighters on the City of MorenoValley engine and three career firefighters onthe City of Riverside engine. The stationhoused one 1,250 gpm first line engine andrescue squad. The City of Riverside notifiedMoreno Valley that intends to build their ownfire station and vacate this facility in 2007.Fire Station No. 6Station No. 48 is located at the intersectionof Village Road and Sunnymead RanchParkway. The station is staffed by threecareer firefighters. The station housed one1,500 GPM first line engine, one 1,000 GPMengine and one rescue squad.Station No. 58 is a temporary station locatedat Moreno Beach Drive and Bay Streetserving eastern Moreno Valley. The stationis staffed by three career fighters. It housedone 1,500 gallon per minute enginecompany, one brush engine one rescuesquad. The permanent station is tocommence construction in 2006 onEucalyptus, east of Moreno Beach.Station No. 65 was completed in 1986 andserves the southwest area of the City. It islocated at John F. Kennedy Drive and IndianAvenue. The station housed one 1,250 GPMfirst line engine, one second line engine andone rescue squad.Page 6-7 July 11, 2006

PERRIS BLVDCANYON RDS AN TI MOTEORECH ECANYON RDCITY OFMORENO VALLEYSPHEREPIGEON PASS RDmFire Station 48 (Sunnymead Ranch)PERRIS BLVDSAN TIMOTEO CANYON RDBOX SPRINGS RDp Z215DAY STmVAN BUREN BLVDCACTUS AVEIRONWOOD AVEFire Station 6 (Towngate)FREDERICK STCOTTONWOOD AVEMARCH ARBSUNNYMEAD BLVDEUCALYPTUS AVEHEACOCK STINDIAN STmmPERRIS BLVDALESSANDRO BLVDJOHN F KENNEDY DRIRIS AVEJACLYN AVEFire Station 65 (Kennedy Park)Proposed for RelocationCITY OF MORENO VALLEYLASSELLE STFire Station 2 (Sunnymead)COTTONWOOD AVEFuture Fire StationLASSELLE STmmNASON STCACTUS AVEIRIS AVEMORENO BEACH DRMORENO BEACH DRmFire Station 91 (College Park)LOCUST AVEIRONWOOD AVEREDLANDS BLVDmFuture Fire StationmFuture Fire StationTHEODORE STALESSANDRO BLVDFuture Fire StationFIGURE 6-1FIRE STATIONSm Fire Stations|ÿ 60 StreetsDAVIS RDmGILMAN SPRINGS RDFuture Fire StationCITY OFMORENO VALLEYSPHEREMajor StreetsHighwaysMoreno ValleyMoreno Valley SphereMarch ARBWaterbodies* Future Fire Stationlocations are conceptualand subject to change±5,000 2,500 0 5,000Feet0.5 0.25 0 0.5 1p Z215WEBSTER AVEmRAMONA EXYFuture Fire StationOLEANDER AVEKINE AVELAKE PERRISMilesDate: July 11, 2006State Plane NAD83 Zone 6File: G:\arcmap\planning\gen_plan_updates\fire_stations.mxdGEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMSThe information shown on this map was compiled fromthe Riverside County GIS and the City of Moreno ValleyGIS. The land base and facility information on this mapis for display purposes only and should not be relied uponwithout independent verification as to its accuracy.Riverside County and City of Moreno Valley willnot be held responsible for any claims, losses ordamages resulting from the use of this map.

CHAPTER 6 – SAFETYStation No. 91 is located on LasselleStreet, adjacent to the Riverside CommunityCollege - Moreno Valley campus and wasopened in 2003. The station houses one75-foot ladder truck, one second line engineand a breathing support.6.2.2 Fire PreventionThe City of Moreno Valley has experienceddecreases in the rate of fires. Thesedecreases have occurred while thejurisdiction has grown in every aspect --population, land area, number of structures,etc.It was not possible to correlate thedecreasing fire rate with any variable (suchas increased level of inspections ordecreasing percentage of population underage 25). Yet, the decreasing rate is likelydue to the complex interaction of suchfactors as (1) stronger fire codes, (2)increased use of smoke detectors andautomatic suppression systems, (3)increased public education programs, (4)increased public awareness of fire dangersand (5) aggressive weed abatement.The conclusion is that fire preventionprograms have proven to be effective inpreventing fires and the severity of fires thatdo occur. The Fire Protection ServicesMaster Plan includes an aggressive fireprevention effort utilizing citizens whosupport and are committed to the preventionof fire.6.2.3 Fire SuppressionThe Fire Protection Services Plan includesseveral objectives related to the location offire stations and speed of response. Theobjectives vary by land use characteristics.The basic objective of the Moreno ValleyFire Protection Services Master Plan is toestablish and maintain a standard of the firstunit arriving on the scene of a fire within fiveminutes of dispatch and the remainder ofMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANthe first alarm assignment on scene withineight minutes at least 90% of the time. Thisstandard indicates the number and locationof fire stations and corresponding apparatusand personnel.The fundamental point of this objective is toinitiate evacuation and suppressionoperations as rapidly as practical. It isparticularly important to initiate operationsprior to “flashover.” Flashover is a point inthe development of a structure fire wherethe fire rapidly expands throughout a room.Flashover generally occurs within 6-12minutes from ignition.The importance of rapid response isreflected in the ISO Rating Schedulerequirement for distribution of companies.The ISO Rating Schedule states that “thebuilt-upon area of the City should have afirst-due engine company within 1½ miles.”In the International City ManagementAssociation manual, Managing FireServices, the following recommendation ispresented. “For all structural fires, to deployone engine company within five (5)minutes.” The NFPA Fire ProtectionHandbook states, “It is generally consideredthat the first arriving piece of apparatusshould be at the emergency scene withinfive minutes of the sounding of the alarm.”6.2.4 Emergency Medical ServicesResponse time is also critical for theprovision of emergency medical services.For example, a report by the Los AngelesCounty Fire Department, Fire Protectionand Emergency Medical Service DeliverySystem (April 15, 1980), states: “Anotherstudy conducted by the American HeartAssociation showed that the amount of timeto initiation of basic life support was criticalto overall survival rate.Specific time requirements are specified inthe American Academy of OrthopedicSurgeon’s report, Emergency Care andTransportation of Sick and Injured (Chicago,Page 6-9 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 6 – SAFETY1981): “There must be a maximal sense ofurgency in starting basic life support. Timeis critical. If the brain is deprived of oxygenfor four to six minutes, brain damage islikely to occur. After six minutes withoutoxygen, brain damage is extremely likely”.Information from the American Red Crossdocument, Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation(Washington, D.C., 1974) also establishesthe need for rapid response to strokes,heart attacks, airway obstruction, andserious bleeding incidents.Thus, the number and location of stationsand companies are dictated by emergencymedical services response time objectives,in addition to the response requirements forevacuation and suppression.The Fire Department responds to medicalaid calls with advanced life supportservices. American Medical Responseprovided support paramedics andambulance transportation under contractwith the County of Riverside.6.2.5 Emergency ManagementThe Moreno Valley Fire Department is veryinvolved in emergency management. TheFire Department will be the incidentcommander, or be working in a unifiedcommand with other responding agenciesdepending on the nature of the emergency.The objective of the Fire Department is tomitigate emergencies and disasters bykeeping loss of life, property, andenvironment to a minimum. The FireDepartment maintains a clearunderstanding of the statutory responsibilityand authority it has depending upon theemergency; along with a working knowledgeof the Incident Command System, CaliforniaDisaster and Civil Defense Master MutualAid Agreement, and SEMS.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN6.2.6 Public AssistanceThe Moreno Valley Fire Department has alarge inventory of skills and resources thatcan be of significant benefit to the residentsof the city in many important, but nonemergency,situations. Examples of suchservices include: blood pressure screening,gaining entry for persons locked out ofcars/homes, etc.6.2.7 Fire Prevention CodesCodes prescribe regulations to safeguardlife and property from the hazards of fire,explosion, and other dangerous conditionsand to assist emergency responsepersonnel.A jurisdiction is mandated by State Statue toadopt Title 24, of the California Code ofRegulations. A jurisdiction has the ability toamend the code, to be more restrictivethrough the filing of facts process.Enforcement of fire and life safety codesprotects lives and reduces injuries (for bothcivilians and firefighters); as well as,significantly reduce direct and indirecteconomic losses. Direct losses refer to thestructure and its contents. Indirect lossesinclude loss of business income; wages orentire businesses.6.2.8 Wildland Urban InterfaceNatural topography, terrain, volatile fueltypes, and local climatic conditions haveprovided the necessary components thathave resulted in, and will continue to resultin large and damaging wildfires.The potential for a large and damaging fireis present throughout much of the year.During the months when the Santa Anawinds blow, the potential for a large anddamaging wildland fire is increasedsignificantly. It is imperative theseconsiderations are addressed during theplanning phase of development. MitigationPage 6-10 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 6 – SAFETYmeasures must be taken to reduce thepotential life safety and monetaryconsequences of these types of fires.6.2.9 Smoke DetectorsSmoke detectors are proven life savers andcan also significantly reduce fire losses. Allnew or remodeled residential dwelling unitswill have detectors installed duringconstruction as required by Title 19 & 24.6.2.10 Automatic Fire SuppressionSystemsRequirements for use of automatic sprinklersystems in new and existing structures isthe single most important action that can betaken to control future demand for fireprotection services, and to reduce firelosses. Insurance costs can be significantlyreduced through the use of such systems,e.g., up to 15% for residences and from 50-80% for commercial/industrial occupancies.Numerous studies have proven thetremendous value of automatic systems.For example a study of 117 fires showedthat "there might have been approximately a90 per cent reduction in both lives lost andinjuries sustained if fire protection systemshad been installed. Also, property losseswould have been decreased by a factor ofabout three with the automatic smokedetector system, by a factor of about fourwith the monitored alarm system, and by afactor of about seven with the suppressionsystem." The water damage resulting fromthe presence of a sprinkler system is lessthan 1% of the fire damage that would haveresulted (from a fire) if the sprinkler systemhad not been present.6.2.11 Inspection and EnforcementIn addition to reducing fires and fire losses,a proactive inspection and enforcementprogram will directly benefit business evenwithout the occurrence of fire. Business fireinsurance premiums can be increased by upMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANto 150% if fire code violations are identifiedand not corrected, and premium reductionscan be cancelled if sprinkler systems arenot inspected and maintained.State regulated occupancies must beinspected annually (Licensed CareFacilities, and schools) as required byCalifornia statute. All other occupanciesshould be inspected on an annual basis.A fire permit program as prescribed by theCalifornia Fire Code provides themechanism to maintain fire and life safetywithin buildings that have conditionshazardous to life or property. Theseinspections need to be done by trained fireprevention personnel as these inspectionsrequire a higher level of knowledge.Hazardous materials, flammable andcombustible liquids, and high piled storage,are just a few examples of the hazardousconditions that may be encountered inside abuilding.Fire Services conducts safety inspections ofbusinesses with fire engine companypersonnel and Fire Prevention Bureaupersonnel for specialized inspections.6.2.12 Public EducationThe Fire Protection Services Master Planincludes an objective for all residents overthe age of six to receive basic fire safetyeducation. Public education covering fireand life safety, and emergency medicalissues is considered to be the foundation ofa community fire protection/emergencymedical program. Such a program,especially if started at the school level,could produce numerous benefits, including:1) Creating an awareness of firedanger.2) Establishing a skill level amongcitizens that permits individuals totake appropriate immediate action inPage 6-11 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 6 – SAFETYcase of fire or medical emergency(for self or others).3) Building an inherent consciousnessof the causes of fire, fire spread, andfire loss, so that such causes are notpermitted to occur.6.2.13 Emergency/Disaster Preparationand ResponseMoreno Valley has a system for respondingto emergency and disaster situations. Thesystem includes the following phases:preparedness, response, recovery andmitigation.The preparedness phase involves activitiesundertaken in advance of an emergency ordisaster. Emphasis is on planning, training,disaster drills and public education andawareness programs.The response phase includes increasedreadiness, initial response and extendedresponse activities. During an extendedresponse, the City would generally activateits Emergency Operations Center (EOC).The EOC would normally be manned 24-hours a day by both public safety and otherCity personnel to coordinate emergencyresponse activities. The EOC was locatedat the Public Safety Building and thealternate EOC was in City Hall.Recovery activities involve restoration ofservices and returning the affected area topre-emergency conditions as soon aspractical. Recovery activities could rangefrom restoring water and power to providinginformation to the public regarding state andfederal disaster assistance programs.Mitigation efforts occur both before and afteremergencies or disasters. Mitigationincludes eliminating or reducing thelikelihood of future emergencies.Moreno Valley places a high priority onpublic disaster education. Citizens areMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANprovided a range of emergencymanagement training, including FederalEmergency Management Agency (FEMA)Community Emergency Response Team(CERT) training, emergency preparednessworkshops, disaster presentations atschools, CPR, first aid training, HAM radioclasses and terrorism awareness training.In addition, the City does educationprograms on disaster preparedness.Several emergency volunteer teams were inoperation. The Emergency ResponseForce (ERF) and the CommunityEmergency Response Team (CERT) arevolunteers who are trained to assist duringtimes of emergency. The Moreno ValleyRadio Amateur Civil Emergency Services(RACES) is a volunteer team of HAM RadioOperators who are trained to provide backup emergency communications.6.3 ANIMAL SERVICES6.3.1 BackgroundAnimal Services became a city operation in1991. Prior to 1991, a private partyperformed animal services under contract tothe city. The City of Moreno Valleyoperated a 17,000 square foot animalshelter at 14041 Elsworth Street.Animal services is responsible for reducingthe incidence of rabies and other animalbornediseases, reducing the number ofanimal bites and minimizing the number ofunwanted and lost pets. Toward that end,animal services staff enforce a number ofstate and local laws concerning the careand treatment of animals.Animal services operates licensing,identification, spay, neutering andvaccination programs. Animal servicesshelters lost and unwanted pets, returns lostpets to their rightful owners and provides forthe adoption of unwanted pets. Theresponsible care and treatment of animals isPage 6-12 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 6 – SAFETYalso promoted by way of educationalprograms.Between July of 2004 and June of 2005,animal services staff responded to 17,077calls for service. Animal services alsoreturned 1,290 lost pets to their owners andarranged for the adoption of 2,034 pets.6.3.2 Issues and OpportunitiesIrrespective of the efforts of Animal Servicesand other organizations dedicated toreducing the population of unwanted pets, alarge number of unwanted pets areproduced every year. Unfortunately, thenumber of unwanted animals far surpassesthe capacity of the shelter and the numberof good homes available for adoption.The need for animal services is expected togrow in proportion to the rate of growth inthe local community.B. ENVIRONMENTAL SAFETY6.4 NOISEMoreno Valley Animal Shelter6.4.1 BackgroundNoise has long been an accepted part ofmodern civilization, but excessive noise hasbecome an important environmentalconcern. Excessive noise can disturb thepeace and quiet of neighborhoods.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANExcessive noise can cause physical andpsychological responses. Temporaryreactions include, but are not limited to,constriction of blood vessels, secretion ofsaliva and gastric fluids, changes in heartrate and a feeling of anxiety and discomfort.Three effects of noise that are of particularconcern are interference with speech,interruption of sleep and hearing loss. Sleepinterruption can occur when the intrudingnoise exceeds 45 decibels. Speechinterference becomes a problem when theintruding noise is above 60 decibels.Hearing loss can begin to occur withsustained noise levels above 75 decibels.Section 1092 of Title 25, Chapter 1,Subchapter 1, Article 4, of the CaliforniaAdministrative Code includes noiseinsulation standards for new multi-familystructures (hotels, motels, apartments,condominiums, and other attacheddwellings) located within the 60 CNELcontour adjacent to roads, railroads, rapidtransit lines, airports or industrial areas. Anacoustic analysis is required showing thatthese multi-family units have been designedto limit interior noise levels with doors andwindows closed to 45 CNEL in anyhabitable room. Title 21 of the CaliforniaAdministration Code (Subchapter 6, Article2, Section 5014) also specifies that noiselevels in all habitable rooms do not exceed45 CNEL.6.4.2 Noise FundamentalsNoise levels are measured on a logarithmicscale in decibels. The measurements arethen weighted and added over a specifiedtime period to reflect not only the magnitudeof the sound, but also its duration,frequencyand time of occurrence. In thismanner, various acoustical scales and unitsof measurement have been developed suchas: equivalent sound levels (Leq), day-nightaverage sound levels (Ldn), CommunityNoise Equivalent Levels (CNEL's), andPage 6-13 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 6 – SAFETYSingle Event Noise Exposure Levels(SENEL's).A-weighted decibels (dBA) approximate thesubjective response of the human ear tonoise by discriminating against the very lowand high frequencies of the audiblespectrum. They are adjusted to reflect onlythose frequencies audible to the human ear.The decibel scale has a value of 1.0 dBA atthe threshold of hearing and 140 dBA at thethreshold of pain. Each increase of 10decibels indicates a ten-fold sound energyincrease, which is perceived by the humanear as being roughly twice as loud.Examples of the decibel level of variousnoise sources are the quiet rustle of leaves(10 dBA), a soft whisper (20 to 30 dBA) andthe hum of a small electric clock (40 dBA).Additional examples include the ambientnoise in a house kitchen (50dBA), normalconversation at 5 feet (55 dBA) and a busystreet at 50 feet (75 dBA).Day-night average sound levels (Ldn) are ameasure of cumulative noise exposure. TheLdn value results from a summation of hourlynoise levels over a 24-hour time period withan increased weighting factor applied to theperiod between 10:00 PM and 7:00 AM. Thistakes into account the fact that noise thatoccurs during normal sleeping hours is moreannoying. Community Noise EquivalentLevels (CNEL's) is a measure similar to Ldnexcept it includes an additional penalty fornoise that occurs between 7 p.m. and 10p.m. CNEL values are typically less thanone decibel higher than Ldn values.The Single Event Noise Exposure Level(SENEL) is the appropriate rating scale for asingle noise occurrence. The SENEL, givenin decibels, is the noise exposure level of asingle event measured over the time intervalbetween the initial and final times for which itexceeds the threshold noise level.For a "line source" of noise such as a heavilytraveled roadway, the noise level drops off atMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANa nominal rate of 3.0 decibels for eachdoubling of distance between the noisesource and noise receiver. Environmentalfactors such as the wind, temperature, thecharacteristics of the ground (hard or soft)and the air (relative humidity), the presenceof grass, shrubs and trees, combine toincrease the actual attenuation achievedoutside laboratory conditions to 4.5 decibelsper doubling of distance. Thus, a noise levelof 74.5 decibels at 50 feet from the highwaycenterline would attenuate to 70.0 decibelsat 100 feet, 65.5 decibels at 200 feet, and soforth.In an area, which is relatively flat and free ofbarriers, the sound level resulting from asingle "point source" drops by 6 decibels foreach doubling of distance. This applies tofixed noise sources such as industrialsources and mobile noise sources that aretemporarily stationary such as idling trucks.Important noise sources within the studyarea include industrial and utility uses,mechanical equipment, loud speakers,aircraft and motor vehicles. Noise levelsadjacent to roadways vary with the volume oftraffic, the mean vehicular speed, the truckmix and the road cross-section. High trafficvolumes and speed along State route 60 andarterial roadways contribute to high noiselevels. Noise levels due to air traffic from thejoint-use airport at March depend on aircraftcharacteristics, the number, path, elevationand duration of flights as well as the time ofday that flights take place.The results of the noise analysis prepared forthe environmental impact report for theGeneral Plan Update is shown in Figure 6-2.Figure 6-2 can be used as a general guide todetermine potential "worst case" future noiselevels for planning and design purposes.6.4.3 Community Responses to NoisePeople in general cannot perceive anincrease or decrease of 1.0 dBA except incarefully controlled laboratory experiments. APage 6-14 July 11, 2006

Blvd.MorenoQuincy St.Sinclair St.6560SanBoxSpringsMountainPark60SunnymeadRanch656060Pkwy.6570PerrisManzanita Ave.706560RiversideCountyTimoteoCanyonCity ofRiverside6065707580Day St.Box Springs Rd.Towngate606075St.Elsworth6565Blvd.70St.60 65 70 7570FrederickPigeon Pass Rd.706560656065St.GrahamMarch Air ReserveBase60St.Heacock706560706560IronwoodAve.Indian6560Ave.Blvd.Perris706570606060St.Kitching7065606565St.6565606060 65John F. Kennedy Dr.Laselle7070Eucalyptus60 65 7075Morrison St.Ave.65Cottonwood60Ave.AlessandroCactus80Nason St.706560Blvd.Ave.Fir Ave.75 6065 60607070Dracaea Ave.606560Dr.BeachLocust6065756070656065Ave.60Redlands Blvd.7065606560Theodore St.656060 65 706560A St.656070Spine Rd.65Virginia St.60Alessandro606560Gilman SpringsFir Ave.Blvd.65Rd.7075757080The Badlands6065707580IrisKramenia706560Ave.Ave.60706560657075Lake PerrisState Recreation AreaSan JacintoWildlife Preserve656060 65NandinaAve.75RiversideCounty8075 7065 60City of PerrisLake PerrisSanJacintoRiver

CHAPTER 6 – SAFETY3.0 dBA increase is considered noticeableoutside of the laboratory. An increase of 5.0dBA is often necessary before any noticeablechange in community response (i.e.complaints) would be expected.Studies have shown that people respond tochanges in long-term noise levels. About 10percent of the people exposed to traffic noiseof 60 Ldn will report being highly annoyedwith the noise and 2 percent more peoplebecome highly annoyed with each unit of Ldnincrease in traffic noise. When traffic noiseexceeds 60 Ldn or aircraft noise exceeds 55Ldn, people begin complaining. Group andlegal actions to stop the noise may occur attraffic noise levels near 70 Ldn and aircraftnoise levels near 65 Ldn.Approximately 10 percent of the populationhas such a low tolerance for noise that theyobject to any noise not of their own making.Consequently, even in the quietestenvironment, some complaints will occur.Another 25 percent of the population will notcomplain even in very severe noiseenvironments. Thus, a variety of reactionscan be expected.6.4.4. Planning and DesignConsiderationsThere are many mechanisms available tocontrol noise in the community. A noiseordinance can be adopted to control noisesources, but the best way to minimize theadverse effects of noise is through planningand design.Planning noise compatible land uses nearexisting or projected high noise levels is aneffective technique. Certain land uses aremore compatible with noise than others.Schools, hospitals, churches and singlefamilyresidences are relatively sensitive tonoise. Multiple-family residential uses areless sensitive to noise than single-familyresidential uses. Commercial, office andindustrial uses are relatively noise tolerant.Where possible, the land use plan placesMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANnoise tolerant uses within areas impactedby noise from State Route 60, arterialstreets and aircraft over flights. Thehistorical land use pattern and othercommunity needs made it impractical toavoid all noise conflicts through land useplanning.Acoustic site planning, architectural design,acoustic construction techniques and noisebarriers are effective methods for reducingnoise impacts. Acoustic site planninginvolves the arrangement of lots, buildings,berms and walls to minimize noise conflictsand impacts. Sound walls and berming areoften used as sound barriers betweenresidential uses and nonresidential noisesources, such as commercial uses,industrial uses, freeways and other majorroadways.Acoustic architectural design involves theincorporation of noise attenuation strategiesin the design of individual structures.Building heights, room arrangements,window size and placement, balcony andcourtyard design can be adjusted to shieldnoise sensitive activities from intrusive soundlevels.Acoustic construction is the treatment ofvarious parts of a building to reduce interiornoise levels. Acoustic wall design, doors,ceilings and floors, as well as dense buildingmaterials and acoustic windows (doublepaned,thick, non-openable, or smallwindows) are all available options.6.5 GEOLOGIC HAZARDS6.5.1 BackgroundMost of the Moreno Valley study area lies atthe eastern margin of a block of the earth'scrust known as the “Perris Block.” The PerrisBlock is a mass of granitic rock, generallybounded by the San Jacinto fault, theElsinore fault, and the Santa Ana River. ThePerris Block has had an apparent history ofvertical land movements of several thousandfeet.Page 6-16 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 6 – SAFETYThe Badlands range is located east of thePerris Block. It is comprised of deposits ofwhat was once an inland sea. The Badlandswere later elevated above the water anddeformed by geologic processes, beforebecoming severely eroded to its presentstate. This area is made up of quaternaryalluvium, consisting of folded sedimentarysandstone, siltstone, and shale rock.The granitic mountains areas of the PerrisBlock, including the Box Springs Mountainsand the Mount Russell area, have underlyingbedrock consisting essentially of quartzdiorite. They display many rock outcropsand large weathered boulders. Earthmaterials on the valley floor are Pliocene-Pleistocene alluvium ranging from relativelythin to intermediate thickness, overlyingprimarily granitic bedrock.The geologic and seismic setting of theMoreno Valley is dominated by the closeproximity of the "active" San Jacinto fault,which runs along the eastern city limits (seeFigure 6-3).The major potential for earthquake damageto Moreno Valley is from activity along theSan Jacinto Fault Zone. The San JacintoFault Zone is composed of several parallelfaults that together constitute the zone.There are three branches of the San JacintoFault in the southeast corner of the studyarea. The western branch is sometimesreferred to as the Casa Loma Fault; theeastern branch, the Claremont Fault.The Farm Road Fault was identified in 1992in the southeastern portion of the studyarea. Insufficient information is available todetermine if the fault is active.Other faults in the region that could affect thestudy area are the San Andreas and Elsinorefaults. The San Andreas is an active faultlocated approximately 15 miles northeast ofthe study area. The Elsinore fault is alsoconsidered active, and is approximately 17MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANmiles southwest of the study area. The SanJacinto fault poses the greatest seismicthreat because it is close to Moreno Valleyand it is considered to be the most activefault in Southern California.6.5.2 Issues and OpportunitiesThe primary seismic hazards facing the areaare ground rupture and seismic shaking.Ground rupture refers to the displacementthat occurs during an earthquake. Suchdisplacement of the earth's surface may bevertical, horizontal, or both. Pipelines androads are particularly vulnerable to damagewhere they cross faults as a result of groundrupture.The State Geologist has mapped a "SpecialStudies Zone" along the San Jacinto FaultZone in accordance with the Alquist-PrioloSpecial Studies Zone Act (see Figure 6-3).Under this act, prior to approval of structuresfor human occupancy within a special studyzone, a geologic study must be undertakento determine the precise location andnecessary set backs from identified faults.Ground shaking is the greatest cause ofdamage in an earthquake. The intensity ofground shaking in an earthquake dependson several factors including the magnitudeof the earthquake, distance from theearthquake epicenter, and soil conditions.In general, the larger the magnitude of anearthquake and the closer a site is to theepicenter of the event, the greater will be theeffects. However, soil conditions can alsoamplify earthquake shock waves. Generally,the shock waves remain unchanged inbedrock, are amplified in thick alluvium andare greatly amplified in thin alluvium.There are several scales used to measureearthquakes. The most well known scale isthe Richter Scale, which measures theenergy released in an earthquake.Page 6-17 July 11, 2006

PERRIS BLVDCANYON RDS AN TI MOTEORECH ECANYON RDCITY OFMORENO VALLEYSPHEREPIGEON PASS RDSan Jacinto FaultPERRIS BLVDSAN TIMOTEO CANYON RDBOX SPRINGS RDp Z215DAY STVAN BUREN BLVDCACTUS AVEFREDERICK STIRONWOOD AVEEUCALYPTUS AVECOTTONWOOD AVEMARCH ARBSUNNYMEAD BLVDHEACOCK STINDIAN STPERRIS BLVDALESSANDRO BLVDJOHN F KENNEDY DRIRIS AVEJACLYN AVECITY OF MORENO VALLEYLASSELLE STCOTTONWOOD AVELASSELLE STCACTUS AVEMORENO BEACH DRIRONWOOD AVENASON STREDLANDS BLVDIRIS AVEMORENO BEACH DRLOCUST AVEFIGURE 6-3GEOLOGIC FAULTS &LIQUEFACTIONStreets|ÿ 60THEODORE STALESSANDRO BLVDDAVIS RDGILMAN SPRINGS RDSan Jacinto FaultCITY OFMORENO VALLEYSPHEREMajor StreetsHighwaysFaultsFault ZonesPotential LiquefactionMoreno ValleyMoreno Valley SphereMarch ARBWaterbodies±San Jacinto Fault5,000 2,500 0 5,0000.5 0.25 0 0.5 1MilesFeetDate: July 11, 2006State Plane NAD83 Zone 6File: G:\arcmap\planning\gen_plan_updates\geologic.mxdp Z215WEBSTER AVERAMONA EXYOLEANDER AVEKINE AVELAKE PERRISGEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMSThe information shown on this map was compiled fromthe Riverside County GIS and the City of Moreno ValleyGIS. The land base and facility information on this mapis for display purposes only and should not be relied uponwithout independent verification as to its accuracy.Riverside County and City of Moreno Valley willnot be held responsible for any claims, losses ordamages resulting from the use of this map.

CHAPTER 6 – SAFETYThe Richter Scale is a logarithmic scalewhere an increase of 1.0 on the scalerepresents an increase of 10 in the amplitudeof the recorded wave, and an increase ofabout 32 in the energy release. Thus, a 6.0magnitude earthquake releases 32 times asmuch energy as a 5.0 magnitude event. Anearthquake along the San Jacinto fault with amagnitude of 7 or more is likely to causeextensive damage. The Uniform BuildingCode requires new construction to bereinforced and braced to resist earthquakeforces, but would not provide 100 percentdamage protection from a major earthquakein close proximity to Moreno Valley. Thebuilding code requirements have increasedover time. As such, older structures aregenerally more susceptible to earthquakedamage than newer structures.Secondary seismic hazards that may betriggered by an earthquake includeliquefaction, land settlement, landslides, andseiches. Liquefaction is not considered to bea local hazard since groundwater levels inMoreno Valley are far below the surface. Ashallow water table is necessary forliquefaction to occur. There are isolatedinstances of collapsible soils. Soil engineersroutinely evaluate the potential for landsettlement when conducting foundationinvestigations.Loose rocks might roll down mountain slopesduring strong ground shaking, specifically thegranitic boulders on the mountains located atthe northern and southern margins of thestudy area. There is some potential forlandslides in the Badlands because theslopes are steep and the underlying geologicmaterial is poorly consolidated.Seiching is water movement caused byground shaking. Seiching may present ahazard during an earthquake at PoormanReservoir, Sunnymead Lake, and LakePerris if the seiching in conjunction withground shaking resulted in dam failure. Damrupture could endanger inhabitants andproperty within the path of the resulting flowMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANof water. Specific dam failure hazards arediscussed in the Flood Hazards section ofthe General Plan. Water storage tanks arealso susceptible to seiching. However, watertanks are designed to safely detain anddirect the flow of water in the event of failureor leakage.6.6 AIR QUALITY6.6.1 BackgroundAir pollution is a serious local, national andglobal problem. It is a health hazard.Cancer, lung damage, asthma and otherrespiratory ailments have been linked to airpollution. Air pollution also damages plantsand property and obscures views. Twoprimary factors influence air quality: theclimate and the amount of pollutants emittedinto the air.The Moreno Valley study area is locatednear the eastern edge of the South CoastAir Basin. This Basin includes most of thecounties of Los Angeles and Orange, aswell as the western portions of Riversideand San Bernardino Counties. The SouthCoast Air Basin has a Mediterraneanclimate with hot, dry summers and mild,moist winters. Occasional periods of strongSanta Ana winds and winter storms interruptthe otherwise mild weather pattern. MorenoValley has an annual average meantemperature for January and July of 51 and76 degrees Fahrenheit, respectively. Themaximum summer temperature reachesmore than 100 degrees Fahrenheit.Wind has an important effect on air quality.Low wind speeds and the mountainsbordering the South Coast Air Basin limit thedispersal of air pollutants. The daytimewinds typically originate off the coast andcarry significant amounts of industrial andautomobile air pollutants from the denselyurbanized western portion to the easternportion of the air basin. This influx ofpollution from the western part of the airPage 6-19 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 6 – SAFETYbasin is the primary air quality problem inMoreno Valley.Atmospheric temperature inversions thatoccur above the South Coast Air Basin alsoaffect local air quality. Air pollutantsconcentrate because they cannot risethrough the inversion layer and disperse.Inversions are more common and persistentduring the summer months. Over time,sunlight produces photochemical reactionsthat create ozone, a particularly harmful airpollutant.Ozone, carbon monoxide, fine particulatematter, nitrogen dioxide, sulfur dioxide andlead are pollutants for which the federal andstate governments have established ambientoutdoor air quality standards. Air qualitystandards are designed to protect publichealth. There are also federal and stateregulations concerning toxic pollutants andglobal warming and ozone-depleting gases.Ozone is formed by the reaction of volatileorganic compounds and reactive organicgases, both of which are by-products ofvehicular and industrial emissions. Carbonmonoxide from motor vehicle emissions canreach high levels near congested roadways.Fine particulate matter is a pollutant thatconsists of very small particles derived fromsoil surface dust, diesel soot and othersources. Nitrogen dioxide, a by-product ofmotor vehicle and industrial emissions, sulfurdioxide and lead are found at levels belowthe federal and state standards.Air quality data is obtained from monitoringstations operated by the South Coast AirQuality Management District (AQMD). ThePerris Valley station is the closest and mostrepresentative of the study area. The PerrisValley station monitors fine particulate matterand ozone, Moreno Valley's primary airquality problem.Although Moreno Valley's air quality isgreatly shaped by pollutants transported fromother portions of the Basin, Moreno ValleyMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANhas both stationary and mobile sources ofemissions. Stationary sources includeresidences, dry cleaning establishments, gasstations and various manufacturingenterprises.Mobile sources include automobiles, trucks,buses and aircraft traveling within orthrough the study area. Mobile sourceemissions are regulated to some degree atthe state and federal levels by emissionstandards for auto manufacturers and bythe state mandatory automobile inspectionprogram.The SCAQMD is the regional agencycreated to achieve and maintain healthful airin the region in accordance with federal andstate mandates. SCAQMD must adopt,update and implement an Air QualityManagement Plan (AQMP) pursuant to theCalifornia Clean Air Act and the federalClean Air Act. The AQMP mustdemonstrate compliance with state andfederal air quality standards.Implementation of air pollution controlmeasures dramatically improved air quality inthe region since the early 1970’s. Reflectinga long-term trend of improved air qualitybetween 1985 and 1999, there was a 75percent reduction in the number of days ofunhealthful air. In 1985, there were nearly160 unhealthful air days, days when thefederal standard for ozone (0.12 parts permillion) was exceeded. There were 41 daysof unhealthful air in 1999.6.6.2. Issues and OpportunitiesFuture development within the study area willcreate air pollutant emissions from threesources: construction, mobile, and stationary.Construction impacts are temporary, andinclude dust and gaseous emissionsresulting from the disturbance of soil duringclearing and grading as well as thecombustion of fuels from heavy equipment.Page 6-20 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 6 – SAFETYUpon completion of construction, significantincreases of automobile and truck traffic willoccur, with associated increases inemissions. The third source of pollutantemissions is from stationary sources,primarily resulting from industrial processes.Additionally, energy demands for newdevelopment require the combustion of fossilfuels for space heating and powergeneration. This will create emissions locallyand at distant power plants.Clearing, grading, and travel on unpavedroads will generate fugitive dust. Theamount of dust can generally be reducedthrough the application of control measuressuch as regular watering. Other potentialfugitive dust reduction measures include soilcompaction; early paving, sealing, or oiling ofaccess routes; and enforcement of maximumspeed limits within unpaved portions ofconstruction areas.Fugitive dust will generally settle out onnearby horizontal surfaces such as foliage,vehicles, and buildings. Smaller dustparticles will be carried by the prevailingwinds to more distant locations. Fugitivedust particles are usually inert sillicates, andare large enough to be filtered by humanbreathing passages. Such dust maycontribute to the degradation of visibility inthe area, but typically will not have adversehealth effects, as would the very small,complex organic aerosols of urban airpollution.In addition to fugitive dust, emissions fromheavy equipment and trucks will add to localair pollution. The impacts of constructionactivities are temporary and are primarily anuisance factor.The most local air emissions will result fromadditional vehicle miles traveled due to newlocal development, as well as from increasesin regional traffic along State Route 60 andInterstate 215. Compared to the hundreds ofmillions of vehicle miles already traveled inthe South Coast Air Basin, the effect ofMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANMoreno Valley area growth will be minimal.However, on a local scale, there may bemicro-scale air quality problems, such ascarbon monoxide concentrations.The number and length of trips occurringwithin the city can be reduced byencouraging a balance between employmentand housing. A jobs/housing balance wouldreduce emissions from long commutes.Zoning property along transit routes to allowhigh-density residential, commercial andemployment-intensive land uses could alsoreduce vehicle trips and miles traveled.Another source of emissions is derived fromthe consumption of electricity and naturalgas. Compared to mobile source emissionsand regional stationary source emissions,local impacts will be minimal. It should alsobe noted that much of the stationary sourceemissions would be generated at distantpower plants.Industrial processes also create stationarysource emissions. The type and quantitiesof these emissions are highly variabledepending on the specific industrial process,materials used and production level.6.7 WATER QUALITY6.7.1. Backgrounda. Groundwater Quality.Although groundwater provides a fraction ofthe local water supply, groundwater is avaluable natural resource that should beprotected. Groundwater aquifers arenatural storage tanks that can store waterfor use during drought periods. Agriculturalchemicals, domestic sewage and chemicalspills are potential sources of groundwaterpollution in the study area.While agricultural operations are no longer amajor source of water pollution, pastoperations contributed to concentrations ofsalts and dissolved solids that createdPage 6-21 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 6 – SAFETYlimitations for domestic use.Nitrate concentrations have also been aproblem. As recently as the 1990’s,groundwater pumped by local watercompanies contained nitrate levels thatexceeded state drinking water standards.Water companies had to blend groundwaterwith imported water purchased from theEastern Municipal Water District.Groundwater concentrations of fluoride andboron are relatively high near the SanJacinto Fault Zone. The occurrence of highfluoride and boron concentrations is oftenassociated with geologic faults.In the 1980’s, a plume of contaminatedgroundwater was identified within andimmediately east of March Air ReserveBase. Improper handling of waste fuel, oiland spent solvents was the cause of thecontamination. The predominant pollutantsare tetrachloroethylene andtrichloroethylene. The Air Force operatedwells and facilities to clean and monitor theplume of contaminated groundwater.b. Surface Water QualityThe majority of the surface runoff from thestudy area drains into the San Jacinto River;some of which initially flows southeast intothe San Jacinto Valley and some southwestinto the Perris Valley Storm Drain. Theremainder of the study area drains to thewest and north into various tributaries of theSanta Ana River, including SycamoreCanyon, Reche Canyon and San TimoteoCanyon.The San Jacinto River drains to thesouthwest into Canyon Lake and LakeElsinore and then northwest into TemescalWash and the Santa Ana River. CanyonLake occasionally discharges into LakeElsinore. Lake Elsinore occasionallydischarges into Temescal Wash, a tributaryof the Santa Ana River. Discharges fromthe lakes are so rare that they areMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANessentially closed systems. As such, theyare particularly susceptible to water qualityproblems.Lake Elsinore and Canyon Lake did notmeet state water quality standards adoptedpursuant to the Federal Water PollutionControl Act (Clean Water Act). LakeElsinore experienced algae growth, oxygendepletion and fish kills due to sediment,nitrogen and phosphorus compounds andtoxicity.The Santa Ana Regional Water QualityControl Board adopted a nutrient TotalMaximum Daily Load (TMDL) for CanyonLake and Lake Elsinore. The TMDL whenimplemented will reduce nutrients in thesurface waters tributary to the lakes tolevels that will protect their designated uses.Storm water runoff from the study areacould further degrade downstream waterquality. Some of the pollutants of concerninclude, but are not limited to, sediment, oil,petroleum products, debris and litter, humanand animal waste, fertilizers, pesticides,antifreeze, tire and brake particles,detergents and toxic substances.The pollutants found in urban storm runofforiginate from diverse sources. Sedimentsoriginate from soil erosion. Automobile useis responsible for the deposition ofcontaminants such as asbestos from brakelinings, tire particles, antifreeze, oil andgrease that accumulate on streets andparking surfaces. Fertilizer, organic matterand deposits of air pollutants are sources ofnitrogen and phosphorous in runoff.6.7.2. Issues and Opportunitiesa. Groundwater Quality.There are many programs in place topreserve the quality of groundwater.Examples include the following:• Well Drilling and AbandonmentPage 6-22 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 6 – SAFETYStandards - Riverside County andCalifornia State guidelines for theconstruction and closure of water wells.• Underground Storage Tanks - Countyand State regulations for placement,construction, and maintenance ofunderground storage tanks.• Subsurface Sewage Disposal Systems -City, County and Santa Ana RegionalWater Quality Control Board standardsfor construction, placement, and use ofseptic tanks and soil leaching systems.• Hazardous Wastes - City, County, State,and Federal guidelines and proceduresfor the storage, transportation, anddisposal of hazardous waste material.• Groundwater cleanup and monitoring atMARB –Federal cleanup and monitoringof groundwater on and adjacent toMarch Air Reserve Base due tocontamination associated with pastaircraft maintenance operations.• Review of Sewer Systems – EMWD andCity of Moreno Valley standardprocedures for the construction andmaintenance of sewer systems.• Water Reclamation/Sewage Treatment -EMWD, State, Santa Ana RegionalWater Quality Control Board andFederal guidelines for sewage treatmentand disposal or use of treated water andsewage sludge.• Sanitary Landfills - Riverside Countyguidelines, standards, and monitoring ofwastes that enter landfills.b. Surface Water QualityStorm water discharges from newdevelopments are prohibited unless thedischarges are in compliance with aNational Pollutant Discharge EliminationMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANSystem (NPDES) permit. The Santa AnaRegional Water Quality Control Boardissued a NPDES permit for the Santa AnaRiver watershed pursuant to the CleanWater Act and Environmental ProtectionAgency guidelines. The City, along withother jurisdictions, is a party to the SantaAna NPDES Municipal Stormwater Permit.The Santa Ana Regional Water QualityControl Board issued a separate stormwater permit for the San Jacinto Riverportion of the watershed.The NPDES permit includes a storm watermanagement plan that describes a programfor reducing the discharge of waterpollutants to the maximum extent practical.The program assigns responsibilities forimplementing best management practices,monitoring of storm water runoff, training,public education and reporting activities.The NPDES permit requires water qualityimpacts from new developments to beaddressed as part of the environmentalreview process and the implementation ofmitigation measures to improve the qualityof runoff from new development.6.8 FLOOD HAZARDS6.8.1. BackgroundRegional flood control planning and facilitiesare under the jurisdiction of the RiversideCounty Flood Control and WaterConservation District (RCFCWCD). The Cityof Moreno Valley, however, has theresponsibility for design, construction, andmaintenance of local drainage facilities.Road curb and gutter and roadside ditchessupplement the flood control system.A small portion of the study area is subject toflooding during and immediately after heavyrainfall. Several portions of the study areaare subject to a 100-year flood, meaning aflood that might occur once in one hundredyears; in other words, a flood with a onepercent chance of occurring in any givenyear.Page 6-23 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 6 – SAFETYFour types of actual and potential floodingconditions exist within the Moreno Valleystudy area: flooding in defined watercourses,ponding, sheet flow, and dam inundation.Flooding within defined watercourses occurswithin drainage channels and immediatelyadjacent floodplains. Ponding occurs whenwater flow is obstructed due to manmadeobstacles such as the embankments of StateRoute 60 and other roadways where theycross-defined watercourses. Sheet flowoccurs when capacities of definedwatercourses are exceeded and water flowsover broad areas.An extensive flood prone area exists alongthe Quincy Channel between CottonwoodAvenue and Cactus Avenue. An extensivefloodplain also extends along the OliverStreet alignment from a point north ofAlessandro Boulevard to John F. KennedyDrive and extending in a southwesterlydirection as far as the northeast corner ofMorrison Street and Filaree Avenue and thenortheast corner of Nason Street and IrisAvenue. Another extensive flood prone areaexists east of Heacock Street and Lateral Aof the Perris Valley Channel between CactusAvenue and a point north of the intersectionof Lateral A and Indian Street.Dam inundation is a potential, albeit remote,flood hazard through several portions of thestudy area. This condition is based on theassumption of instantaneous failure of a damwith the reservoir at or near its full capacity.Two locations of concern exist within thestudy area: Poorman Reservoir (PigeonPass Reservoir) and Lake Perris. Failure ofthe dam at Poorman Reservoir could resultin extensive flooding along the downstreamwatercourse. The risk of flooding due to damfailure is limited to the period during andimmediately after major storms. Thereservoir does not retain water throughoutthe year. Failure of the dam at Lake Perriswould only affect a very small area south ofNandina Avenue along the Perris ValleyStorm Drain and the Mystic Lake area in thesoutheast corner of the study area.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANRCFCWCD prepared four "Master DrainagePlans" for the area. These documentsanalyze drainage flows and makerecommendations for improvements.The Moreno Area Drainage Plan is generallybounded by Nason Street on the west andTheodore Street on the east. The mountainrange to the north and the Mount Russellarea foothills to the south, define thenorthern and southern boundaries of thedrainage area. The plan includes tworetention basins north of State Route 60 anda network of open channels andunderground storm drains. The system willcarry storm runoff to a channel system and aretention basin in the Moreno Valley Rancharea that drains into the Perris Valley StormDrain.The Sunnymead Area Drainage Plan isgenerally bounded by Frederick Street andMarch Air Reserve Base on the west, thePerris Valley Storm Drain on the south andLasselle Street on the east. The planconsists of several retention basins, openchannels and a network of undergroundstorm drains. Poorman Reservoir is themajor flood basin in the area. The systemwill carry storm runoff south to the PerrisValley Storm Drain.The West End Area Drainage Plan is roughlybounded by the Box Springs Mountains tothe north, Old Highway 215 on the west,Alessandro Boulevard on the south, andFrederick Street on the east.The master plan calls for a system of openconcrete lined channels and undergroundstorm drains, which in conjunction withstreets, will allow for the safe passage ofstorm flows through the developed area.The system discharges storm runoff througha culvert on Old Highway 215 and intoSycamore Canyon.Page 6-24 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 6 – SAFETYSunnymead Storm ChannelThe Perris Valley Area Drainage Planincludes parts of Moreno Valley, Perris andunincorporated parts of Riverside County,including March Air Reserve Base. Theportion of the master plan within MorenoValley is predominantly within the MorenoValley Industrial Area. It extends betweenHeacock Street on the west to the PerrisValley Storm Drain on the east, from LateralA to Lateral B of the Perris Valley StormDrain. The master plan consists of aretention basin and a system of openchannels and underground storm drains.No master drainage plan has beencompleted for the area east of TheodoreStreet. Storm water runoff in the easternportion of the study area generally flows in asoutherly direction through existing naturalfloodways and manmade agricultural androadside ditches. Runoff drains through theSan Jacinto Valley and ultimately flows intoMystic Lake and the San Jacinto River.The Federal Government, alarmed by risingcosts of disaster relief, passed the NationalFlood Insurance Rate Act of 1968 and theFlood Disaster Protection Act of 1973. Theintent of these acts is to reduce the need forlarge public expenditures for flood controlworks and flood relief by identifying andrestricting development within floodplains.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANThe Federal Emergency ManagementAgency administers the National FloodInsurance Program (NFIP). The NFIP offersflood insurance within communities thatcomply with minimum floodplainmanagement guidelines. For example,communities are required to use the FloodInsurance Rate Maps (FIRM) published bythe FEMA. The City of Moreno Valley hasjoined the NFIP program and the CommunityRating System (CRS) programs. As such,residents and businesses in Moreno Valleyqualify for discounts on their flood insurancepremiums.6.8.2. Issues and OpportunitiesAccording to the RCFCWCD, improvedmethods to determine flood hazards, alongwith rapid development and land usechanges resulted in the need to reviseportions of the existing master plans.Revisions may be necessary from time totime as land use changes are made thatchange the characteristics of the watershed.The current main trunk facilities (primaryopen channels) were designed to protectanticipated development in a 100-year flood.The combined collector line and surfacestreet network feeding the study area'ssystem was designed to accommodate 10-year flood flows. Much of the systemremains to be installed.As development within Moreno Valleyproceeds, land developers will continuecontributing to the flood control system.Developers not only install local drainagefacilities on their property, but they also installmajor drainage facilities and/or pay drainagefees to the RCFCWCD for the completion ofthe major flood control facilities.RCFCWCD has been collectingdevelopment fees to finance drainageimprovements. However, there hastraditionally been a lapse between (1) thetime development fees are collected and, (2)the time sufficient fees have been collectedPage 6-25 July 11, 2006

PERRIS BLVDFlood ZonesZones Inundated by 100 Year FloodZones Inundated by 500 Year FloodS AN TI MOTEOA- No base flood elevations determined.X- Areas of 500 year flood.RECH EAE- Base flood elevations determined.CANYON RDDam FailureCITY OFMORENO VALLEYSPHEREPIGEON PASS RDCANYON RDAH- Flood depths of 1 to 3 feet (usually areas of ponding).AO- Flood depths of 1 to 3 feet (usually sheet flow on sloping terrain).A1- Base flood elevations and flood hazard factors determined.Potential Inundation Area due to failure ofLake Perris Dam.BOX SPRINGS RDp Z215DAY STCACTUS AVEFREDERICK STIRONWOOD AVESUNNYMEAD BLVDEUCALYPTUS AVECOTTONWOOD AVEHEACOCK STINDIAN STPERRIS BLVDPERRIS BLVDJACLYN AVELASSELLE STALESSANDRO BLVDCITY OF MORENO VALLEYCOTTONWOOD AVECACTUS AVEMORENO BEACH DRIRONWOOD AVENASON STREDLANDS BLVDMORENO BEACH DRLOCUST AVETHEODORE STALESSANDRO BLVDGILMAN SPRINGS RDSAN TIMOTEO CANYON RDFIGURE 6-4FLOOD HAZARDSStreets|ÿ 60 Major RoadsHighwaysMoreno ValleyMoreno Valley SphereMarch ARBWaterbodiesVAN BUREN BLVDMARCH ARBJOHN F KENNEDY DRIRIS AVELASSELLE STIRIS AVEDAVIS RDCITY OFMORENO VALLEYSPHERE±0 2,500 5,000 7,500 10,000FeetMiles0 0.5 1 1.5 2OLEANDER AVEDate: July 11, 2006State Plane NAD83 Zone 6File: G:\ArcMap\Planning\flood_hazard.mxdWEBSTER AVERAMONA EXYKINE AVELAKE PERRISGEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMSThe information shown on this map was compiled fromthe Riverside County GIS and the City of Moreno ValleyGIS. The land base and facility information on this mapis for display purposes only and should not be relied uponwithout independent verification as to its accuracy.Riverside County and City of Moreno Valley willnot be held responsible for any claims, losses ordamages resulting from the use of this map.

CHAPTER 6 – SAFETYto allow for construction of a portion of thesystem. Thus, although master drainageplans are in place, and are beingimplemented, drainage problems remain,and can be expected to continue into thefuture until the entire drainage system hasbeen completed.6.9 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS6.9.1 BackgroundModern society is dependent on manymaterials that, because of theircharacteristics, pose a risk to human healthand safety or the environment because ofimproper handling, storage or disposal.These substances are known as hazardousmaterials. Hazardous materials include bothhazardous products intended for use andhazardous wastes for which no use or reuseis intended. Hazardous materials includetoxic, corrosive, infectious, flammable,explosive and radioactive substances.The use of hazardous materials is wellknown with regard to manufacturing andagricultural activities, but it is also associatedwith commercial, institutional, residential andrecreational uses. Because of theirwidespread use, it can be assumed thateach type of hazardous material istransported, used or stored to some degreewithin the study area.Federal, state and local governments haveenacted a variety of laws and establishedprograms to deal with the transport, use,storage, and disposal of hazardous materialsto reduce the risks to public health and theenvironment.These laws and programs supplementexisting regulations designed to control thecontamination of air and water resources.There are no active landfills operating inRiverside County that accept hazardouswastes. Hazardous wastes generated withinthe County are disposed of at distant "ClassMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANI" landfills. The California Health ServicesDepartment regulates companies that haulhazardous waste. The California HighwayPatrol (CHP) is responsible for the inspectionof motor carriers that haul hazardous wastes.Inspections are made on roadways, atfreeway truck scales and truck yards.The shipment of hazardous materials bytruck or rail is regulated by federal safetystandards under the jurisdiction of the U.S.Department of Transportation. Federalsafety standards are also included in theCalifornia Administrative Code,Environmental Health Division.The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)ensures that containers of hazardousmaterials are properly labeled withinstructions for use. The U. S. Departmentof Agriculture and California Department ofFood and Agriculture and the Department ofIndustrial Relations regulate pesticidedealers and users to insure that hazardousagricultural chemicals are properly used.The California Department of IndustrialRelations, Cal-OSHA Division regulates theuse of hazardous materials in theworkplace. Regulations governing thestorage and use of hazardous materials arealso contained in the Uniform Building Codeand the Uniform Fire Code.The Hazardous Materials Branch (HMB) ofthe Environmental Health Services Divisionof the Riverside County Health Departmentoperates a hazardous waste program. TheHMB inspects those involved in generating,hauling, storage, treating and disposing ofthese wastes. The HMB also operatesmobile household hazardous wasteroundups and checks loads at local landfillsfor hazardous wastes.Past improper disposal of hazardous wastesthroughout the state and the nation left alegacy of problems that prompted legislationto encourage better management anddisposal of hazardous waste. Assembly Bill2948, Tanner, was adopted in 1986 to ensurePage 6-27 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 6 – SAFETYthat adequate hazardous waste facilities willbe available in the future. AB 2948, asamended, authorized counties and cities toprepare and adopt plans for the siting offacilities for the treatment, storage anddisposal of hazardous waste.The City of Moreno Valley Hazardous WasteManagement Plan (adopted in 1991) wasprepared and adopted to meet therequirements of AB2948. The HazardousWaste Management Plan, as may beamended from time to time, has beenincorporated into the General Plan byreference.The California Waste Management Act of1989, as amended, required each city in theState of California to make provisions tohandle solid waste, including householdhazardous waste. Household hazardouswaste includes small quantities of a variety ofhousehold products such as paint,pesticides, fertilizers, used oil, batteries andother automotive products, aerosols,cleaners, swimming pool chemicals, dyesand other personal care products. The Staterequired each city to adopt a householdhazardous waste element in conjunction withits solid waste management program. TheCity adopted its “Household HazardousWaste Element” in 1992.6.9.2. Issues and OpportunitiesHazardous materials are an integral part ofmodern life and cannot be eliminatedentirely. There are many federal, state andlocal regulations and programs thatsubstantially reduce the risks associatedwith hazardous materials.The City has the ability to encourage "clean"industries rather than industries where largeamounts of hazardous materials are used.The City also has the ability to establish aland use pattern that minimizes the hazardsassociated with the use, storage andtransport of hazardous materials.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANThe Household Hazardous Waste Elementand the Hazardous Waste Management Planfor the City of Moreno Valley containprograms for the reduction of hazardouswaste and criteria for the siting of hazardouswaste facilities. These plans should beupdated from time to time to reflect changingconditions.6.10 AIR CRASH HAZARDS6.10.1. BackgroundThere is an airfield located southwest of thecity limits. The airfield is operated by twoentities: March Air Reserve Base and theMarch Inland Port Airport Authority. Theflight operations present a potential, albeitminor, risk for air crashes. The risk isgreatest immediately under the takeoff andlanding zone located at either end of therunway(s).Air crash hazards and land use compatibilityassociated with the airfield at March wereanalyzed in the Air Installation CompatibilityUse Zone report prepared by the Air Force in1998. The report mapped areas of relativepotential for crashes into various categories:areas on or adjacent to the runway; areaswithin the clear zone; Accident PotentialZone (APZ) I; and Accident Potential Zone(APZ) II.The area on or adjacent to the runway iswithin the boundaries of the joint-use airport.It is outside of the study area. The accidentpotential within the clear zone, whichextends 3,000 feet from each end of therunway, is considered to be of such high riskthat few uses are acceptable. A small areaat the extreme southwest corner of the Cityis within the clear zone.The accident potential within APZ I and APZII are considered to be significant enough towarrant special attention. APZ1 extends5,000 feet past the clear zone along OldHighway 215 south of Alessandro Boulevard.Page 6-28 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 6 – SAFETYAPZ II extends an additional 7,000 feetbeyond APZ I along Old Highway 215.The AICUZ Report provided land userecommendations for each accident potentialzone. The main objective has been to restrictpeople-intensive uses because there is agreater public safety risk in these areas. Thebasic criteria for APZ I and APZ II land useguidelines is the prevention of uses which:_have high residential densitycharacteristics;- are labor intensive;__promote concentrations or extendedduration of concentration of people, inparticular, of people who are unable torespond to emergency situations suchas children, elderly, handicapped;involve utilities and services requiredfor the area to which disruption wouldhave a significant adverse impact (e.g.electrical substations, telephoneswitching stations, etc.); or posehazards to aircraft operations.Precise maps of the air crash hazard areas(safety zones) in the vicinity of March wereprepared to reflect the actual flight pattern fordepartures. Departing aircraft turn to thewest shortly after takeoff. The resulting aircrash hazard areas, shown on Figure 6-5,slant to the west of the accident potentialzones shown in the 1998 AICUZ Report.Tall structures are also an issue in the vicinityof airports. Federal Aviation Regulations(FAR) Part 77 recommends that localMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANjurisdictions institute height controls to limittall structures that might present hazards toaircraft operations. Part 77 defines thenavigable airspace around airports to helplocal jurisdictions determine if a proposed tallstructure might interfere with air operations.Commencing 2002, March was undergoinga transition from a military airport to a jointmilitary and civilian airport. The PublicResources Code of the State of Californiarequires the Airport Land Use Commissionfor Riverside County to prepare acomprehensive land use plan for eachpublic airport.Such plans are intended to allow for orderlygrowth of each airport and the area aroundeach airport while safeguarding the publicwelfare.6.10.2. Issues and OpportunitiesThe establishment of tall structures aroundairports and inappropriate uses in areassubject to air crash hazards couldsubstantially increase the risk for loss of livesand property. As such, land use restrictionsare needed in these areas in the interest ofpublic safety. Such restrictions are alsoneeded to ensure the long-term viability ofthe airport.Potential complaints and litigation brought bypeople who live or work in these areas couldforce restrictions on flight operations andeven closure of the airport. Therefore, it is inthe economic interest of the region todiscourage incompatible uses where there isa high potential for aircraft accidents.Page 6-29 July 11, 2006

PERRIS BLVDCANYON RDS AN TI MOTEORECH ECANYON RDCITY OFMORENO VALLEYSPHEREPIGEON PASS RDBOX SPRINGS RDp Z215DAY STVAN BUREN BLVDCACTUS AVEFREDERICK STIRONWOOD AVESUNNYMEAD BLVDEUCALYPTUS AVECOTTONWOOD AVEAccident Potential ZonesMARCH ARBHEACOCK STINDIAN STPERRIS BLVDPERRIS BLVDALESSANDRO BLVDJOHN F KENNEDY DRIRIS AVEJACLYN AVECITY OF MORENO VALLEYLASSELLE STCOTTONWOOD AVELASSELLE STCACTUS AVEMORENO BEACH DRIRONWOOD AVENASON STREDLANDS BLVDIRIS AVEMORENO BEACH DRLOCUST AVETHEODORE STALESSANDRO BLVDDAVIS RDGILMAN SPRINGS RDSAN TIMOTEO CANYON RDFIGURE 6-5AIR CRASH HAZARDSStreets|ÿ 60 Major StreetsCITY OFMORENO VALLEYSPHEREHighwaysMarch ARBAccident Potential Zone IAccident Potential Zone IIClear ZoneMoreno ValleyMoreno Valley SphereWaterbodies±5,000 2,500 0 5,000Feet0.5 0.25 0 0.5 1Milesp Z215WEBSTER AVERAMONA EXYClear ZoneOLEANDER AVEKINE AVELAKE PERRISDate: July 11, 2006State Plane NAD83 Zone 6File: G:\arcmap\planning\gen_plan_updates\air_crash.mxd*Air Accident Zone data provided by MARBGEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMSThe information shown on this map was compiled fromthe Riverside County GIS and the City of Moreno ValleyGIS. The land base and facility information on this mapis for display purposes only and should not be relied uponwithout independent verification as to its accuracy.Riverside County and City of Moreno Valley willnot be held responsible for any claims, losses ordamages resulting from the use of this map.

CHAPTER 7 - CONSERVATIONMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN7. CONSERVATION ELEMENT7.1 BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES7.1.1 BackgroundThe native habitats within the study areahave undergone considerable modificationover the years. The majority of the valleyfloor was cultivated in the past, whichresulted in the removal of native plants.Introduced grasses became establishedwhen cultivation ended. Introduced grassesand native plant and wildlife species wereprogressively removed as the areaurbanized. Animal species currently foundin urbanized areas are limited to thosecapable of adapting to living in closeproximity to man.Many of the species that once inhabited thevalley remain in nearby natural areas.There are several such areas within oradjacent to the planning area. The SanJacinto Wildlife Area, located at thesoutheast corner of the planning area wasestablished in 1983. This 12,000-acrewildlife preserve is noted its diversity ofmigratory birds. There are three additionallarge areas where natural habitat is retainedin public ownership: Lake Perris RecreationArea, adjacent to the southern city limits,Norton Younglove Park, east of the citylimits, and the Box Springs Mountain Park,located northwest of the city limits. Aconsiderable amount natural habitat is inprivate ownership in the hillsides situated atthe northern and eastern end of theplanning area.Due to wide variations in soil types, terrain,and micro-climates, several different plantcommunities occur. Grasslands arepredominant in the undeveloped portions ofthe valley floor. Unless cultivated, theycontain grasses, annuals, shrubs, andthistle, including foxtail grass (Hordeum),cheatgrass (Bromus), mustards (Brassica),lupines (Lupinus), and Russian thistle(Salsola kali).Another plant community within the studyarea is the Chamise Chaparral, found onsteep northerly slopes within the study area.Chamise (Adenostoma fasciculatum) is thedominant member of this community. Othercommon plants in this zone includewhitehorn brush (Ceanothus crassifolius),sugar sumac (Rhus ovata), yucca (Yuccawhipplei), and black sage (Salvia mellifera).The third common plant community foundwithin the study area is Coastal Sage Scrub,generally found on hillsides. Coastal sagebrush (Artemesia californica) is thedominant species on the north slopes whileBrittlebrush (Encelia farinosa) dominatesthe south facing slopes. Other speciescommonly associated with this zone are:black sage (Salvia mellifera), white sage(Salvia apiana), Yucca (Yucca shidigera),sugar sumac (Rhus ovata) and Californiabuckwheat (Eriogonum fasciculatum).Coastal sage scrub vegetationSprings and drainage courses supportwater-oriented, riparian species. Theyinclude elderberry (Sambucus mexicanus),sunflower (Helianthus), willows (Salix),mulefat (Baccharis viminalis), horseweed(Conyza coulteri), and wild rhubarb (Rumexhymenosepalum). The larger drainagecourses also support sycamore andcottonwood trees.Page 7-1 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 7 - CONSERVATIONMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANListed species are protected under thefederal Endangered Species Act and/or theCalifornia Endangered Species Act. It isunlawful to harm an endangered orthreatened species or to damage the habitatthat it occupies. As such, development ofproperty occupied by listed species issubject to serious obstacles.Riparian vegetationAccording to the California Department ofFish and Game, there is no record of anyplant that has been given Federal or Statestatus as endangered, threatened, or rarewithin the study area. However, theabsence of listed plants does not mean thatthey do not exist within the study area, onlythat no occurrence data has been entered inthe database.The wide variations in topography andvegetation within the undeveloped portionsof the study area resulted in a rich diversityof wildlife species. Mammals includeanimals such as mule deer can be found inthe Box Springs Mountains and in theBadlands. Large carnivores, such ascoyotes, bobcats, badgers, and gray foxalso exist in the undeveloped portions of thestudy area. Opossums, raccoons, skunks,cottontail rabbits and many rodent speciesare common to the study area.A wide variety of reptiles are found in thestudy area. Well over one hundred speciesof birds, including owls, hawks and otherbirds of prey, can be seen at various timesthroughout the year, either as residents orduring migration periods.According to the California Department ofFish and Game's Natural Diversity DataBase (NDDB), there are recordedoccurrences of species listed asendangered or threatened within the studyarea as well as potentially listed species.The listed species include the Stephens'kangaroo rat (Dipodomys stephensi), theCalifornia gnatcatcher (Polioptila californica)and the Least bells vireo (Vireo bellipusilus). The potentially listed speciesinclude the Orange Throated whiptail, theSan Diego horned lizard and the Shortnosed pocket mouse. The absence ofcertain species from the Natural DiversityData Base does not mean that they do notexist within the study area, only that nooccurrence data had been entered in thedatabase.The Stephen’s kangaroo rat (SKR), a smallnocturnal rodent related to the squirrelfamily, is listed as an endangered speciesunder federal law and threatened understate law. It prefers sparse cover andrelatively level or gently sloping coastalsage scrub and adjoining grasses.Development of habitat occupied by theSKR is allowed pursuant to permits from theU.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and theCalifornia Department of Fish and Game.Permits were issued to the RiversideCounty Habitat Conservation Agency(RCHCA), an agency formed by severaljurisdictions within western RiversideCounty, including Moreno Valley. Thepermits require the RCHCA to implement along-term habitat conservation plan (HCP)for the conservation of SKR habitat withinfive core reserves.The California gnatcatcher is a small graysongbird that prefers coastal sage scrubplant communities. It can also be found inother plant communities adjacent to sagescrub habitat. The California gnatcatcherPage 7-2 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 7 - CONSERVATIONwas listed as a threatened federal speciesin 1993.The least bells vireo is an insectivorous birdlisted as a state and federal endangeredspecies. It is a summer resident of denseriparian habitats in Central and SouthernCalifornia and thought to winter in Mexico.Riparian portions of San Timoteo Canyon inthe northeastern corner of the study areaare considered suitable habitat for the leastbells vireo.7.1.2 Issues and OpportunitiesFuture urban development will result in theloss of natural vegetation and wildlifehabitats as development spreads over thevalley floor and into the surrounding hills.The vegetative and wildlife communitiespresent in the hillside areas will be impactedto the extent that development occurs in thehillsides.Riparian vegetation along drainage wayswill also be impacted as existing floodcontrol plans are implemented, and naturaldrainage courses are replaced with manmadefeatures. While it may be possible topreserve some drainage courses in anatural condition, it will require revisions toexisting master drainage plans andmaintenance mechanisms.The listing of threatened and endangeredspecies in western Riverside Countyprompted the private sector and publicagencies to work together toward a longtermsolution to wildlife conservation.Riverside County assumed the lead role inthe effort to develop a Multi-Species HabitatConservation Plan (MSHCP) for westernRiverside County, which was approved in2003. The MSHCP is a comprehensive,multi-jurisdictional effort that includes theCounty and fourteen cities. Rather thandeal with endangered species on a one-byonebasis, this Plan focuses on theconservation of 146 species. The MSHCPconsists of a reserve system ofMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANapproximately 500,000 acres of whichapproximately 347,000 acres were publicownership and 153,000 acres was in privateownership. The MSHCP provideslandowners, developers, and those whobuild public infrastructure with certainty, astreamlined regulatory process, andidentified project mitigation.7.2 CULTURAL AND HISTORICALRESOURCES7.2.1 BackgroundAncestors of the Luiseno and CahuillaIndian tribes were the first inhabitants ofMoreno Valley. They hunted game andgathered seeds and plants. They leftevidence in rocks that they used to grindseeds. They also left primitive rockpaintings.Early settlers traveled through the area fromnorthern Mexico to various missionsettlements along a trail charted in 1774 byJuan Bautista de Anza. The trail passedthrough the San Jacinto Valley, the PerrisValley and southwest Moreno Valley.Moreno Valley and the rest of Californiabecame part of the United States in 1850.John Butterfield operated a stagecoach linebetween Tucson, San Diego, Los Angelesand San Francisco. A separate stage linewent through Moreno Valley from PerrisValley to Pigeon Pass and Reche Canyon.An irrigation district was formed in 1891 forthe purpose of importing water from areservoir in the San Bernardino Mountains.Most of the valley was subdivided and twotown sites were established in anticipation ofthe new water supply. The town of Morenowas established at the intersection ofAlessandro and Redlands Boulevards.Alessandro was located along the SouthernCalifornia Railway line at the intersection ofIris Avenue and Elsworth Street.Page 7-3 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 7 - CONSERVATIONThe road circulation system in MorenoValley was established with the originalsubdivision map. The major north-southstreets were established at one-half mileintervals with names in alphabetical orderfrom west to east. The avenues, orientedeast to west, were established at onequartermile intervals. The names of theavenues were also established inalphabetical order; tree names north ofAlessandro Boulevard; botanical namessouth of Alessandro Boulevard.Water deliveries began in 1891 from a newaqueduct that terminated at the northeastcorner of the valley. The flow of water wassoon interrupted by a period of drought anda legal dispute over water rights. Cropsfailed and most of the residents left the areaby the turn of the century. Many of theoriginal homes were relocated to otherareas.Development interest in the western side ofthe valley was renewed with activation ofMarch Air Force Base in 1918. The baseclosed in 1922 and reopened as a flighttraining school in 1927.Well drilling in the 1920’s allowed localgroundwater to be developed. Mutual watercompanies were formed, land wassubdivided and people began to settle in thecommunities the Edgemont andSunnymead. Development activity slowedduring the depression era until March AirForce Base was reactivated during WorldWar II.The Cultural Preservation Advisory Boardwas created in 1987 to advise the City in allmatters relating to the preservation of theheritage and culture of Moreno Valley. TheBoard was later renamed the CulturalPreservation Advisory Committee. MorenoValley Historical Society is a privateorganization dedicated to the appreciationand preservation of the history of MorenoValley.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN7.2.2 Archaeological and HistoricalSitesThere are no sites within the Moreno Valleystudy area listed as a state landmark, norare there any sites on the National Registerof Historic Places. The Old MorenoSchoolhouse was designated a citylandmark in 1988.The schoolhouse was built in 1928 at thenortheast corner of Alessandro Boulevardand Wilmot Street. The schoolhouse, builtin the mission revival style of architecture,replaced the building constructed on the sitein 1892. The City purchased theschoolhouse in 1988 with the intent ofrestoring the structure and grounds forpublic use. The restoration cost was laterdetermined to be excessive. As a result,the building was sold and the new ownersconverted the structure into a residence in2005.The First Congregational Church of Morenowas the first church built in Moreno Valley.The church building was constructed in1891 at the northeast corner of AlessandroBoulevard and Sterling Street in the town ofMoreno. In 1943, the building was movedto 24215 Fir Avenue, east of HeacockStreet. The Moreno Valley CongregationChurch still uses the structure, but it was nolonger used as the main sanctuary.Moreno Valley Congregational ChurchPage 7-4 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 7 - CONSERVATIONIn 1987, the Archaeological Research Unitof the University of California conducted aninventory of archaeological sites within theCity of Moreno Valley. A total of 168-recorded sites were located. The majorityof the sites are in the hillsides and most ofthe identified artifacts relate to milling andfood processing by native peoples. Rockart sites and the remains of an adobestructure were identified as well. Thereport contains recommendations forrecordation, protection or excavation.The Archaeological Research Unit alsoprepared a report and a map ofpaleontological sensitivity. The sedimentaryformations of the Badlands were determinedto have high potential of containingvertebrate fossils. The reportrecommended monitoring of the area duringexcavation to protect and preserve anyimportant fossils that might be uncovered.In the 1980’s, the State of CaliforniaDepartment of Parks and Recreationconducted an inventory of historic resourcesin Moreno Valley. The inventory identified26 structures of historical interest. Most ofthe structures were residences. Several ofthe structures no longer exist.7.2.3 Issues and OpportunitiesRapid urban development in Moreno Valleyhas led to a loss of several buildings ofhistorical interest. Continued developmentcould result in the loss of historical andcultural resources unless mitigation isundertaken prior to grading andconstruction. Many old structures are inpoor condition and in some casesrestoration may not be feasible.7.3 SOLID WASTECalifornia and the region are faced with along-term solid waste disposal problem.Existing landfills are filling up and there is ashortage of new landfills. The amount ofsolid waste continues to grow in step withMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANgrowth in population, commerce andindustry.Locally generated solid waste is depositedin several local landfills, including theBadlands Sanitary Landfill at the easternend of Ironwood Avenue. The BadlandsSanitary Landfill is owned and operated bythe Riverside County Waste ResourcesManagement District.Recognizing the severity of the wastedisposal problem, the state legislatureenacted the California Integrated WasteManagement Act of 1989 (AB939). Thepurpose of the Act was to reduce theamount of solid waste that must bedisposed of in landfills.The City Council adopted a “SourceReduction and Recycling Element” in 1992,describing how Moreno Valley plans to meetthe goals mandated by AB939. Theelement includes strategies to addressvarious components of the solid wastechallenge, including the character of thewaste stream, source reduction, recycling,composting, special waste (e.g. constructiondebris, auto bodies, medical waste, tiresand appliances), education and publicinformation, disposal facility capacity,funding and integration of the variouscomponents.Moreno Valley works in concert with thelocal waste hauling company to meet itswaste diversion requirements. Residentialcustomers place recyclable materials at thecurb for collection by the waste hauler,Waste Management of the Inland Empire.The waste hauler separates and marketsthe recyclable materials, includingcardboard, paper, tin/metal, aluminum cans,plastics and glass. In 2004, fifty-onepercent of the solid waste generated inMoreno Valley was diverted from landfills.Page 7-5 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 7 - CONSERVATION7.4 SOILS7.4.1 BackgroundThe United States Soils ConservationService (SCS) mapped soils within WesternRiverside County. A general classificationused in soil mapping is called a soilassociation. An association is a landscapethat has a distinctive pattern of soil types.Identification of soil associations is helpful to1) get a general idea of the soils in an area,2) identify large areas of land suitable for aparticular purpose, and 3) to identify generalareas with potential constraints.Five soil associations are found within theMoreno Valley study area. The Monserate -Arlington - Exeter Association is found onterraces and on old alluvial fans adjacent toand within the eastern half of March AirReserve Base. It consists of well-drainedsoils that developed in alluvium frompredominantly granitic materials. Thisassociation is found on nearly level tomoderately steep slopes from 0 to 25percent with a surface layer of sandy loamand a shallow to deep sandy clay loamhardpan.The Hanford - Tujunga - GreenfieldAssociation occurs on alluvial fans and floodplains. It is common in the central portion ofMoreno Valley, generally extendingnortheast to southeast of March Air ReserveBase. This association consists of welldrainedto somewhat excessively drainedsoils, developed in granitic alluvium. Thesesoils are found on nearly level to moderatelysteep slopes of 5 to 15 percent. They havea good topsoil layer of coarse sandy loamtexture with underlying layers that arecoarse sandy loam and loamy sand.Cieneba - Rock Land - FallbrookAssociation is found on uplands located inthe Box Springs Mountains area, extendingeast to Reche Canyon as well as the MountRussell area. These soils are formed incoarse-grained igneous rock. ThisMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANassociation consists of somewhatexcessively drained soils on undulating tosteep slopes ranging from 5 to 50 percent.They generally have a poor topsoil layer ofsandy loam above a layer of gravelly coarsesand and a third layer of weatheredgranodiorite. Rock outcrop areas arepresent along with weathered rock close tothe surface.The San Emigdio - Grangeville - MetzAssociation is found on alluvial fans andfloodplains. The soils along the westernside of Gilman Springs Road comprise thisassociation. These soils are well-drainedand found on nearly level to very steepslopes ranging from 0 to 50 percent. Theyhave good topsoil and an underlying layerconsisting of fine sandy loam.The Badlands - San Timoteo Associationsoils occupy the area along the northernside of Gilman Springs Road into theBadlands region. This association consistsof well-drained soils found on steep to verysteep slopes ranging from 30 to 70 percent.The soils are variable, consisting of softsandstone, siltstone, and beds of gravel.These soils also range in texture from sandyloam to clay loam, having poor topsoilcharacteristics. The very shallow depth tobedrock severely limits the use of septictank sewage disposal systems in this area.Soil stability is considered poor to fair withsignificant potential for erosion.In general, prime agricultural soils are foundon the alluvial deposits of the valley floor,while the soils subject to the greatestlimitations for agriculture and developmentare located in the Box Springs Mountains,Reche Canyon area, the Badlands and theMount Russell area.7.4.2 Issues and OpportunitiesWith exception of the Cieneba - Rock Land -Fallbrook Association and the Badlands -San Timoteo Association, soils within thestudy area present few limitations forPage 7-6 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 7 - CONSERVATIONdevelopment. Conditions of shallow depthto bedrock and rock outcroppings generallyoccur on the steeper slopes and are themost significant physical constraint todevelopment. Ripping may be required inorder to loosen weathered rock and blastingof hard rock may be required. Althoughintense urban and agricultural developmentof these soils would be constrained, lowintensity, large lot development is feasible.As development of the study area proceeds,soils will be exposed during gradingoperations. During this time, soils maybecome susceptible to water erosion andwind erosion. The extent that erosion wouldoccur depends on the particular soil, theextent of area being exposed, the slope, thetime of year grading operations occur anderosion control methods that are used.The use of septic tanks for sewage disposalis standard practice in the eastern portion ofthe Moreno Valley study area. The soils ofthe valley portion of the study area generallyhave only slight limitations for use withsubsurface sewage disposal systems.However, the steeper slopes andfloodplains are less suitable.None of the soil associations in the MorenoValley study area are significantly limited bysoil corrosiveness or shrink-swellcharacteristics that could affect theconstruction of roads, foundations ofstructures, or other urban uses.While the State of California and localagencies have advocated the preservationof prime agricultural soils for agriculturaluse, the retention of agricultural land is farmore complicated than identifying primeagricultural soils and requiring that theyused for agricultural purposes only.Agriculture is a business that exists onlywhere economics and area land use arefavorable toward animal and cropproduction. The issues affecting thepotential success of an agriculturalpreservation program include the availabilityMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANand cost of water, land use competition,urban/rural land use conflicts and theeconomics of agricultural production.7.5 WATER RESOURCES7.5.1 BackgroundThe early history of water in Moreno Valleybegan with the creation of the AlessandroIrrigation District in 1891. The irrigationdistrict was formed for the purpose ofimporting water from a reservoir in the SanBernardino Mountains. The reservoir wasoriginally built for the community ofRedlands.The community of Moreno was founded atthe intersection of Alessandro Boulevard andRedlands Boulevard in advance of the newwater supply. An aqueduct was completed,but the flow of water ended quickly due todrought and because there was not enoughwater for both Redlands and Moreno. Thecourts decreed that City of Redlands hadpriority water rights. By the turn of thecentury most of the early farmers andsettlers left the area. The farmers thatremained in the area relied on winter rainsand local wells.In 1919, the Moreno Mutual IrrigationCompany acquired wells in Moreno Valleyand San Timoteo Canyon. Water wasdelivered from San Timoteo Canyon throughthe old aqueduct system until the 1954.Water agencies in the Yucaipa/Beaumontarea successfully challenged the company’sright to well water from that area.Groundwater no longer provides a significantpercentage of the local water supply. Thereare two hydrological groundwater basins inthe planning area. The Perris Basin is on thewestern side of Moreno Valley. The SanJacinto Basin is on eastern side of the studyarea.Box Springs Mutual Water Company servesa small portion of the community, while thePage 7-7 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 7 - CONSERVATIONprimary purveyor of water in Moreno Valleysince the 1950’s is Eastern Municipal WaterDistrict (EMWD). EMWD, incorporated in1950, became a member of the MetropolitanWater District in 1951. The original districtboundary encompassed most of the SanJacinto Valley and Perris Valley and a smallportion of Moreno Valley. Additional territoryin Moreno Valley was annexed in 1953. Atthat time the primary water source was theColorado River. The water was importedthough the Metropolitan Water District’sColorado River Aqueduct.EMWD completed a major water supply linealong Perris Boulevard in 1954 throughwhich water became available in 1955. Theexisting water companies were responsiblefor connecting to the main water supplysystem, including the Edgemont GardensMutual Water Company and the SunnymeadMutual Water Company.Up until the time that EMWD providedimported water, the local mutual watercompanies drew their water from local wells.Eventually, two of the mutual watercompanies turned over their operations toEMWD; Sunnymead Mutual Water Companydid so in 1990; Edgemont Gardens (MorenoValley) Mutual Water Company in 1997.Water tankThe State Water Project brought additionalimported water to Moreno Valley andEMWD’s service area. It brought water fromthe rivers of northern California through aMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANseries of aqueducts, pipelines and reservoirs,including Lake Perris. Lake Perris wascompleted in 1973. An undergroundsegment of the aqueduct runs from thenorthwest corner of Moreno Valley to LakePerris. Water from Lake Perris is pumped tothe Mills Filtration Plant in the City ofRiverside before it is distributed to MorenoValley customers.Water from the State Water Project wasneeded to supplement water supplies fromthe Colorado River. The water supplyavailable to California from the ColoradoRiver will diminish as Arizona uses its legallyestablished allocation of water. In addition,the quality of untreated water from theColorado River is lower than the quality ofState Water Project water.The Metropolitan Water District constructedanother major reservoir, the Diamond ValleyLake, in the Domenigoni Valley area south ofHemet. The reservoir holds 800,000 acrefeetof water. The water in Diamond ValleyLake improves the reliability of the watersupply. It stores water that is availableduring wet years for use during periods ofdrought.7.5.2 Issues and OpportunitiesEven with the development of the DiamondValley Reservoir, water supply, storage andconservation will be needed to meet thelong-term water demands of region. EMWDhas several such programs in place. Forexample, prior to issuance of landscapeirrigation meters, new public and privatedevelopments must install landscaping andirrigation systems that operate at high levelsof water use efficiency. In addition,increasing amounts of water reclaimed fromsewage treatment plants is being used forlandscape irrigation and agriculture. EMWDis also recharging groundwater basins anddesalinating saline groundwater to protectand increase the supply of water.Page 7-8 July 11, 2006

PERRIS BLVDNO WATERPURVEYORS AN TI MOTEOCANYON RDSAN GORGONIO PASSWATER AGENCYRECH ECANYON RDCITY OFMORENO VALLEYSPHEREPIGEON PASS RDBOX SPRINGS RDp Z215DAY STVAN BUREN BLVDCACTUS AVEFREDERICK STIRONWOOD AVECOTTONWOOD AVESUNNYMEAD BLVDEUCALYPTUS AVEBOX SPRINGS MUTUALWATER COMPANYMARCH ARBHEACOCK STINDIAN STPERRIS BLVDPERRIS BLVDALESSANDRO BLVDJOHN F KENNEDY DRIRIS AVEJACLYN AVECITY OF MORENO VALLEYLASSELLE STCOTTONWOOD AVELASSELLE STNASON STIRIS AVEMORENO BEACH DRMORENO BEACH DRLOCUST AVEIRONWOOD AVEEASTERN MUNICIPALWATER DISTRICTCACTUS AVEREDLANDS BLVDTHEODORE STALESSANDRO BLVDDAVIS RDGILMAN SPRINGS RDSAN TIMOTEO CANYON RDFIGURE 7-1WATER PURVEYORSERVICE AREA MAP|ÿ 60NO WATERPURVEYORCITY OFMORENO VALLEYSPHEREStreetsMajor StreetsHighwaysService AreasMoreno ValleyMoreno Valley SphereMarch ARBWaterbodies±WESTERN MUNICIPALWATER DISTRICT5,000 2,500 0 5,0000.5 0.25 0 0.5 1FeetMilesp Z215WEBSTER AVERAMONA EXYOLEANDER AVEKINE AVELAKE PERRISDate: July 11, 2006State Plane NAD83 Zone 6File: G:\arcmap\planning\gen_plan_updates\water_serv_area.mxdGEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMSThe information shown on this map was compiled fromthe Riverside County GIS and the City of Moreno ValleyGIS. The land base and facility information on this mapis for display purposes only and should not be relied uponwithout independent verification as to its accuracy.Riverside County and City of Moreno Valley willnot be held responsible for any claims, losses ordamages resulting from the use of this map.

CHAPTER 7 - CONSERVATIONThe EMWD’s 2000 Urban WaterManagement Plan predicts that supplies willmeet demand through the year 2010 evenunder worst-case conditions. Supplyreliability after 2010 depends on the outcomeof the CAL-FED process, a collaborativeeffort of multiple state and federal agenciesto resolve conflicts between urban,agricultural and environmental waterinterests. The goal is ensure that there willbe a reliable long-term supply of water forCalifornia.The Urban Water Management Plancontains the following statement on Page 19regarding future water supply: “based on theregional progress to date in developing offstreamstorage for surplus imported water,coupled with the local plans for resourcedevelopment, the District is confident of itsability to meet the water demands of itscustomers through 2020.”7.6 ENERGY RESOURCES7.6.1 BackgroundModern society depends on energyresources, including electricity, natural gasand other types of fuel. Energy is used fortransportation, heating, cooling, lighting andmanufacturing purposes. Continueddevelopment within the study area and thenation will consume additional energyresources.Moreno Valley is dependent on outsidesources of energy, including electricity andfossil fuels. State and federal institutionsand the private sector are responsible forthe supply and price of electricity. Electricityused within the study area is generated inthe region and at distant locations in thewestern United States. Electricity is derivedfrom nonrenewable fossil fuels, such asnatural gas, renewable wind energy andwaterpower, and other sources. The Cityand Southern California Edison distributeelectricity within the planning area.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANThe State experienced a period of supplyunreliability and price volatility during 2000.The demand for electricity in Californiaexceeded the supply generated by powerplants within the state. The average price ofelectricity was among the highest in thenation.As with electricity, the City does not havedirect control over the supply of natural gasand gasoline. Natural gas is delivered to thearea from out of state sources. The nationalsupply of gasoline is derived from bothdomestic and foreign sources. Both naturalgas and gasoline are nonrenewable energysources, meaning that they cannot bereplenished.7.6.2. Issues and OpportunitiesIncreasing demands upon America’s supplyof energy has led to an increased relianceon foreign energy supplies and energy priceescalation. The use of energy resources isalso closely correlated with air quality.Air pollution is generated when fossil fuelsare burned to produce electricity. Emissionsare released when natural gas is used forspace heating and manufacturing. Motorvehicle emissions are the result of thecombustion of gasoline, diesel fuels andnatural gas.Energy conservation is a way to controlenergy costs, reduce reliance on foreignenergy supplies and minimize air pollution.Energy efficiency can be derived in thearrangement of land uses, in the design ofdevelopments and the architecture ofindividual buildings.The amount of energy consumed inautomobile travel can be reduced ifcommercial and recreational opportunitiesare located near residential uses.Commuter travel can be minimized if thereis a reasonable balance between jobs andhousing within the area. Placing highintensity uses along transit corridors canPage 7-10 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 7 - CONSERVATIONalso reduce automobile travel.Reducing residential street width can affectmicroclimates and reduce the summercooling needs of adjacent homes. Theorientation of buildings can be arranged toaffect the amount of heat gain. Shade treescan also cool microclimates and aid inenergy conservation.Building construction options are availableto reduce energy consumption. Buildingconstruction methods include, but are notlimited to, insulation of walls and ceilings,insulated windows and solar water heatingsystems. Many building energyconservation measures have beenincorporated into Title 24 of the CaliforniaAdministrative Code and are required of allresidential structures.AGRICULTURAL RESOURCES7.7.1 BackgroundOpen space devoted to agricultureencompasses a minor portion of the City'stotal land area. The area devoted toagricultural production diminished over timeas urban development encroached onagricultural lands.Agricultural land within the study area isgenerally leased to farm operators. Few, ifany of the farms within the valley are owneroperated.Four major types of agriculturetake place in Moreno Valley: grazing, fruitorchards, dry grain farming, potato and fruitcrop farming and poultry production. Nearlyall of the remaining agricultural use occurs inthe rural eastern portion of Moreno Valley.To provide an economic incentive topreserve agricultural lands, the State ofCalifornia passed the California LandConservation Act, commonly referred to asthe Williamson Act, in 1965. Under this act,agricultural lands are taxed at theiragricultural value rather than their value forhigher valued uses. In exchange, theMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANlandowner enters into a contract to retainthe land in agricultural use for at least 10years. The contract is automaticallyrenewed annually for one year at the end ofthe term; therefore, once a "Notice ofNonrenewal" is filed, it is ten years until thecontract expires. A Notice of Nonrenewalwas filed for the land within the city limitsthat was under Williamson Act contract andthe contract has since expired. There is aWilliamson Act contract in effect on a sitewithin the City’s sphere of influence, locatedon the south side of Gilman Springs Road,east of Jack Rabbit Trail.For many years the major agriculturalenterprise within the study area was theUniversity of California Field Station, locatedbetween Lasselle and Nason Streets andsouth of Brodiaea Avenue. Since the1960’s, the Field Station was used to raiseexperimental crops suited to dry and semidryclimates.The University decided to replace the FieldStation with a research station in theCoachella Valley. The Moreno Valley FieldStation Specific Plan, a mixed-use plan, wasadopted for the property in 1999.7.7.2. Issues and OpportunitiesPreservation of prime agricultural land is animportant state and national goal and manyof the soils in Moreno Valley are well suitedfor agricultural production. However, soilalone does not guarantee the success of anagricultural enterprise. The high cost ofland, the high cost of water and energy,fragmented ownership patterns and marketconditions limit the potential return oninvestment. These economic factors are adisincentive to continued farming in MorenoValley. It is, however, a viable interim use.Sometimes nearby residents are affected bythe dust, spray drift and odors associatedwith agricultural production. The ability tofarm in close proximity to residential landPage 7-11 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 7 - CONSERVATIONMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANuses will continue to be a communityconcern.7.7 SCENIC RESOURCES7.8.1 BackgroundThe City of Moreno Valley lies on a relativelyflat valley floor surrounded by rugged hillsand mountains. The topography of the studyarea is defined by the Box SpringsMountains and Reche Canyon area to thenorth, the "Badlands" to the east, and theMount Russell area to the south. Thesefeatures provide the City with outstandingvistas.The major aesthetic resources within thestudy area include views of the mountainsand southerly views of the valley. The manmadeenvironment is equally important interms of scenic values. Buildings,landscaping and signs often dominate theview. Agricultural uses such as citrus grovesare less common, but visually pleasingfeatures.The major scenic resources within theMoreno Valley study area are visible fromState Route 60, the major transportationroute in the area. Upon entering the MorenoValley from the west, the dominant view is ofthe Box Springs Mountains to the immediatenorth and the Mount Russell foothills to thesouth. Both mountain ranges displaynumerous rock outcroppings and bouldersthat add visual character to these landforms.Moreno Peak is part of a prominent landformlocated south of State Route 60 alongMoreno Beach Drive. This landform onlyrises a few hundred feet above the valleyfloor but has a unique location near thecenter of the valley. Moreno Beach Drive,the main route to Lake Perris from StateRoute 60, offers views of Moreno Peak and apanoramic view of Moreno Valley.Hills Adjacent to Moreno PeakPanoramic views of the valley can be seenfrom elevated segments of some local roadsand from hillside residences. The views areparticularly attractive on clear days and atnight when the glow of city lights can beseen.As State Route 60 traverses east throughMoreno Valley, it passes through theBadlands area. Characterized by steep anderoded hillsides, the Badlands form theeastern boundary of the study area andprovide a sweeping range of hills that act asa visual backdrop to the valley.Expanses of open land are found throughoutthe eastern portion of the study area. Thesetracts of land allow for uninterrupted scenicvistas from State Route 60, Gilman SpringsRoad and other roadways and provide viewsof the San Jacinto Valley and the ephemeralMystic Lake.Views of the San Bernardino and SanGabriel mountains are evident at times fromthe valley floor. Winter snows in the SanBernardino and San Jacinto Mountains oftenprovide a striking view.7.8.2 Issues and OpportunitiesScenic resources contribute to the overalldesirability of a community. The distinctivephysical setting of Moreno Valley createsmuch of the City's appeal as a place in whichto live and do business. Thus, MorenoPage 7-12 July 11, 2006

PERRIS BLVDCANYON RDS AN TI MOTEORECH ECANYON RDBOXSPRINGMTNSPIGEON PASS RDRECHEMOUNTAINSBADLANDSPERRIS BLVDSAN TIMOTEO CANYON RDBOX SPRINGS RDp Z215DAY STVAN BUREN BLVDRCACTUS AVERFREDERICK STIRONWOOD AVECOTTONWOOD AVEMARCH ARBp Z215RSUNNYMEAD BLVDEUCALYPTUS AVEHEACOCK STWEBSTER AVEINDIAN STRAMONA EXYPERRIS BLVDALESSANDRO BLVDJOHN F KENNEDY DRIRIS AVEJACLYN AVEOLEANDER AVELASSELLE STCOTTONWOOD AVELASSELLE STKINE AVESCITY OF MORENO VALLEYSSSSRNASON STSCACTUS AVEIRIS AVEMORENO BEACH DRMORENOPEAKRSMORENO BEACH DRLAKE PERRISLOCUST AVEIRONWOOD AVERRRRSREDLANDS BLVDRRRUSSELL MOUNTAINSTHEODORE STFIGURE 7-2MAJOR SCENICRESOURCESStreets|ÿ 60 Major StreetsALESSANDRO BLVDRDAVIS RDRGILMAN SPRINGS RDRRBADLANDSCITY OFMORENO VALLEYSPHERESSSSHighwaysScenic RouteMoreno ValleyMoreno Valley SphereMarch ARBWaterbodiesView Corridor±5,000 2,500 0 5,0000.5 0.25 0 0.5 1MilesFeetDate: July 11, 2006State Plane NAD83 Zone 6File: G:\arcmap\planning\gen_plan_updates\mjr_scenic.mxdGEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMSThe information shown on this map was compiled fromthe Riverside County GIS and the City of Moreno ValleyGIS. The land base and facility information on this mapis for display purposes only and should not be relied uponwithout independent verification as to its accuracy.Riverside County and City of Moreno Valley willnot be held responsible for any claims, losses ordamages resulting from the use of this map.

CHAPTER 7 - CONSERVATIONValley's visual resources are also ofeconomic value to the community.The City of Moreno Valley has theopportunity to designate scenic routes as thebasis for preserving outstanding scenicviews. Special attention to the location anddesign of buildings, landscaping and otherfeatures should be made to protect andenhance views from scenic roadways.7.8 MINERAL RESOURCESThe mineral resources known to be locatedwithin the study area are common materials:sand, gravel and rock. Sand and gravel isused to make concrete and as road base.There was one recently active sand andgravel quarry on record within the City’ssphere of influence: the Jack Rabbit CanyonMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANQuarry. It was inactive as of 2001. It is in adrainage course located at the northeastcorner of Jack Rabbit Trail and GilmanSprings Road, adjacent to the Quail RanchGolf Course. The extent of the associatedsand and gravel deposit is very limited.Surface mining operations are regulated inaccordance with the Surface Mining andReclamation Act of 1975. No person mayconduct surface mining operations withoutfirst obtaining a surface mining permit.Surface mining permits also includingmining and reclamation plans. The purposeof surface mining permits is to ensure thatmining of valuable minerals can continuewhile the adverse environmental impacts ofmining activities are minimized and minedlands are reclaimed properly.Page 7-14 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN8. HOUSING ELEMENT8.1 INTRODUCTIONThe State of California requires that everycity and county have an adopted GeneralPlan to provide guidance and direction indevelopment activities. The HousingElement is one component of the GeneralPlan and became a required element in1969. The State has an interest andresponsibility in ensuring that the housingneeds of its citizens are adequately met.In addition, housing, as a majorcomponent of economic development, isessential in attracting and retaining jobsand overall economic vitality.8.1.1 State Housing Element LawState law passed in 1980 (AB 2853)describes the requirements for HousingElements. According to State law, theElement must contain the following:a. An assessment of existing andprojected housing needs.b. A statement of goals, policies,quantified objects, relative to themaintenance,preservation,improvement, and development ofhousing.c. A program that sets forth a five-yearschedule of actions the localgovernment is undertaking or intendsto undertake to implement the policiesand achieve the goals and objectivesof the Housing Element.In 1986 the law was amended to include arequirement for identification of sites foremergency shelters and transitionalhousing. In 1990, an amendment to thelaw was made requiring an analysis ofexisting assisted housing developmentsthat are eligible to change from lowincomehousing uses during the next tenyears due to termination of subsidycontracts, mortgage prepayment, orexpiration of restrictions on use.In addition to the above, new requirements inthe State Housing Element Law require that acity or county identify financial resourcesavailable for housing, including a descriptionof the use of funds in a redevelopmentagency’s Low and Moderate Income HousingFund.8.1.2 Citizen ParticipationThe City of Moreno Valley is both revising itsGeneral Plan and preparing its housingelement. Presentations were made to variousorganizations and citizen advisorycommittees• February 1, 1999 an ad-hoc citizenadvisory committee formed to assist theCity with a public participation program.The committee’s key recommendationwas to present specific proposals ratherthan abstract questions. For example,goals should be stated in concreteprogram form or in the form ofimprovements. If creating moreaffordable housing is a goal then listingprograms such as a first time homebuyerprogram, or if improving traffic flow incertain neighborhoods is a goal, thenlisting the actual street improvements orbus route changes would be considered aconcrete program.• Information was mailed to over 600affected property owners as well aschurches, utilities and public agencies.Flyers and opinion surveys weredistributed at the library, senior center,City Hall and at various publicpresentations. Staff made presentationsbefore the Chamber of Commerce, theHispanic Chamber of Commerce, sixservice clubs and seven advisorycommittees.• In October of 1999 staff met with theProject Area Committee that consists of aPage 8-1 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGvariety of income groups within theredevelopment project area.• A Moreno Valley Live show wasbroadcast on MVTV-3 on October 27,1999 and thereafter two times a day.• Display ads were published in thenewspapers of local circulationincluding the Press-Enterprise, theValley Times, the Black Voice and LaPrensa.• November 15, 1999 meeting at PalmMiddle School.• November 22, 1999, meeting andEdgemont Woman’s Club.• February 10, 2000, February 24, 2000February 29, 2000, March 9, 2000,March 16, 2000, March 23, 2000 andApril 13, 2000 public meetings.• Planning Commission review onAugust 3, 2000, August 24, 1000 andSeptember 28, 2000.At meetings, issues were raised bycitizens in support of rural lifestyles in thecommunity through zoning that wouldencourage larger minimum lot sizes.Concerns were raised about increasingopportunities for apartments, feeling thatthe city has sufficient affordable housing.In addition, concerns were raisedregarding higher density housing and theimpact it could have on increased trafficcongestion and crowding in the schoolsystem. However, citizens were verysupportive of revitalizing and preservingolder housing in the city.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN8.2 HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT8.2.1 Population Trends andCharacteristicsBetween 1950 and 1988, population inMoreno Valley increased by 1,395%. (Table8-1). By comparison, Riverside County’spopulation increased by 456% during thesame period. Moreno Valley is now thesecond largest city in Riverside County.Since its incorporation in 1984, the once ruralcommunity has become a diversifiedsuburban community, providing a variety ofservices and amenities to its residents.According to the State Department ofFinance, the 1999 estimate of population forthe City of Moreno Valley is 139,052,representing a 200% increase over the 1980population of 28,139. Between 1985 and1990 the city’s population increased rapidlywith the city gaining 61,164 people (a rate of106.2%). Moreno Valley has been amongthe fastest growing medium sized cities(population of 40,000 to 200,000) inCalifornia since 1988. Moreno Valley iscurrently ranked sixth in the state among thefastest growing California cities, with Corona,Palmdale, Fontana, Irvine and Lancaster,outpacing Moreno Valley. 1The city’s population growth was fueled bythe expanding economy of the early 1980s,affordable housing prices and the availabilityof jobs within commuting distance in SanBernardino County, Orange County and LosAngeles. However, as the defense industryand attendant industries closed their doors orscaled back, including the realignment ofMarch Air Force Base, Moreno Valley’spopulation growth slowed. The slowdown inthe city’s population growth between 1990and 1998 is illustrated in Chart 8-1, and ismore reflective of the economic recessionaffecting Southern California in the 1990s.Annual population growth between 1990 and1998 was 1,650 persons, much lower thanthe growth during 1986-1990 of 12,400persons per year.Page 8-2 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-1CITY OF MORENO VALLEY – HISTORICAL POPULATION GROWTHYear Population % of Total CountyPopulation1950 6,067 4%Numerical AnnualGrowthAvg. AnnualGrowth Rate%1960 13,291 4% 7,224 12%1970 18,871 4% 5,580 4%1980 28,139 4% 9,268 5%1990 118,779 10% 90,640 32%1999 139,052 12% 20,273 2%Source: State Department of Finance, Demographic Research UnitRIVERSIDE COUNTY HISTORICALPOPULATION GROWTHAvg. AnnualYear Population Growth Rate%1950 170,0461960 306,191 4%1970 461,600 5%1980 669,800 5%1990 1,195,400 8%1999 1,177,800 -0.15%Source: State Department of Finance, “Components of Population Change in State and Counties”.City of Moreno Valley staff calculated the average annual growth rate.Page 8-3 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANCHART 8-1MORENO VALLEY POPULATION GROWTH1990-2000145,000140,000135,000130,000125,000120,000115,000110,000105,000118,779 126,021129,358130,900132,133131,858133,420134,588137,202139,052141,2741990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000Source: State Department of Finance, City/County Population and Housing Estimates8.2.2 Population Growth ForecastsIn 1987, the Southern CaliforniaAssociation of Governments (SCAG)population projections for the City ofMoreno Valley were provided in threerange categories for 1990 to 2010: lowrange, mid range and high end. In 1991,when the City’s Housing Element wassubmitted, the anticipation was that thecity’s growth would outpace even the highendprojections (Table 8-2). However,due to the effects of the economicrecession of the 1990s, actual populationgrowth was between the low-endprojection and the midrange projection.The second set of numbers is from WRCOGthat originate from local and regional inputs.The city’s position is that the WRCOGnumbers more accurately reflect themoderate rate of growth Moreno Valley willexperience between the years 2000 and2020. Chart 8-2 is a visual representation ofthe data in Table 8-3.In May of 1999, SCAG presented aPreliminary Draft Growth Forecast forpopulation consisting of two sets ofpopulation numbers (Table 8-3). TheSCAG population numbers are based on1994 population counts adjusted for 1997as well as 1980 and 1990 census trends.Page 8-4 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-2YEAR1987 SCAG POPULATION PROJECTION CITY OF MORENO VALLEYLOW-ENDPROJECTIONMID-RANGEPROJECTIONHIGH-END PROJECTION1990 84,580 89,180 93,7801995 108,580 120,430 132,2802000 132,580 151,680 170,7802010 180,576 214,180 247,780Source: City of Moreno Valley Housing Element, April 1991.TABLE 8-3PRELIMINARY DRAFT FORECAST FOR POPULATION – MORENO VALLEY2000 2005 2010 2015 2020WRCOG 147,511 162,704 177,897 193,091 208,284SCAG 157,817 200,955 244,094 282,547 322,624Source: Southern California Association of Governments, May 1999.CHART 8-2SCAG GROWTH FORECAST - CITY OF MORENO VALLEY400,000300,000200,000100,00002000 2005 2010 2015 2020WRCOGSCAGSource: Southern California Association of Governments, May 1999Page 8-5 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN8.2.3 Age of PopulationThe average age of a Moreno Valleyresident is 28.9 years, including childrenand retired persons. The average ageamong adults is 40.8 years and amongthose adults with children in the home, theaverage age is 37 years.The current ages of Moreno Valleyresidents remain consistent with those instudies conducted for the City in 1991 and1993 (Table 8-4). Two-thirds (66%) ofMoreno Valley households have at least onechild under the age of eighteen and 92% ofthe households with children have at leasttwo parents. The typical Moreno Valleyhousehold consists of two parents (agesthirty-eight and forty) and two children (agesnine and thirteen). The two school districtsserving Moreno Valley (Val Verde andMVUSD) report that for the 1999-2000 schoolyear 36,147 children from Moreno Valleywere enrolled in kindergarten through highschool classes.TABLE 8-4FAMILY LIFE CYCLECATEGORY 1991 1993 1998Households with Children 61% 62% 66%No Minors 39% 38% 34%2 (or more ) Adults withChildren94% 95% 92%1 Adult with Children 6% 5% 8%Source: Muse Consulting, Inc., “ Moreno Valley 1998 Demographic and Labor Force Study”, p.4.MEAN AGESCATEGORY 1991 1993 1998Resident Population 27.0 27.2 28.9Adults Only 49.5 41.4 40.8Parents with Minors 35.9 34.5 37.2Minors 8.2 8.3 9.2Source: Muse Consulting, Inc., “ Moreno Valley 1998 Demographic and Labor Force Study”, p.4.8.2.4 Household and EthnicCharacteristicsThe 2000 Census, reports that theaverage household size in Moreno Valley3.61 persons. While the averagehousehold size of owner-occupied units is3.63, the average household size of renteroccupiedunits is 3.56.In households with children, the averagehousehold size is 4.4 (including adults).Page 8-6 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGSingle parent families have 2.3 children,respectively. Among the various ethnicgroups there was no significant differencein household size as illustrated in the tablebelow.TABLE 8-5Moreno Valley Ethnicityand Household SizeMean MedianAfrican-American 3.8 4.0Native American 3.9 4.0Asian 3.4 4.0Caucasian 3.3 3.0Hispanic/Latino 4.2 4.0Other 3.9 4.0Total 3.6 4.0Source: Muse Consulting, “Moreno Valley 1998 Demographic andLabor Force Study”, p 6.Moreno Valley is a very diversecommunity. The makeup of the city’sMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANpopulation became more diverse in the early1990s. Between 1993 and 1998, the cityexperienced significant growth in theLatino/Hispanic and Afro-American/Blackcommunities. Between 1993 and 1998 theLatino community grew from 16% to 23% andthe Afro-American community grew from 10%to 17 %. During the same period, the Whitecommunity declined from 64% to 50% (Chart8-3). In 1997, the ethnic population ofRiverside County consisted of 29%Latino/Hispanic persons, 5% Afro-American/Black and 61% White.The population diversity in Moreno valleyreflects the demographic changes that havetaken place in Southern California over thepast twenty years. During the past twodecades Afro-Americans, in particular, butLatinos as well, have migrated to cities andcounties outside the traditionally defined”Latino” and “Afro-American” communities ofLos Angeles and its environs.CHART 8-3Family Ethnicity 1993Family Ethnicity 1998WhiteLatinoOtherAfro-American/BlackAsianWhiteAfro-American/BlackLatinoAsianOtherSource: John E. Husing, “Economic Development Strategy City ofMoreno Valley, Final Report” p.32.Page 8-7 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMigration out of the traditional ethniccenters has made cities like MorenoValley, with its large supply of affordablehousing and traditional family lifestyle,more ethnically diverse. Unlike older cities,Moreno Valley is fortunate that itsneighborhoods are ethnically integratedwithout parts of the city being dominatedby a concentration of any one ethnic group.8.2.5 Employment CharacteristicsMany families took advantage of thesavings that could be realized bypurchasing a home in Moreno Valley. In1990, 51.5% of city residents were newarrivals from other areas in SouthernCalifornia. Many of the wage earners inthese newly arrived families still worked inor near the areas from which they hadmigrated. In 1991, 32% of Moreno Valley‘s resident-workers were commuting morethan forty-five minutes to work and 26%were commuting over an hour to work. 2The recession of the 1990s and the loss ofjobs in the Southland severely affectedMoreno Valley. Moreno Valley workerswere earning income in Los Angeles,Orange Counties and various otherSouthland locations and bringing thatincome back to the city to fuel the localeconomy. When their jobs were lost to therecession and to the massive cutbacks inthe defense industry, the city’s economyfaltered.Employment in Southern California fell fortwelve consecutive quarters during therecession (3rd quarter 1990 to 3rd quarter1993). A total of 500,000 SouthernCalifornia jobs were eliminated, manynever to be created again at the samewage or benefit levels. However, theInland Empire was a paradox in that it wasthe only region in California to add jobsduring this period. The jobs were primarilyclustered along the I-15 freeway. Data asto whether or not the new jobs providedMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANsufficient income to support a family is notavailable. The recession and economicrestructuring of the 1990s has changed theSouthland’s employment landscape and thefuture outlook for workers entering the workforce. Whereas in 1993, 63% of the familiesin Moreno Valley reported working in higherpaying occupations like management, theprofessions, skilled employment, technicalemployment, health and government; by1998 the number or workers reporting theyhad professional or skilled positions, droppedto 52%. The number of technical workersdropped significantly from 17% to 5% andthe proportion of workers holding lowerskilled or unskilled jobs rose from 37% to48%. 3Between 1991 and 1995 unemploymentrates in Riverside County did not drop below9.5%. Unemployment in the county wasabove 10% during 1991-1995 period. Duringthe same time frame, Moreno Valley’sunemployment was consistently above 10%,with rates of 12% both in 1992 and 1993. Asillustrated in Chart 8-4, Moreno Valley’sunemployment for the ten years between1990 and 2000 has been higher than thecounty average. With the improvedeconomy after 1996, unemployment rates forthe city and county fell, with the 1999 countyaverage at 5.5% and the City of MorenoValley average at 5.9%. 4As of March 2000 the unemployment rate inthe county was reported at 4.7% percent and5.1% for Moreno Valley. In 1999, the twocountyarea of San Bernardino and Riversideadded 51,400 jobs, a record high. Theincrease in jobs resulted in a 5.7% growthrate that surpassed every other metropolitanregion in the state. Although the InlandEmpire has fewer jobs than surroundingcounties, the area’s employment base hasbeen growing at a faster rate. Between 1997and 1999, the Inland Empire added morejobs than Orange, San Diego and Venturacounties. 5Page 8-8 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANCHART 8-4RIVERSIDE COUNTY - MORENO VALLEY UNEMPLOYMENT1990-20001412108642019901991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000Riverside CountyMoreno ValleySource: California Employment Development Department8.3 EXISTING HOUSING NEED8.3.1 Housing AffordabilityIn the 1980s Moreno Valley was abeneficiary of the residential real estateboom. Families could buy a home inMoreno Valley at a much lower cost thanhomes in other parts of SouthernCalifornia. In the first quarter of 1988,residents of Los Angeles could save asmuch as $79,600 when buying a home inMoreno Valley, while San Diego countyresidents could save as much as $95,600.Ventura County residents could save up to$110,600 and Orange County residentscould save $144,400 (Chart 8-5).CHART 8-5Home Price Savings Moreno Valley & Southern California Markets Median Price New & ExistingHomes 2nd Quarter 1998$300,000$250,000$200,000$150,000$100,000$99,400$179,000$79,600$195,000$95,600$210,000$110,600$243,800$144,400$50,000$0Moreno ValleyLos AngelesSan Diego Ventura OrangeMedian All Home PriceMoreno Valley SavingsSource: John Husing, Economic Development Strategy, City of Moreno Valley, p 3.Page 8-9 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGIn 1993, the City of Moreno Valley’s“Comprehensive Affordable HousingStrategy” included a gap analysismethodology to identify the potentialsubsidy requirements for the purchase of atypical three-bedroom house forhouseholds at different income levels. Thegap analysis allows the City to identifysubsidy needs at different income levels,thus allowing the City to tailor housingassistance programs to the community’sneeds, market conditions and availableresources. The gap analysis has beenupdated to reflect costs and income levelsfor 2002 (Table 8-6).Tools like the gap analysis have made itpossible for the City to better understandthe subsidy needs of potentialhomeowners and in response developMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANprograms that facilitate homeownership.Given its resources and the level of subsidyneeded among first time homebuyers, theCity of Moreno Valley has developed aHomebuyer Assistance Program (HAP), toassist families in the purchase of their firsthome. Since new home purchases require asignificant level of assistance, the City hastargeted existing homes in neighborhoodswhere stabilization is needed. Assistance isprovided in the form of a deferred-paymentloan and may be provided for the downpayment and/or closing costs associatedwith the price of the house. Maximumassistance for properties located in certainfocus neighborhoods is $20,000. Since itsinception in 1998, the program has assisted32 households in purchasing homes.Page 8-10 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-6ESTIMATED DEVELOPMENT COSTS FOR OWNER HOUSING PROTOTYPESCITY OF MORENO VALLEYSingle Family5 Units/AcreTownhouse(10 DU’s/Acre)Townhouse(10 DU’s Acre)3BD/2BA 1,200 S.F. 2BD/1BA 900 S.F 3BD/2BA 1,100 S.F.Improved Land CostsDevelopment FeesDevelopment Impact FeeQuimby Park Land In-Lieu FeeBuilding, plan check andinspection fees$ 45,000 $ 37,000 $ 37,000$ 6,255$ 533$1,812$ 4,299$ 398$1,594$ 4,299$ 398$ 1,739Subtotal City Fees$8,600$ 6,291$ 6,436Water and Sewer¾” MeterWater Capacity (per DU) 1Sewer Capacity (per DU)Water & sewer frontage($33/ft)Occupancy ReleaseConstruction WaterFlood Control (Sunnymead)K-Rat Fee ($500/acre)Subtotal –Other Agencies$ 75$ 1,510$ 3,845$ 4,950$ 10$ 50$ 1,226$ 100$ 11,766$ 75$ 1,131$ 3,845$ 2,475$ 10$ 50$ 613$ 50$ 8,249$ 75$ 1,131$ 3,845$ 2,475$ 10$ 50$ 613$ 50$ 8,249Total Development ImpactFees20,366$ 14,540$ 14,685Hard Construction Costs 2 $ 39 $ 39 $ 39Soft Construction Costs(at 15% of Land Costs, Hard$16,825 $12,996 $14,188Costs and Fees) 3Total Development Costs(Before developer profit)$128,991$99,636$108,773Total Development Costs 4Developer Profit @ 10%$141,890$109,600$119,6501Water capacity includes sewer backup and connection fee.2Per square foot. Includes garage.3Includes design, engineering, construction interest and financing fees, marketing and administrativecosts.4All costs current for year 2000.Source: Moreno Valley housing developers and Eastern Municipal Water District (EMWD).Page 8-11 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGIn an ongoing commitment to make avariety of housing types affordable atvarious income levels, the City of MorenoValley has reduced its development fees.Whereas a year ago in 1999, total city feeswere $9,235 for a single-family unit(including building, plan check andinspection fees), the fees in 200 are$8,600, a reduction of 7%. Fees for multifamily units are 25% lower than fees forsingle-family units.In the prototypical development for a 1,200square foot single-family house, only 6% ofthe total development costs wereattributable to City controlled fees. Thirtyonepercent of the development costs wereattributable to land, fifty-four percent wereattributable to hard construction costs, softconstruction costs and developer profit,and fourteen percent were attributable toall development fees, including non-cityfees levied for water, sewer, K-rat andflood control.Since the recession of the 1990s landprices have increased. Hard constructioncosts are estimated at $39 per square footfor a detached, 1,200 square foot house.The total development cost, includingdeveloper profit is $141,890. Tables 8-7,8-8, and 8-9, show the amount needed byhouseholds, at various income levels, topurchase a house they can afford. Todetermine the homeowner subsidyrequirements the following assumptionswere made: median income for a family ofMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANfour for the year 2000, a housing cost not toexceed 30% of median income, Mello Roosbased on a typical cost for developedproperties in the city and a fixed thirty-yearmortgage at 7%. The buyer down isassumed at 3% for households at 100% ofmedian and below, and 5% down forhouseholds at 120% of median and aboveplus closing costs at 3.5% of purchase price.In the analysis, households earning $56,880(120% of median income for a family of four)would not require a subsidy to purchase theproto-typical new construction threebedroomhouse at a price of $141,890.Households at 80% of the county median($37,900 for a family of four) would needapproximately a $48,000 subsidy, whilehouseholds earning 50% of the countymedian ($23,700 for a family of four) wouldrequire approximately a subsidy of $99,000.In the analysis, the proto-typical, newconstruction, townhouse units were the moreaffordable. Households purchasing a twobedroom,two-bath unit with an income of$23,700 (50% of county median) would needapproximately a $79,000 subsidy, whilethose at 80% of median would needapproximately $35,000 and thosehouseholds at 100% and above would notrequire a subsidy. Even for the proto-typicalthree-bedroom, three-bath townhouse,households at 100% and 120% of medianwould not require subsidies.Page 8-12 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-7Homeowner Subsidy RequirementsSingle Family 3 Bedroom/2 Bath Unit50% ofMedian80% ofMedian100% ofMedian120 % ofMedianIncome Level (1) $ 23,700 $ 37,900 $ 47,400 $ 56,880Affordable Housing Cost (2) $ 643 $ 1,028 $ 1,286 $ 1,543Less: Monthly Utility (3) $ 108 $ 108 $ 108 $ 108Less: Maintenance Costs (4) $ 181 $ 181 $ 181 $ 181Less: Property Taxes (5) $ 149 $ 149 $ 149 $ 149Less: Property Insurance $ 25 $ 25 $ 25 $ 25Affordable Mortgage Payment $ 180 $ 565 $ 823 $ 1,080Affordable Mortgage (6) $ 27,055 $ 84,924 $123,703 $ 162,332Buyer Purchase Cost $ 9,223 $ 9,223 $ 9,223 $ 12,061Required Capital Subsidy (7) $105,612 $ 47,743 $ 8,964 $ (-29,634)Sales Price $141,890 $141,890 $141,890 $141,890TABLE 8-8Homeowner Subsidy RequirementsTownhouse 2 Bedroom/1 Bath Unit50% of 80% ofMedian Median100% ofMedian120% ofMedianIncome Level (1) $ 23,700 $ 37,900 $ 47,400 $ 56,880Affordable Housing Cost (2) $ 563 $ 900 $ 1,126 $ 1,351Less Monthly Utility (3) $ 92 $ 92 $ 92 $ 92Less Maintenance Costs (4) $ 181 $ 181 $ 181 $ 181Less Property Taxes (5) $ 118 $ 118 $ 118 $ 118Less Property Insurance $ 25 $ 25 $ 25 $ 25Affordable Mortgage Payment $ 147 $ 484 $ 710 $ 935Affordable Mortgage (6) $ 22,095 $ 72,749 $106,718 $ 40,538Buyer Purchase Cost $ 7,124 $ 7,124 $ 7,124 $ 9,316Required Capital Subsidy (7) $ 80,381 $ 29,727 $ (-4,242) $(-38,062)Sales Price $109,600 $109,600 $109,600 $ 109,600(1) Median income for a family of four for the year 2000.(2) Affordable monthly housing cost for a family of four based on 30% of median income.(3) Based on latest HUD published utility allowance, cost for all utilities.(4) Includes homeowner association dues, Mello Roos(a tax for school facilities) and maintenanceexpenses.(5) Based on 1.25% average tax rate, including .25% for additional assessments.(6) Based on 7% fixed rate, 30 year amortized mortgage.(7) Includes 3% down for households at 100% and below, 5% down for households at 120% and above,plus closing costs at 3.5% of purchase price.Page 8-13 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-9Homeowner Subsidy RequirementsTownhouse 3 Bedroom/2 Bath Unit50% of 80% ofMedian Median100% ofMedian120% ofMedianIncome Level (1) $ 23,700 $ 37,900 $ 47,400 $ 56,880Affordable Housing Cost (2) $ 643 $ 1028 $ 1286 $ 1543Less Monthly Utility (3) $ 108 $ 108 $ 108 $ 108Less Maintenance Costs (4) $ 181 $ 181 $ 181 $ 181Less Property Taxes (5) $ 129 $ 129 $ 129 $ 129Less Property Insurance $ 25 $ 25 $ 25 $ 25Affordable Mortgage Payment $ 200 $ 585 $ 843 $ 1,100Affordable Mortgage (6) $ 30,062 $ 87,930 $ 126,709 $ 165,338Buyer Purchase Cost $ 7,777 $ 7,777 $ 7,777 $ 10,170Required Capital Subsidy (7) $ 81,811 $ 26,474 $( -14,836) $-55,858)Sales Price $119,650 $119,650 $ 119,650 $119,650(1) Median income for a family of four for the year 2000.(2) For a family of four based on 30% of median income.(3) Based on latest HUD published utility allowance, cost for all utilities.(4) Includes homeowner association dues, Mello Roos (a type of tax for school facilities) andmaintenance expenses.(5) Based on 1.25% average tax rate including .25% for additional assessments.(6) Based on 7% fixed rate, 30 year amortized mortgage.(7) Includes a 3% down for households at 100% of median and below; 5% down for households at 120%of median and above, plus closing costs at 3.5% of purchase price.8.3.2 OverpaymentOverpayment for housing is the result oftwo market conditions that conspire tomake housing not affordable. Thecombination of low wages and inflatedhousing costs result in overpayment. Thisdocument details the significantaffordability of Moreno Valley’s housingstock, particularly in comparison to othercommunities in Southern California.However, overpayment for housing is aproblem in all Southern Californiacommunities in varying degrees and is aformidable challenge for local communitiesto address.Overpayment is defined as a circumstancein which a household dedicates in excessof 30% of its income to housing.Households at 30% to 80% of medianincome bear the disproportionate burden ofhousing overpayment. SCAG’s preliminaryestimates of housing problems show that ofthe 39,155 total households in the city,16,193 or 41% are overpaying for housing.Of the households overpaying, 4,804 arerenter households and 11,389 are ownerhouseholds (Table 8-9). Of the ownerhouseholds overpaying for housing, 3,448had incomes at or below 80% of median.Seventy percent (70%) of the ownerhouseholds that overpay for housing haveincomes above 80% of median. Perhapsowner households may be overpaying byvirtue of individual choice versus necessity.In other words, a household may choose topurchase a more expensive house andconsequently end up paying more than 30%of their income, which by definition isoverpayment.Page 8-14 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-10Households Overpaying for Housing – All IncomesMoreno Valley95% TotalMedian Median Median Median MedianRenters 1,342 1,227 1,374 438 423 4,804Owners 557 810 2,081 1,651 6,289 11,389Total Households 1,899 2,037 3,455 2,089 6,712 16,193Source: “Draft Regional Housing Needs Assessment 1999,” Southern California Association of Governments, p.56.The correlation between increases inincome above 80% of median and adecrease in the number of renterhouseholds overpaying for housing is adrop in the number of householdsoverpaying. In Moreno Valley, the rentalmarket is such that most households atabove 80% of median have a variety ofchoices that do not always compel them tooverpay for rental housing. Possibly, atabove 80% of median, most householdschoose to buy rather than to continuerenting. Among owner households, thelargest number overpaying for housing isthat group above 95% of median income.Given their income, the city can onlyassume that these households do not havea “housing problem” per se, but perhaps aburdensome personal choice.A total of 7,391 low-income households areoverpaying for housing or 19% of the39,155 total households in the city. Incomeas a limiting force on choice must be theprimary criteria when establishing numbersthat indicate a form of cost burden onhouseholds. The gap analysis developedin this document is important in tailoringassistance programs to alleviate housingoverpayment among potential lowerincomeowner households, whose choicesare limited by their income status.Overpayment for housing is not merely ahousing problem, but one that hasimplications for the creation of jobs thatallow households to afford a decentlifestyle.8.3.3 OvercrowdingOvercrowding is a measurement of theadequacy of housing units to accommodateresidents. Overcrowding is determined by astandard based on the number of personsper room within a unit. The standard isestablished at 1 person per room or less.Housing units are considered slightlyovercrowded when the occupancy per roomis 1.01 to 1.50 persons per room. Units areconsidered severely overcrowded whenoccupancy per room is 1.51 persons ormore.SCAG estimates that 1,502 renterhouseholds in the city of Moreno Valley livein overcrowded conditions, while 1,737owner households live in overcrowdedconditions.Of the 1,502 renter households, 1,074 or72% are low-income households. Amongowner households, 485 or 28% are lowincome(Table 8-10).Households will rent or purchase inadequatehousing units in an attempt to make theirhousing costs affordable. According toSCAG, a wage earner needs to make $9.40per hour and work forty hours a week, toafford a fair market rent, one bedroomapartment in Riverside County. To afford atwo-bedroom fair market rent apartment awage earner needs to make $11.48 an hourand work forty hours a week, as shown inTable 8-12. A low-income householdearning less than the $9.40 to $11.48 perhour is forced to rent an inadequate unit.Page 8-15 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGAs illustrated in Table 8-13 a minimumwage, a person would need to workseventy-three hours per week to afford afair market rent, one bedroom apartment inRiverside County and eighty-nine hoursper week to afford two bedrooms. Often,MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANhouseholds will pool resources and rent aunit where more than one household canreside in order to pay the rent. However, theunit is still overcrowded because two or morefamilies are sharing a unit in order to makeenough to pay the rent.TABLE 8-11Households with Overcrowding Problems95% TotalMedian Median Median Median MedianRenters 394 214 466 131 297 1,502Owners 90 106 289 185 1,066 1,737Total 484 320 755 316 1,364 3,238Source: “Draft Regional Housing Needs Assessment 1999,” Southern California Association of Governments, p.56.Page 8-16 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-12Wage Needed to Afford a Fair Market RentHourly Wage Need to Afford FMR @ 40 Hours/WeekLocation One Bedroom Apartment Two Bedroom ApartmentImperial County $ 8.29 $10.21Los Angeles County $11.38 $14.40Orange County $13.54 $16.75Riverside County $ 9.40 $11.48San Bernardino County $ 9.40 $11.48Ventura County $12.06 $15.25Work Necessary to Afford Fair Market Rent at Minimum WageWork Hours /WeekLocation One Bedroom Apartment Two Bedroom ApartmentImperial County 64 79Los Angeles County 88 112Orange County 105 130Riverside County 73 89San Bernardino County 73 89Ventura County 94 118Source: Draft Regional Housing Needs Assessment 1999, Southern California Association of Governments, Exhibit F.8.3.4 Household IncomeWith the shift in job types a shift in incomewas inevitable. In the case of MorenoValley, income for households declined.Whereas in 1991, 52% of the householdsin the city reported earning over $45,000,seven years later only 48.5% of thehouseholds were earning $45,000. In 1991,33% of the households reported earning,$25,000-$44,999. In1998 this groupconsisted of 29.4% of the households.Households with incomes below $25,000increased from 15% to 22.1% (Chart 8-6).Page 8-17 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANCHART 8-6MORENO VALLEY INCOME DISTRIBUTION 1991$0-$14,999 $15,000-$24,999 $25,000-$44,999 $45,000-$64,999 $75,000 & UpMORENO VALLEY INCOME DISTRIBUTION 1998$0-14,999 $15,000-$24,999 $25,000-$44,999 $45,000-$64,999 $75,000 & UpPage 8-18 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSING8.3.5 Housing Stock ConditionsThe housing stock in Moreno Valley isrelatively new, with the majority of thehousing built during the 1980s. Between1980 and 1986, the number of totalhousing units in the city increased 63%, fora total numeric increase of 14,694. Theavailability of large tracts of developableland made Moreno Valley an ideal locationfor the construction of new housing, at veryaffordable prices. The combination ofMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANaffordable land and a desire for homeownershipresulted in a housing productlargely consisting of single-family detachedunits. Of the 14,694 units added to thehousing stock between 1986 and 1990, 84%were single-family detached dwellings, a63% increase in the four years (Table 8-12).In the same period, the number of multifamilyunits increased significantly with a total of2,114 multi-family units added to the housingstock, excluding mobilehomes.TABLE 8-13HOUSING STOCK ADDITIONS - CITY OF MORENO VALLEY1986 19901986-90%Change19951990-95%Change19991995-99%ChangeTotal units 23,251 37,945 63% 41,282 9% 42,280 2%Occupied 20,202 34,965 38,040 38,959Vacancy 13.1% 7.85% 7.85% 7.85%Single-familyAttached 499 622 25% 622 0 622 0Detached 18,975 31,319 65% 34,137 9% 34,996 3%Multifamily2 to 4 Units 1,078 1,202 12% 1,192 -1% 1,190 05 Plus Units 1,611 3,601 124% 4,112 14% 4,244 3%Mobilehomes1,088 1,201 10% 1,219 1% 1,228 1%Source: State Department of Finance, City/County Population and Housing Estimates.As is evident in Table 8-13, after 1990additions to the housing stock dramaticallydeclined and the pace of additions to thehousing stock slowed. In the 1990s realestate values and effective rents declinedas much as 20% and vacancy rates, insome projects, were as high as 50%.Foreclosures of both single and multifamilyunits increased. Many homeownersfound themselves “upside down” owingmore on their home mortgage than themarket value of their home. Reflective of theoverall economic recession in SouthernCalifornia, large tracts of land wereforeclosed on as demand for housing unitsprecipitously dropped.Table 8-14 shows the number of permitsissued and the number of units. Between1986 and 1989, 13,247 permits were issuedresulting in the construction of 14,387housing units, both single and multi-family.Page 8-19 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGAfter 1989 the number of units added tothe housing stock as well as the number ofMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANpermits issued declined significantly.TABLE 8-14YearSingleFamily UnitsBuilding Permit ActivityCity of Moreno Valley1986-1999SingleFamilyPermitsMulti-familyUnitsMultifamilyPermitsTotalPermitsTotalUnits1986 3,810 3,810 288 26 3,836 4,0981987 2,082 2,082 328 35 2,117 2,4101988 3,493 3,493 524 45 3,538 4,0171989 3,862 3,862 Not Available Not available 3,862 3,862Total 13,247 13,247 1,140 106 13,353 14,3871990 868 868 54 8 876 9221991 332 332 115 5 337 4471992 436 436 0 0 436 4361993 173 173 0 0 173 1731994 332 332 0 0 332 3321995 203 203 24 1 204 2271996 158 158 2 1 159 1601997 234 234 108 9 243 3421998 244 244 0 0 244 2441999 248 248 0 0 257 257Total 3,237 3,237 303 24 3,261 3,540Source: City of Moreno Valley, Building and Safety Department.The down turn in the housing market isdramatically reflected in the city’sconstruction permit activity. Since 1995permit activity has not exceeded 250permits per year, with only 159 permitsissued in 1996. In the six years between1986-1992 a total of 15,002 permits wereissued, while in the subsequent six years,a total of 2,039 permits were issued,resulting in a 90% decrease in permitactivity.The down turn is also reflected in themonthly foreclosures in the city even aslate as 1999, when the average number offoreclosures was 92 per month.8.3.6 Special Housing NeedsIn every community there are groups ofpeople that have unique housing needs. Thespecial needs of these groups are not onlyrelated to affordability and lower incomes,but to special needs ranging from householdmakeup to physical and emotional needs.These groups within a community’s largerhousing context require individualizedattention to permit them to participate in thehousing opportunities available to thecommunity at large.Page 8-20 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSING8.3.7 Elderly Headed HouseholdsBetween 1990 and 2000 the number ofelderly persons (62 years and over) livingin Moreno Valley increased from 6,139 to9,723, a percentage increase of 58%. Asa percentage of the total Moreno Valleypopulation, seniors comprised 5% in 1990and 7% in 2000 6 . Of those persons 60 andolder, 3% were 85 years old and above.Poverty among the elderly was reportedamong 1,095 elderly persons in MorenoValley. 7 According to the 2000 census,1,221 heads of household are sixty-fiveyears and older or 3.1% of all heads ofhouseholds in the city.Among seniors in Riverside County, it isestimated that 9,000 seniors are theprimary care providers for a child orchildren under the age of 18. The numberis an estimate based on a survey of seniorhouseholds in Riverside County. 8 Theissue of grandparents raising grandchildrenis one that has come to the forefront in thelast few years as greater numbers of theelderly are raising their grandchildrenwhether in a formal court sanctionedarrangement or informally due to the deathor unsuitability of biological parents.The issues, concerns and pressuresrelated to an older adult caregiver rangefrom the added financial responsibilities ofraising children to the housingarrangements, emotional, medical, andrespite needs for the caregiver. Accordingto the Riverside County Office on Agingthere is currently no community-basedcountywide infrastructure to support thesehouseholds, or the unique needs of theelderly caregiver raising children. Specificservices currently in place to assistgrandparents raising children are verylimited. There are only two support groupsin western Riverside County, and a thirdgroup acts in a resource and advocacycapacity.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN8.3.8 Meeting Elderly Housing Needs inMoreno ValleyAs age increases, the number of elderlypersons living alone increases (Chart 8-7).Nationwide, among people eighty-five yearsand over, only 20% lived with their spouseand 54% percent lived alone. In 1995, 9.8million persons age ninety-six or older livedalone. Eight in ten or 77% of persons livingalone were women. 9 HUD estimates thatelderly women living alone comprise 15% ofthe households eligible for HUD assistance.Between 1960 and 1990, the elderlypopulation in the United States grew by 88%,compared to 34% for persons under the ageof sixty-five. By 2030, there will be about 7million older persons in the United States,more than twice that number in 1996.Demographers project that between 2010and 2030 the nation will experience anelderly population explosion as the babyboomgeneration reaches age sixty-five. It isestimated that one in five Americans will beelderly by 2030. In 2019, there will be 50million elderly in the United States, whereasin 1988 the elderly numbered 30 million.Among the elderly, the oldest old, thosepersons age eighty-five and over areprojected to double from 3.5 million in 1994to 7 million by 2020 and double yet again by2040 to 14 million. 10The housing needs of elderly householdsrange from affordable independent livingoptions for those able to care for themselves,to supportive housing services for thoseunable to perform certain tasks but still ableto live independently (meal delivery ortransportation assistance). Some elderlyhouseholds require assisted living, whileothers require residential care. Still othersrequire respite support services from theirrole as primary caregivers of either anotherelderly person or grandchildren. Elderlyhouseholds with custodial responsibility forgrandchildren require an array of social andhousing services.Page 8-21 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGThe City of Moreno Valley is working tofacilitate the provision of a variety of elderlyhousing services. At this time, there is aseventy-five-unit Section 202 elderlyproject in the City of Moreno Valley.Senior Co-op Services has received a $7.3million grant to construct seventy units ofMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANSection 202 elderly housing in the city.When this project is completed in 2002, thetotal number of dedicated, affordable seniorhousing units funded jointly by HUD and theRedevelopment Agency of the City ofMoreno Valley will total one hundred andforty-five.CHART 8-7Percentage of Elderly Living Alone: 1970, 1980 and 1995Age 65-74Age 75+456040355030402520MaleFemale30MaleFemale15201051001970 1980 199501970 1980 1995Source: U.S. Bureau of the CensusMarket-rate housing exclusively for elderlyhouseholds is being developed in the cityby Ryland Homes. Ryland is developing255 single-family homes for persons fiftyfiveand older in a gated communitysetting. As of September 2001, the homesranged in price from $132,000 for a 2-bedroom/2 bath home consisting of 1,180square feet, to $182,000 for a threebedroom 2 1/2 bath home consisting of2,120 square feet.In 2000, Services available to allow frailand disabled elderly to remain at homewith their spouses or extended familyinclude day care and Alzheimer’s day careat Cooper-Burkhart House which providesday care services to ninety persons in theirRiverside facility and seventy persons in theirSun City facility. The organization is seekinga site to expand capacity at both locationsdue to the growing need for suchsupportive/respite services. As of October2001, a facility that would serve elderlypersons is under construction in MorenoValley adjacent to the Riverside CountyRegional Medical Center. The facilityincludes a skilled nursing facility, adult dayhealth care, and child day care. Theassisted living component of the project willhave forty-four beds. The skilled nursingfacility will provide 104 beds. The adult daycare will consist of 4,700 square feet anddepending on staffing levels couldaccommodate between sixty and ninetyPage 8-22 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGpersons. The childcare facility will total7,000 square feet.Until the aforementioned project iscompleted, Moreno Valley will not have askilled nursing facility. Consequentlyfamilies have to travel outside the city toRiverside, Redlands or Sun City for theseservices. The completion of the assistedliving facility and its ancillary services willgreatly improve access to services for theelderly. The adult day care facility willassist families wishing to keep their elderlydependents at home but requiringsupervision of the same while the familieswork outside the home. The adult day carefacility would also provide respite forcaregivers of elderly dependents. Theproject envisions some interaction betweenthe elderly and the very young in the childcare component by designing the project insuch a way that there can beintergenerational activities andcommunication. The facility is scheduledfor completion by the end of 2001 and theproject developers are planning to expandthe skilled nursing facility after the initialphase of the project is operational.8.3.9 DisabledA person is considered to have a disabilityif he or she has difficulty performing certainfunctions (seeing, hearing, talking, walking,climbing stairs, and lifting and carrying), orhas difficulty with certain social roles (doingschool work for children, working at a joband around the house for adults). Aperson unable to carry out one or moreactivities, or who uses an assistancedevice to get around, or needs assistancefrom another person to perform basicactivities is considered to have a severedisability.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANcondition. Of the 49 million, 24 million havea severe disability. 11 A severe disabilityconstitutes the need for a wheelchair or theuse of another special aid for six months orlonger, the inability to perform one or morefunctional activities or the need forassistance with activities of daily living. Asthe American population ages, the growth inthe number of persons with disability can beexpected to increase in the coming years(Chart 8-8).An estimated 49 million non-institutionalized Americans (approximatelyone in five) suffer from a disablingThe 1990 Census indicates that MorenoValley had 3,680 disabled persons not in thework force. Additionally, 2,315 personswere listed as disabled but employed.Housing affordability is a primary needamong the disabled. In Moreno Valley,persons with developmental disabilities canlocate affordable housing. Moreno Valleyhas fifty-two licensed facilities for thedevelopmentally disabled with a capacity tohouse 374 persons. There are also thirty-twolicensed board and care facilities for disabledelderly persons, with the capacity to house174 persons. If a suitable, affordable homecannot be located in Moreno Valley, thereare five hundred licensed board and carefacilities in Riverside and San BernardinoCounty in which a disabled person can beplaced. According to service providers at theInland Regional Resource Center, placementin a suitable living arrangement can readilybe made in a short period of time.As a result of a partnership between AbilityFirst, formerly the Crippled Children’sSociety of Los Angeles and theRedevelopment Agency of the City ofMoreno Valley, there are twenty-fiveaffordable apartments for disabled adults inthe city of Moreno Valley. The project allowsdisabled adults to live independently inapartments designed with their needs inmind and in a setting that provides social,physical and other opportunities that mightnot be available to them in another setting.Page 8-23 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANCHART 8-8With Increasing Age - Greater Likelihood of Disability:1991-199290%80%70%60%50%40%30%20%10%0%

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANCHART 8-9Female Householders - 1990 CensusFemale Householders - 2000 Census21%32%79%68%With ChildrenWithout ChildrenWith ChildrenWithout ChildrenFemale households comprise 17% of thetotal household population in the city. Ofthe female households in Moreno Valley,68% (4,561) have children younger thaneighteen years of age present in thehousehold, while 60% of all households inthe city have children under eighteen. 12 Onaverage, single parent families in MorenoValley have 2.3 children per family. 13 Thehousing needs of female-headedhouseholds are typically related toaffordability and the need for adequate andsanitary housing within the constraints oftheir low incomes. Of all family groups,poverty is highest among householdsheaded by African American or Latino singlewomen with children under eighteen years.The poverty rate for female-headed familieshas not dropped below 35% since 1959. In1998, 38.7% of female-headed householdswith children under eighteen were poor,compared with 8.5% of all otherhouseholds. 14The need for affordable rental housing isgreatest among female-headed households.HUD estimates that there are 4.8 millionhouseholds nationwide with “worst case”housing needs that are not receivinghousing assistance. Worst case housingneeds are defined as living conditions inwhich the housing unit has severe physicalproblems or the household is paying morethan 50% of their income for rent, and thehousehold is not receiving housingassistance. Female-headed householdsare disproportionately represented in thisworst case needs group with 2.9 million or59% being female headed-families. 15 HUDalso estimates that female-headedhouseholds make up 33% of thehouseholds eligible for HUD assistance.8.3.12 Farm WorkersAccording to the California Department ofHousing and Community Development(HCD), there are no farm worker housingunits in the City of Moreno Valley.Comparatively, Riverside County has 1,000farm worker units with 400 of those unitscurrently permitted and in use. 16 Prior to1950, the area that is now the City ofMoreno Valley was primarily used foragricultural production. Land once utilizedfor farming has been developed. Farming isno longer a leading industry in the city.The County of Riverside 1999 AgriculturalCrop Report provides information onPage 8-25 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGagricultural production. Moreno Valley isincluded in the Riverside/Corona district thatcovers western Riverside County with SanJacinto and Temecula being in a separatedistrict. Although the amount of landdedicated to agricultural production inMoreno Valley has significantly declined,the district as a whole shows a slightlyhigher crop value in 1999 than in 1997:$29,046,200; 1998: $38,383,900; and 1999:$31,464,000. 17Although, only half of the 11,494 acresdedicated to citrus crops, within theRiverside/Corona District, were beingutilized in 1999, almost all the acreagededicated to tree and vine crops, vegetable,melon and miscellaneous crops was utilized(1,832 acres planted and harvested). Whatis occurring in the district is that the oncepredominant agricultural use which requiredlarge tracts of land and large numbers offarm workers is changing to one that ismore intensive on less acreage and canmore efficiently utilize fewer farm workers.In the two county region (Riverside and SanBernardino) farming as an industry was thesource of employment for 34,000 personsas of June 2000. 18 The farm labor forcecomprised 2% of the civilian labor force asof June 2000, in the two counties. In 1992,wages paid by growers/farmers to farmlaborers were $107,000,000 in the twocounty area and wages paid to laborers viacontractors were $52,000,000. 19Based on an ongoing study by theDepartment of Labor (DOL), 28% of farmworkers nationwide had personal incomesunder $2,500. Almost three-quarters hadpersonal incomes that did not exceed$10,000 and only one in seven had apersonal income over $12,500. Few farmworkers have assets. In a survey conducedby the Department of Labor Office, it wasdetermined that in 1994-95, about half ofthe farm workers (49%) owned a vehicleand about one third owned or were buying ahouse or trailer. 20 Since the survey wasMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANconducted across the United States indistinct agricultural regions, the applicabilityof the findings would be valid for farmworkers in Riverside County.The National Agricultural Workers Surveyfound that 10% of all farm workers livedalone, not sharing their housing with family,born workers were more likely to share aresidence with five or more people thanU.S. born workers (46% versus 19%respectively). 21co-workers or other individuals. Farmworkers born in the United States weremore likely than their foreign-borncounterparts to live in households thatconsisted of only one or two other people(44% versus 19%, respectively). Foreign-Among those farm workers who lived in anuclear family setting (containing a parent,spouse, or children), a relatively highnumber had non-family members also livingwith them. Among all farm workers, 20% ofthe nuclear families served as an anchor orhost for non-family members. However, themost common living pattern for farmworkers was to live exclusively with non-were muchrelatives. Male farm workersmore likely than their female counterparts toreside in living situations with only unrelatedindividuals. 228.3.13 Homeless NeedsThe City of Moreno Valley consulted withhomeless service providers to determine thenature and the needs of homeless personsin Moreno Valley. Homeless providers arereporting that the homeless population theyare serving is comprised of the chronicallyhomeless persons whose homelessness isthe result of chemical abuse, spousal orchild abuse, mental illness and lack ofindependent living skills. Homeless serviceproviders reported that 90% of thehomeless persons they serve becamehomeless as a result of substance abuseand 60% have problems related to spousalabuse and child abuse.Page 8-26 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGHomeless providers identified somedisturbing trends. The most alarming trendis that providers are serving younger men(eighteen to thirty years old) with drug andalcohol problems and no previous workexperience. Also, providers reported moreyouths among the homeless populationbeing served. Due to overcrowdedconditions in the juvenile system, youthsdeemed not violent are released and end upin homeless shelters. Homelessnessamong young adults ranging in age fromeighteen to twenty-one years of age, manyof who are coming out of foster care areending up in homeless shelters. Althoughthere has been a push to pass legislationthat would extend the foster careemancipation age from eighteen to twentycareyouth an additional three years hasone, the cost associated with housing fosterslowed progress of legislation.8.3.14 Homeless Survey in MorenoValleyIn February 2000, NeighborhoodPreservation staff and officers from theCity’s Problem Oriented Police teamconducted a homeless field survey in theCity of Moreno Valley. The survey wasconducted over two days and at two timeframes (5:30 a.m. to 7:30 a.m. and 8:00p.m. to 10:00 p.m.). The survey teamsvisited numerous locations in the city anddocumented the number of homelesspersons, their gender (male, female,children) their location and the type oftemporary shelter, if any.The teams counted a total of eighteenhomeless persons. Fifteen of the homelesswere men and three were women. One ofthe men lived in his car and two other menhad built a makeshift shelter from discardedMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANwood, while the rest did not have makeshiftshelters.The profile of the homeless populationprovided by service providers seems to fitthe persons identified in the survey. Basedon the teams’ observations the homelessidentified in the survey seem to be thechronically homeless. It was apparent fromthe police observations that most had somesort of chemical dependency or mentalillness. Also, those identified in the surveywere disproportionately younger men(eighteen to thirty years old).Based on the ongoing dialogue between theCity and homeless service providers, theCity has worked to focus its homelessresources on services that meet theidentified needs of Moreno Valley and itsneighboring communities. Consequently,the City has consistently funded shelterservices, homeless and counseling servicesfor youths, homeless services for victims ofdomestic violence including children, as wellas homeless prevention services.8.3.15 Commitment to HomelessServicesDuring the seven years of the currentHousing Element reporting period, the Cityof Moreno Valley has provided $221,790 ingrant funds to local homeless serviceproviders, for an average of $32,000 peryear. Of the funds provided by the City forhomeless services, $28,920 were forhomeless prevention in the form ofemergency rent, mortgage assistance andcredit counseling.Table 8-15 is a listing of the homelessservices funded by the City of MorenoValley during fiscal years 1991-1998.Page 8-27 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-15Program Services Provided FundingI Care ShelterHomeGenesis HomelessShelterMoreno ValleyShelterRiverside Men’sShelterOperationSafehouseAid to Victims ofDomestic ViolenceConsumer CreditCounselingCatholic CharitiesProvide shelter, food and counseling forhomeless families from Moreno Valley.Provide shelter, food and counseling services forhomeless families from Moreno Valley.Shelter services for homeless families.$ 25,175$ 50,995$ 15,000Provide shelter, food, clothing and counseling for$ 10,000single men.Provide shelter, food, counseling, and clothingand support services for runaway/throwaway $ 16,890children in a safe and supervised environment.A 24-hour crisis line, counseling and shelterservices to battered women and abused children.$ 74,810Services to prevent foreclosure andhomelessness $ 4,220Emergency rental/mortgage assistance and firstmonth rent/security deposit to low income$ 24,700families to prevent homelessness.TOTAL $ 221,790Source: City of Moreno Valley, Community Development Block Grant Program8.3.16 March Air Force Base MasterReuse Plan – Homeless Assistance PlanTable 8-16 lists the homelessprograms/services available at March AirReserve Base. Lutheran Social ServicesThe March Joint Powers Authority (JPA) is provides transitional shelter services forthe planning agency charged with single women with children. Minimum stayresponsibility for the reuse of March AFB.The JPA has responsibility for preparationis three months and the maximum is oneyear.and implementation of the Master ReusePlan. In conformance with the Steward B.McKinney Homeless Assistance Act of1987, the Department of Defense includedMarch AFB in a listing of available surplusproperties in the Federal Register publishedU.S. Vets provides transitional housing in a120 bed facility. The program is structuredas work re-entry for homeless veterans.Services include outreach and assessment,residential substance abuse treatment andin May of 1994. As a result of the senior and disable housing.publication and subsequent screening of theresponses, several applicants and theirproposed homeless assistance programshave been granted use of several buildingsThe Concerned Family provides a ninetyday transitional program for homelesswomen with children. Services include casemanagement and help securing permanenthousing and employment, training inindependent living skills.Page 8-28 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-16Existing Transitional Housing UnitsTransitional Housing Program Number of Units/Beds Target PopulationLutheran Social Services 22 one-bedroom apartments Women with childrenU.S. Vets 120 beds MenConcerned Family 200 beds Women with childrenTotal22 units / 320 beds8.3.17 Units at Risk of ConversionDuring the past thirty years, manyaffordable housing units were developedwith low interest mortgages or rentsubsidies, from the State or the Federalgovernments. In return, the owners wererequired to maintain rents affordable to lowincomeand very low-income households.However, many of the mortgages allowedprepayments, or opt outs, of rent subsidycontracts that would allow an owner tocharge market rents. Many of the assisteddevelopments built in the last thirty yearshave had the option to prepay, and/or optout of, affordability restrictions. Theprospect has created considerable alarm,both on the part of tenants, as well asCongress and housing advocates. To avertmass displacement of low-income tenants,Congress passed the Low-Income HousingPreservation and Resident HomeownershipAct (Title VI of the National AffordableHousing Act of 1990 (LIHPRHA). Theobjective of LIHPRHA is an extension oflow-income use restrictions while offeringowners alternative means of realizing areasonable return on their investment.In December of 1992, the City of MorenoValley had a total of 1,286 units, in fivedevelopments, financed with proceeds frommulti-family revenue bond issues. Pursuantto the regulatory agreements that governthe developments, 20% of the units had tobe leased or made available for lease tolower income households. A total of 257units were setaside in the fivedevelopments. However, only the MountainView Apartments had a requirement, per itsregulatory agreement, to maintain rents atlevels affordable to lower incomehouseholds.According to the Department of Housingand Urban Development (HUD), theaffordable rent for a lower incomehousehold (80% of median) seeking to renta three-bedroom apartment is $1,028.Based on rental survey of sixteen largerental complexes in the city, market rents inMoreno Valley range from $485 for a onebedroomapartment, up to $775 for a threebedroomapartment. Households at 80% ofmedian can afford the market rents inMoreno Valley based on the affordable rentranges as established by HUD. Again,according to HUD affordability guidelines, athree-bedroom apartment affordable tovery-low and low-income households shouldrent for $643. However, the results of thelocal rent survey illustrate that very lowincome(50% of median) and low-income(60% of median) households cannot afforda three-bedroom apartment at the MorenoValley market rate of $775.As of December of 1992, the inventory of atrisk units in Moreno Valley consisted ofmortgage revenue bond projects with userestriction that expired between 1995 andPage 8-29 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSING1999 (Table 8-17). Additional units at riskof conversion have not been built in the city.The Mountain View Apartments was theonly development that had to maintain rentson 20% of the units at levels not to exceed30% of income for lower incomehouseholds. The restrictions on the setaside units expired in 1998. The other fourprojects were also financed with multi-familybond proceeds. However, the bonds for theprojects were issued prior to 1986 and werenot required to set affordable rents basedon 30% of a household’s income. TheMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANprojects were only required to lease ormake the units available for lease to lowerincome households. Consequently, theremaining 229 set aside units were nevertruly rent restricted.At this time, the City of Moreno Valley doesnot have units at risk of conversion. Therent restricted units that the city has fundedthrough its Rental Rehabilitation Programare restricted for thirty years and still havebetween twenty-five and twenty-nine yearsleft on their affordability terms.TABLE 8-17Project Name/AddressMountain View Apartments13125 HeacockAshwood Apartments12315 Graham StreetSilverado Village13933 Chagall CourtEl Dorado Pointe12159 Calle SombraAffordable Units in Moreno ValleyLength ofControlsConversionDateTotal # ofUnitsSet AsideUnitsDateBuilt10 Years 1998 140 28 198810 Years 1995 120 24 198510 Years 1996 384 77 198610 Years 1999 312 62 1989TOTAL 1,286 2578.4 PROJECTED HOUSING NEEDS8.4.1 Regional Housing NeedsAllocationUnder State law, each incorporated city isrequired to analyze existing and projectedhousing need and develop animplementation program for its contributionto the attainment of the State housing goals.Furthermore, the projected housing needmust include a locality’s share of regionalhousing needs. State law requires allcouncils of governments to develop regionalallocations of housing needs for all incomelevels. This includes a determination ofcurrent and projected housing needs for theCounty as well as allocated totals at the Cityand County level.Projecting future needs, even for a relativelyshort time in the future, is difficult.Economic cycles and even major economicrestructuring such as was experienced atthe end of the cold war and in the 1990scan cause even the most exhaustiveprojections to unravel. Consequently, theprojections are not static but ever changingand must be adaptable to the social andeconomic needs of a community and theregion at large.Page 8-30 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGThe Regional Housing Needs Assessment(RHNA) is supposed to project futurepopulation and household growth for theplanning period from 2000-2005. TheRHNA forecasts a total housing need ofMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANadditional 3,556 units for Moreno Valley.The RHNA classifies this new constructionneed into income categories. The followingtable shows the RHNA by incomedistribution.TABLE 8-18Moreno Valley Regional Housing Needs Allocation2000-2005Income Category Units PercentVery Low-Income 569 16%Low-Income 462 13%Moderate-Income 818 23%Above Moderate-Income 1,707 48%Total Construction Need 3,556 100%Source: Revised from information provided via telephone by Don Thomas, HCD Analyst.In order to meet the projected housingneed, 711 units would need to be added tothe housing stock on an annual basis. Alook at Moreno Valley building activitybetween 1986 and 1999 shows the dramaticdecrease in construction activity since 1990(Table 8-14). After 1995 building permitsdid not exceed 250 per year.In the last few years housing activity hasincreased dramatically. Table 8-19 is asummary of housing produced or approvedduring the current planning period thatmeets RHNA requirements. A total of 9,774units have been approved or produced inthe four income categories. There are atotal of 6,218 units in excess of the 3,556required RHNA units.Table 8-19Income CategoryCity of Moreno ValleyHousing Produced or Approved Meeting RHNA RequirementRHNABuilt/ApprovedSince 1998RHNA BalanceVacant Acres/IncomeCategory569 571 +2 units inVery Low-305Income 23 excess of RHNALow-Income 24 462 507 +45 units in232excess ofRHNAModerate-818 2,147 +1,592 units in 428Single Family 26 263RHNAIncome 25excess ofAbove Moderate 27 1,707 6,286 +4,579 units in 6,563excess of RHNATotal 3,556 9,774 6,218 7,528Page 8-31 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSING8.4.2 Vacant Land InventoryState Law (California Government CodeSection 65583) requires cities and countiesto provide “adequate” sites with appropriatezoning and development standards,infrastructure and public services tofacilitate and encourage the development ofa variety of housing types for a range ofincome levels.8.4.3 Vacant Land InventoryMethodologyIn order to address the requirement toaccommodate the housing needs of variousincome groups, the City inventoried allvacant land with residential zoningdesignations, as well as non-residentialvacant land in which residentialdevelopment is permitted; office and officecommercial designations that allow thedevelopment of senior housing. The zoningdesignations in the inventory are based onthe existing General Plan. The citycompleted a parcel-by-parcel inventory of allvacant appropriately zoned land as well asan inventory of all specific plans. Theinventory is current as of October 2004. 28The land inventory will assist the City inmaking a determination of the number ofresidential units that could potentially bedeveloped during the housing elementplanning period in relation to the City’sMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANRegional Housing Needs Assessment(RHNA) share. The land inventory inTables 8-20, 8-21, 8-22 and 8-23 reflectsthe density and number of vacant acres ineach zoning designation and the potentialdevelopment yield. Based on Table 8-19 itwas determined that sites withredevelopment potential are not required toaccommodate the balance of the City’sregional need for the current planningperiod and that the existing vacant landidentified in the inventory will meet theRHNA needs for very low-income and lowincomehouseholds.8.4.4 Very Low-Income Housing PotentialVacant parcels in the Office, OfficeCommercial and those within theSunnymead Village Specific Plan (SP204)consisting of Village Office Residential,Village Commercial Residential and VillageResidential as well as R5 are included inTable 8-20. The table is a summary of the296 vacant acres zoned for multi-familyuses that could potentially result in a total331 very-low income multi-family housingunits. 29 In addition, it is anticipated thatthirty-four single family units will bedeveloped at prices affordable to very-lowincome households, for a total of 305 vacantacres and 365 possible very-low incomeunits. See Attachment 1 for a graphicrepresentation of the parcels noted in Table8-20.Page 8-32 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-20City of Moreno ValleyVery Low-Income Housing Development PotentialZoning DesignationDensity(Units/Acre)Vacant in Acres Number of Units 1O(Office) 2APN 486310024 30 9.84APN 484231016* 30 2.12APN 484231015* 30 2.14APN 482230013 30 8.30APN 482582040 30 1.92APN 486260010 30 8.45APN 484030011* 30 1.75APN 484030014** 30 2.30APN 484030013** 30 1.67APN 477210030 30 2.84APN 479230012** 30 2.32APN 479230011** 30 2.25APN 479230018 30 4.54APN 477220019 30 18.68APN 477220015** 30 8.97APN 477220012** 30 8.95APN 477220011* 30 18.44APN 479190014 30 2.06APN 482180074 30 2.57APN 479190002 30 2.31APN 292100010 30 2.43APN 256211001 30 2.22APN 475190005 30 2.89APN 484242016 30 4.02APN 479070043 30 1.29APN 479070042 30 2.04APN 479070041** 30 1.20APN 479070040** 30 1.46APN 291100052 30 8.11Total Office 2 138 33OC (Office Commercial) 2APN 486270017 30 2.13APN 486280008 30 2.25APN 486270018 30 1.59APN 486270008* 30 1.82APN 486280007* 30 2.24APN 486280006* 30 2.27APN 486280005* 30 2.22APN 486280004* 30 9.46Page 8-33 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-20 Cont’d.City of Moreno ValleyVery Low-Income Housing Development PotentialZoning DesignationDensity(Units/Acre)Vacant in Acres Number of Units 1Office Commercial Cont’d.APN 486280013* 30 2.38APN 486280012* 30 22.26APN 486270001,02,03,04** 30 1.95APN 486270019* 30 7.60APN 486270006* 30 4.61APN 486280011* 30 2.39APN 486280010* 30 2.19APN 486280002* 30 9.34APN 486280003* 30 27.19APN 479140023 & 24** 30 3.56APN 479131012* 30 3.56APN 479120027* 30 0.98APN 479120029* 0.65Total Office Commercial 113 27SP 204 VOR 3APN 482090012 15 4.34APN 481270040* 15 0.21APN 481270038* 15 0.11APN 481270044* 15 0.98APN 481130024* 15 0.45APN 481130025* 15 0.46APN 481120020* 15 0.59APN 481140021 15 0.92APN 481140024* 15 0.91APN 481140025* 15 0.91APN 481120021* 15 0.32Total SP 204 VOR 10 61SP 204 VCR 4APN 481140032 15 0.59APN 481140004 & 05* 15 1.33APN 481120014 & 13* 15 1.23APN 481120007 15 0.87APN 481120004 15 0.68APN 481101033 15 0.40APN 481112008 15 0.81APN 481101016 15 1.66Total SP 204 VCR 8 48Page 8-34 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-20 Cont’d.City of Moreno ValleyVery Low-Income Housing Development PotentialZoning DesignationDensity(Units/Acre)Vacant in Acres Number of Units 1SP 204 VR 5APN 482080014* 15 0.61APN 482080011* 15 0.84APN 482090013 15 4.31APN 482020056 & 58** 15 1.57APN 482050025 15 0.89APN 482020014 & 19** 15 1.07APN 482050005 15 0.89APN 481230047,48, 49, 50** 15 0.92APN 481230020* 15 0.61APN 481270026 & 27** 15 0.90APN 481270046* 15 0.31APN 481270058 15 1.40APN 481270015 15 0.22APN 481250003 & 02** 15 1.37APN 481270055 15 0.60APN 481270012 15 0.46APN 481270008* 15 0.45APN 481270007* 15 0.45APN 481200033 15 0.92APN 481200013 & 44** 15 0.90APN 481240001 15 0.91APN 481150024 15 0.92APN 481150026 & 27* 15 1.37APN 481130030 15 1.23APN 481130022 & 23* 15 0.92APN 481171007 & 11** 15 1.14APN 481171008* 15 1.25Total SP 204 VR 27 162R5 6APN 482161021,22,23,24**5 8.62 34Total Acres Vacant 305 365Page 8-35 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANFootnotes for Table 8-201 Units are calculated at 80% of the total density capacity and reflect historical development patterns in the city.2Office (O) and Office Commercial (OC) allow the development of senior housing at 15 units per acre. However, asenior development affordable to very low-income households can receive a 100% density bonus to 30 units peracre. The above unit number assumes that 1% of the land in the city zoned O and OC has the potential to bedeveloped as housing for very low-income seniors.3 Village Office Residential (VOR) allows multi-family residential and office in the Sunnymead Village Plan. Based onGeneral Plan traffic study assumptions, there is potential for the development of housing units at 50% of the densityallowed in this zone.4Village Commercial Residential (VCR) allows multi-family residential and commercial in the Sunnymead VillagePlan. Based on General Plan traffic study assumptions, there is potential for the development of housing units at50% of the density allowed in this zone.5Village Residential (VR) allows multi-family units in the Sunnymead Village Plan. It is anticipated that units in theVillage at Sunnymead will be built to the typical historical development pattern within the City.6 Portion of Agency owned land that could be developed as very low-income housing.* Denotes adjacent parcels that could be assembled for development.Inventory is current as of 2/06. Note that parcels not in the RDA have been included in this table and that someparcels previously included have been developed, thus they were removed from this most current inventory.Page 8-36 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGThe only residential development allowed inthe O and OC designations is seniorhousing. The City provides a 100% densitybonus for the development of housingaffordable to very low-income seniorhouseholds. It is assumed that 1% of allvacant O and OC acreage, withinRedevelopment Project Area couldpotentially develop as housing affordable tovery low-income households. If seniorhousing is developed within theRedevelopment Project Area, theRedevelopment Agency can providefinancial assistance, thus facilitating theproject and meeting State Redevelopmentrequirements. Accordingly, the assumptionthat 1% of all vacant O and OC acreage,within Redevelopment Project Area couldpotentially develop as housing affordable tovery low-income senior households is basedon the Agency’s experience vis-à-vis thefinancial assistance requirements ofaffordable senior housing and theanticipated growth in the senior populationin Moreno Valley.Historically, the Redevelopment Agency ofCity of Moreno Valley has assisted allaffordable housing developments in the cityby making available land and/or housingfunds. 1 However, given the current pace ofdevelopment in the city, it is anticipated thathousing the Agency’s financial participationwill not always be a pre-requisite to thedevelopment of affordable housing. Mostrecently, there has been development ofaffordable multi-family units solely via theuse of the density bonus program. Thus therevised inventory for very low-income units(Table 8-20) and for low-income units(Table 8-21) includes parcels outside theredevelopment area.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANIn the current planning period, the City hasproduced or approved 571 very-low-incomeunits as noted in Table 8-19.8.4.5 Low-Income Housing PotentialIn preparing the inventory for this incomecategory, staff considered the historicaldevelopment in the neighborhoods wherethe vacant land is located, anticipated rentalrates, sales price of existing product andexisting agreements in Specific Plans thatestablishes development parameters thatcould predispose development to a range ofincome categories.Table 8-21 is an inventory of all vacant landthat could potentially develop as housingaffordable to low-income households. 30 Thelow-income housing inventory consists of129 acres both in and outside theredevelopment area zoned for multi-familyhousing and 43 acres zoned for singlefamily housing resulting in a potential 1,717multi-family units and 174 single family unitsaffordable to low-income households. Thetotal vacant acreage in the low-incomerange is 232 acres with a total potentialyield of 1,891 units. See Attachment 2 fora graphic representation of the parcelsnoted in Table 8-21.1 The types of assistance the RedevelopmentAgency makes available include, land writedowns,gap financing, land donations, paymentof development and impact fees.Page 8-37 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-21City of Moreno ValleyLow-Income Housing Development PotentialZoning Designation Density (Units/Acre) Vacant in AcresNumber ofUnits 1R10APN 479140022 9.09APN 291120014 24.99Total R10 34 273R15APN 292211001* .40APN 292181001* 1.08APN 481281060 & 59** 3.67APN 479050001 1.46APN 479050003 & 04** 1.81APN 479050005, 06, 07** 4.34APN 481322045 1.74APN 264100008 4.87Total R15 19 228R20 2APN 485220017 10.20APN 484020010 & 22** 18.97APN 484020020* 10.88APN 486070004 9.95APN 291272001 & 02** 4.36APN 291283008 3.71Total R20 58 928SP 218 H 3APN 486300008 20 6.94APN 486280016 20 11.42Total SP 218 H 18 288R5 4APN 486091012* 5 .09APN 486091013* 5 .10APN 486091005 5 .17APN 486091016 5 .10APN 486091002 5 .17APN 486084010* 5 .09APN 486084011* 5 .10APN 486084006 5 .09APN 486084007 5 .09APN 485032001 5 .18APN 485020005 8.68APN 485032026 .22APN 485032013 .20APN 479132049 .21APN 479150007 9.89APN 482121001 4.19Page 8-38 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-21 Cont’d.City of Moreno ValleyLow-Income Housing Development PotentialZoning Designation Density (Units/Acre) Vacant in AcresNumber ofUnits 1APN 477140005 18.72APN 481090023 .09Total R5 3 43 174Total Acres Vacant 232Total Unit Potential 1,8911 Units are calculated at 80% of the total density capacity and reflect historical development patterns in the city.2Includes parcels outside the redevelopment area not included in the 2004 inventory.3Moreno Valley Field Station Specific Plan 218, October 1998, Section VIII, Land Use Plan VIII p.56.4 Several parcels included in the 2004 inventory have been developed, thus they have been removed from this 2/06inventory.* Denotes adjacent parcels that could be assembled for development.**Denotes adjacent parcels under one owner.In the current planning period, the City hasexceeded its low-income RHNArequirement by 330 units as noted in Table8-19. There is sufficient, appropriatelyzoned land to accommodate future need inthe low-income housing category.8.4.6 Moderate-Income HousingDevelopment PotentialThe inventory for moderate-income housingis comprised of equal parts R-5 vacantacreage and vacant acreage in SpecificPlans. The methodology for calculating themoderate income acreage is based onhistorical development trends in the R-5neighborhoods and Specific Plan areas,current prices and prevailing developmenttrends such as square footage andamenities of housing product.In the current planning period, the city hasexceeded its moderate-income RHNArequirements by 1,860 units as shown inTable 8-19. As shown in Table 8-22 a totalof 213 of the 428 vacant acres are zoned formulti-family housing with the balance of 215acres zoned for single-family housing.Combined, the total potential yield could be3,859 units affordable to moderate-incomehouseholds. 31Page 8-39 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-22City of Moreno ValleyModerate-Income Housing Development PotentialZoningDensity (Units/Acre) Vacant in Acres Number of Units 1DesignationSP 193 H 2 20 52.13 834SP 193 MH 2 17 40.15 546SP 207 MFR 3 15 17.47 210SP 209 C 20 16.75 268SP 209 PH3 R15 15 17.75 213SP 212-1 HD 4 20 52.1 834SP 214 H 5 20 10 160SP 218 H 6 20 6.6 106R5 7 4 860.19 688Total 428 3,8591 Units are calculated at 80% of the total density capacity and reflect historical development patterns in the city.2Moreno Valley Ranch Specific Plan 193, Amendment 5, June 1998, Executive Summary, p.2, Volume I.3 East Gate Specific Plan 207, Amendment 2, June 2004, Exhibit A, p.1, Volume I.4Moreno Highlands Specific Plan, Table I and Table II Statistical Analysis, Volume.5Cactus Corridor Specific Plan, Volume 2-Development Plan, p. III-4.6 Moreno Valley Field Station Specific Plan 218, October 1998, Section VIII, Land Use Plan VIII-, p. 56.7 It is assumed that a maximum of 25% of the 860.19 acres in R5 zoning will develop as moderate-income housingand the balance will develop in the above-moderate category.8.4.7 Above Moderate-Income HousingPotentialApproximately 80% of the vacant acreage inthe above moderate-income inventory isincluded in Specific Plans. The balance is amix of R-5, PD, and low-densitydesignations including RR and HR withdensities as low as 1 unit for 5 acres.Considering the amount of acreage inSpecific Plans, the low density nature of themajority of the acreage outside the SpecificPlans, as well as the predominantdevelopment patterns, sales prices anddevelopment restrictions resulting fromhillside locations and rural uses, the noted6,563 acres in Table 8-23 will likely developas housing affordable to above moderateincomehouseholds. 32 The 6,523 vacantacres noted in Table 8-23 could potentiallyyield 15,568 units affordable to abovemoderate-income households.With the exception of 46 acres with a multifamilyzoning designation, the remaining6,517 acres is designated as single family ofwhich 3,769 acres are zoned for one to twounits to the acre and one unit for five acres.In the current planning period, the city hasmet its above moderate-income RHNArequirements by an excess of 4,632 units,as detailed in Table 8-19.Page 8-40 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-23City of Moreno ValleyAbove-Moderate-Income Housing Development PotentialZoningDensity (Units/Acre) Vacant in Acres Number of Units 1DesignationSP 168 R5 5 1.64 7SP 193 ML 2 8 88.53 567SP 195 EST 2 50.24 80SP 212-1 MU 3 6 80.5 386SP 212-1 MD 3 8 151 966SP 212 LD 3 5.9 647.13 3,054SP 214 M 4 12 20.05 192SP 214 ML 4 8 35 224SP 214 L 4 5 26.32 105SP 214 VL 4 4 37.21 119SP 218 M 5 13.8 46.3 511SP 218 LM 5 7.21 360.2 2,078PD 4 135.44 433R5 6 4 860.19 2,064R3 3 469.39 1,127RA2 2 1592.39 2,548R2 2 178.69 286RR 7 1/unit for 5 acres 243.80 49R1 1 701.19 561HR 7 1/unit for 5 acres 1,053.1 211Total 6,563.26 15,5681 Units are calculated at 80% of the total density capacity and reflect historical development patterns in the city.2Moreno Valley Ranch Specific Plan 193, Amendment 5, June 1998, Executive Summary, page 2, Volume I.3Moreno Highlands Specific Plan, Table I and Table II Statistical Analysis, Volume.4Cactus Corridor Specific Plan, Volume 2-Development Plan, p. III-4.5 Moreno Valley Field Station Specific Plan 218, October, 1998, Section VIII, Land Use Plan VIII-, p. 566It is assumed that 75% of the total acreage will develop as above-moderate income housing due to location that haspredominantly developed in the above-moderate category.7In Hillside Residential (HR) and Rural Residential (RR), densities are based on the percentage slope calculation. 1unit for 5 acres has been utilized as an average density for these zoning designations due to the wide range ofslopes.8.4.8 EnvironmentalConstraintsThe only environmental constraint affectingthe sites is flood related. The sites are notimpacted by earthquake faults, railroads,March Air Reserve Base flight path or otherenvironmental constraints. Attachment 3 isa map of the sites on Table 8-20 and 8-21with an overlay of the flood areas that posean environmental constraint. As noted onAttachment 5, APN 481171007, 48117011and 481171008 are in flood zone X (whichis within the 500 year flood plain). Theseparcels can be developed as long thestructures are outside the immediateoverflow areas of the flood channels runningadjacent to the sites. Development in this ofparcels in the area has been approved andwill require flood insurance. APNPage 8-41 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSING481140032, 481101033 and 481101016 arelocated in flood Zone A, which is the 100year flood plain. Flood depths for this zoneare undetermined and would have to bedetermined by a surveyor prior todevelopment. Once the depths aredetermined, building foundations wouldhave to be raised and flood insurance wouldbe required. However, if floodimprovements are made to the area inwhich the parcels are located, prior todevelopment, the flooding constraint willhave been removed. However, at this time,no such improvements are planned eitherby County Flood Control or by the City ofMoreno Valley.All utilities, including gas, electric, water andsewer are available to the sites noted in theinventory. Edison service is available to allsites west of La Salle Street. In 2005, theCity of Moreno Valley established its ownelectric utility that will provide electricalservices to properties east of La SalleStreet.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANanalysis meets requirements as mandatedby California Government Code Section65583.8.4.10 Financial ResourcesIn 1991 the City of Moreno Valley’s firsthousing program was launched. The HomeImprovement Loan Program (HILP) was amodest program to provide rehabilitationloans to low-income owner-occupants. Atthis time, the City of Moreno Valley isutilizing three funding sources for housingprograms: Federal HOME funds,Redevelopment Agency Set-aside fundsand program income. The following exhibitoutlines the housing programs and theamounts budgeted for the seven-yearplanning period between 1998 and 2005covered by the Housing Element reportingrequirements. The HOME budget covers1999-2001. It is anticipated that atminimum, the City’s HOME allocation willremain constant throughout the five-yearplanning period at approximately $400,000.Attachments 4 and 5 provide a graphicpresentation of the water and sewerfacilities available to the sites/parcels notedin Tables 8-20 and 8-21. Attachment 6shows the gas utilities available.8.4.9 SummaryThe total number of new units requiredunder the RHNA is 3,556. The vacant landinventory in Tables 8-20- 8-23 makesevident the adequacy of the City’sappropriately zoned vacant land to meet theprojected housing need.A total of 7,528 vacant acres is availablewith a potential yield of 21,683 units for allincome categories. In addition, Table 8-19makes evident the City’s commitment andprogress in actually producing andfacilitating the production of units, in eachincome category, to meet the existingRHNA need. The Land Inventory based onEconomic Development Department staffPage 8-42 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-24PROPOSED REDEVELOPMENT AGENCY BUDGETAGENCY HOUSING SETASIDEFY 97-98(Actual)FY 98-99(Actual)FY 99-00(Budget)FY 00-01(Projected)FY 01-02(Projected)FY 02-03(Projected)FY 03-04(Projected)FY 04-05(Projected)FUNDFUND BALANCE AT JULY 1$6,171,218 $5,894,173 $6,100,751 $3,668,673 $2,867,216 $2,530,454 $1,868,671 $1,514,610(BEGINNING)TOTAL REVENUES $1,435,458 $1,368,577 $1,298,817 $1,196,388 $1,175,874 $1,178,987 $1,166,247 $1,169,300EXPENDITURESAGENCY FUNDED PROJECTS& PROGRAMSCOTTONWOOD PLACE(1,258,615)APARTMENTS(241,604)COTTONWOOD/INDIAN(10,309) (9,690)STREET IMPROVEMENTSHOMEBUYER ASSISTANCE(690,823)(200,000)PROGRAM (343,992)(300,000)DRACAEA/SCOTTY LANE(2,144)STREET IMPROVEMENTSOWNERSHIP HOUSING(750,000) (400,000)DEVELOPMENTRENT BUY-DOWN PILOT(35,565)PROGRAMMOBILEHOME(73,309)(100,000) (100,000)(100,000)REHABILITATION PROGRAM(119,651)(100,000)SINGLE-FAMILY(75,841)(336,839) (200,000)(250,000)REHABILITATION PROGRAM(113,161)(250,000)RENTAL REHABILITATION(10,460)(812,842) (200,000)(200,000)PROGRAM(176,227)(200,000)(200,000) (200,000)(100,000) (100,000)(300,000) (300,000)(300,000)Page 8-43 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-24 (CONT’D)PROPOSED REDEVELOPMENT AGENCY BUDGETFY 97-98(ACTUAL)FY 98-99(ACTUAL)FY 99-00(Budget)FY 00-01(Projected)FY 01-02(Projected)FY 02-03(Projected)FY 03-04(Projected)FY 04-05(Projected)SENIOR CO-OP SERVICES (500,000)ACQUISTION, REHABILITATION & RESALE PROGRAM (200,000) (100,000) (100,000)COTTONWOOD PLACE(762,000)APARTMENTS – PHASE IITOTAL PROJECT ANDPROGRAM FUNDED $(1,466,242) $(994,635) $(3,200,194) $(1,462,000) $(950,000) $(1,250,000) $(900,000) $(600,000)FUND BALANCE AT JUNE 30$6,100,751$2,530,454$1,514,610 $1,432,587(ENDING)* $ 5,894,173$3,668,673 $2,867,216$1,868,671*After administrative expenses.Page 8-44 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-25PROPOSED HOME BUDGETProgram Name HOME - CapitalProjects/Programs1999-2000FINALBUDGET1999-2000ORIGINALBUDGET1999-2000EXPENDITURESYTD @ 2/29/002000-2001REQUESTBASE BUDGET2000-2001CARRYOVERSBUDGETADJUSTMENTS2000-2001TOTALREQUEST INC/COCAPITALPROJECTS/PROGRAMSCHDO Unprogrammed $178,080 $178,080 $62,100 $178,080 $(54,750) $185,430Habitat for Humanity 39,512 39,512 39,512 54,750 94,262First Time Homebuyer Program 179,970 179,970 (179,970) -Home Improvement Loan 61,650 61,650 38,350 61,650 100,000Program (HILP)Mobile Home Rehabilitation 397,900 397,900 60,705337,195 337,195Grant ProgramAcquisition, Rehabilitation &$103,110 103,110Resale Program (ARRP)Homebuyer's Assistance$379,970 379,970Program (HAP)TOTAL CAPITAL PROJECTS $857,112 $857,112 $60,705 $583,530 $436,467 $1,199,967Page 8-45 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN8.4.11 Energy ConservationThe City of Moreno Valley, through itshousing rehabilitation programs providesgrants or loan funds that include work forenergy conservation repairs orreplacements. The City of Moreno Valley,through its Neighborhood Preservationdivision, participates in utility energyconservation programs sponsored byprivate sector utility companies. Whenhouseholds participating in the City’shousing rehabilitation programs requireadditional assistance in the area of energyconservation, utility discounts orreplacement of inefficient appliances, staffprovides information on programs availablethrough utility companies. Depending onthe availability of funds, utility companiesmake available weatherization services,replacement of inefficient air conditionerswith evaporative coolers, replacement ofrefrigerators that are over 10 years old,repair or replacement of inefficient furnacesas well as free energy efficient compactfluorescent light bulbs.8.5 PROJECTS AND PROGRAMS8.5.1 Cottonwood Place ApartmentsIn 1995, Palm Desert DevelopmentCompany (PDDC) began construction on a108-unit affordable apartment complex.The project consists of three and fourbedroom apartments. The RedevelopmentAgency provided $1.5 million in loan fundsfor the project and the City provided$500,000 in HOME funds, in the form of aloan as well. The developer also received aFederal tax credit allocation of $9 million forthe project. The rents in the developmentare affordable to families earningapproximately 46% of the Riverside Countymedian income, the maximum level allowedby the tax credit program. The developmentwas completed in the summer of 1998 andconsequently will be counted in the 2000-2005 Housing Element reporting period.Cottonwood Place ApartmentsPhase I Budgeted Amounts(Actual)RDA FY 1997-98: $1,258,615HOME FY 1997-98: $ 219RDA FY 1998-99: $ 241,604HOME FY 1998-99: $ 549,781Total: $2,050,2198.5.2 Cottonwood and Indian StreetImprovementsIn 1993, the Agency, working in conjunctionwith Coachella Valley Housing Coalition(CVHC) on the possible development of a30-unit apartment complex on a four acreparcel at the northeast corner ofCottonwood and Indian. Although theproject with CVHC did not come to pass theAgency has retained the site for futureaffordable housing development. Since thesite was unimproved, the Agency providedfunds to install sidewalk, curb, gutter and acatch basin. In addition the telephone poleswere placed underground and the streetwas widened.Cottonwood/Indian Street ImprovementsRDA FY 1997-98 $10,3098.5.3 Homebuyer Assistance Program(HAP)The Homebuyer Assistance Program (HAP)provides financial assistance to low andmoderate-income households to purchase ahome. Assistance is provided in the form ofdeferred-payment loans and may be usedfor the down payment and/or closing costs.The amount of assistance made available isbased on the potential buyer’s income, theprice of the house, and the geographic areain which the house is located. HousesPage 8-46 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGlocated within the city’s focusneighborhoods are eligible for maximumassistance of 20% of the purchase price, upto $20,000. Properties outside the focusneighborhoods, but within the city limits, areeligible for a maximum of 10% of thepurchase price, up to $10,000 in assistance.The buyer receives only what is necessaryto complete the purchase. The minimumcontribution required of the buyer is 3% ofthe purchase price, unless the buyer isutilizing Veteran’s benefits, in which case adown payment is not required.The HAP loan is a non-assumable, secondmortgage with no interest due in thirtyyears. If the property is sold, the buyerceases to occupy the property, or theproperty is refinanced during the term of theloan, the loan becomes due and payable.The City and owner share in the equity ofthe home. At sale, the City receives theamount loaned plus the percentage that theCity’s assistance constituted as apercentage of the original purchase price,which is applied to the gain on the sale ofthe home.Homebuyer Assistance Program (HAP)RDA FY 1998-99: $ 343,992RDA FY 1999-00: $ 690,823HOME FY 2000-01: $ 379,970RDA FY 2001-02: $ 300,000RDA FY 2002-03: $ 200,000RDA FY 2003-04: $ 200,000RDA FY 2004-05: $ 200,000Total: $2,494,7558.5.4 Dracaea and Scotty Lane StreetImprovementsIn 1993, the Redevelopment Agencyentered into an agreement with Habitat forHumanity to assist in the development of alimited number of single- family homes forvery low-income families. Funds expendedfor the Dracaea Avenue and Scotty LaneMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANImprovements were part of the agreementto support Habitat in its development ofaffordable ownership units. The DracaeaAvenue and Scotty Lane improvementsconsisted of curb, gutter and sidewalks onScotty Lane as well as a driveway approachinto Scotty Lane.Dracaea and Scotty LaneImprovementsRDA FY 1997-98 $2,1448.5.5 Ownership Housing DevelopmentThe Agency owns a total of sixteen acres ofdevelopable land in six sites (Appendix -Policy 3.1.02). Under the OwnershipHousing Development program, the Agencywill work with either non-profit or for profitdevelopers to develop affordable ownershiphousing for low and moderate-incomehouseholds. The new housing will likely bea combination of single family detached andattached ownership units depending on thesize of the parcel and the location.Ownership Housing DevelopmentRDA FY 1999-00 $ 750,000RDA FY 2002-03 $ 400,000Total $1,150,0008.5.6 Rent Buy-Down Pilot ProgramThe rent buy-down program was a pilotprogram approved in 1995. The program,an initial test case for the City, paid thedifference between market rents andaffordable rents for low-income tenants. Therent buy-down program was developed as aresponse to the combination of the softrental market and the recession of the1990s. For an extended period of time itwas difficult for owners of apartments tokeep projects afloat due to the high vacancyrates in the Inland Empire. It was alsodifficult for low-income households to rentdecent, affordable housing due to thePage 8-47 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGfaltering economy that resulted in poor jobsecurity and low wages.Rent Buy-Down Pilot ProgramRDA 1997-98 (Actual) $35,565Under the program, the tenant paid theaffordable rent based on income at 40%and 50% of median area income, and theAgency paid the difference up to marketrent. The program initially assisted ten unitsin a fifty-four-unit complex and eventuallyassisted a total of eighteen units in thesame complex. The program was lastfunded in fiscal year 1997-98, at which timeit was determined that given the rebound inthe economy the City had opportunities tofund more permanent rental housingoptions.8.5.7 Mobile-Home RehabilitationProgramThe mobile-home rehabilitation programwas first funded with HOME funds receivedfrom the State of California. The programhas been active since 1993. The programprovides very low-income mobile-homeowners with a one-time grant to makerepairs to their mobiles. The maximumamount of the grant is $7,500. Funds arefirst applied to correct health and safetyitems, followed by general home repairs.There are seven mobile-home parks inMoreno Valley. The type of housingavailable in these parks is often the mostaffordable housing utilized by the elderlyand very low-income families. The programrequires that the mobile be owner-occupiedand that the owner/borrower continue toreside in the property for a minimum of oneyear after completion of the rehabilitation.There is currently a nine to twelve monthwait to receive assistance under theprogram. A total of 279 households haveMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANbeen assisted through the mobile-homegrant program in the past seven years.Mobile-Home Rehabilitation ProgramRDA FY 1997-98 $ 73,309(Actual)HOME FY 1997-98 $ 147,715(Actual)RDA FY 1998-99 $ 119,651(Actual)HOME FY 1998-99 $ 75,595(Actual)RDA FY 1999-00 $ 100,000HOME FY 1999-00 $ 397,900RDA FY 2000-01 $ 100,000HOME FY 2000-01 $ 337,195RDA FY 2001-02 $ 100,000RDA FY 2002-03 $ 100,000RDA FY 2003-04 $ 100,000RDA FY 2004-05 $ 100,000Total: $1,750,6658.5.8 Single Family RehabilitationProgram (HILP) and (HAMR)The Home Improvement Loan Program(HILP) provides a $15,000 maximum loan at3% annual interest. Payments and interestare deferred, or postponed for twenty years,or when the owner sells or ceases tooccupy the property. The program assistsowner-occupants who have equity in theirhome and have multiple repairs andimprovements to make. To be eligible for aHILP loan, an owner must have occupiedthe property for at least one year and haveincome at 80% of median or less, adjustedfor family size.Homeowner Assistance for MinorRehabilitation (HAMR) provides a $7,500maximum loan with a 3% to 5% annualinterest rate. Payments on HAMR loans areamortized, or spread equally over ten yearsand can be approximately $71 to $78 perPage 8-48 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANmonth. Upon sale, refinancing or if theowner ceases to occupy the property, theloan becomes due and payable. TheHAMR loan is designed for borrowersneeding minor repairs such as new fencing,front yard landscaping, or a new roof.Household income must not exceed 120%of the area median income.Single Family Rehabilitation ProgramRDA FY 1997-98 (Actual) $ 75,841RDA FY 1998-99 (Actual) $ 113,161RDA FY 1999-00 $ 336,839HOME FY 1999-00 (HILP) $ 61,650RDA FY 2000-01 $ 200,000HOME FY 2000-01 $ 100,000RDA FY 2001-02 $ 250,000RDA FY 2002-03 $ 250,000RDA FY 2003-04 $ 300,000RDA FY 2004-05 $ 300,000Total: $1,987,4918.5.9 Rental Rehabilitation Program(RRP)The purpose of the Rental RehabilitationProgram (RRP) is to provide loan funds toencourage the rehabilitation of rental unitsin order to expand the supply of decent,safe and sanitary housing that is affordableto low and moderate income households.Rental rehabilitation funds are available toinvestor-owners of distressed rentalproperties, citywide. The interest rate is 5%and the minimum loan amount per project is$3,000. Two loans are available:Rental Rehabilitation ProgramRDA FY 997-98(Actual) $ 10,460RDA FY 1998-99(Actual) $ 176,227RDA FY 1999-00 $ 812,842RDA FY 2000-01 $ 200,000RDA FY 2001-02 $ 200,000RDA FY 2002-03 $ 200,000RDA FY 2003-04 $ 300,000Total $1,899,529• A five-year loan up to $7,500 per unit.Payments are fully amortized over thefive years.• A twenty-year loan up to $35,000 perunit. Payments are deferred for the firstyear and commence in year two with anineteen-year amortization schedule.Potential borrowers must demonstrate thefinancial capacity to secure and repay theloan. Eighty percent of the units to berehabilitated must be occupied byhouseholds with incomes at or less than60% of the area median income. Rentrestrictions apply during the term of theRRP loan.8.5.10 Senior Co-op ServicesDuring the 2000-01 fiscal year, CooperativeServices Inc. (a non-profit corporation thathas developed affordable senior housing forover ten years) submitted an application tothe U.S. Department of Housing andCommunity Development (HUD) for aSection 202 grant. Cooperative Serviceshas received a total allocation of $7.3 millionfrom HUD. It is anticipated that projectconstruction will commence in 2001.Senior Co-op ServicesRDA FY 1999-2000 $500,000Page 8-49 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSING8.5.11 Cottonwood Place ApartmentPhase IIIn early 2000, Palm Desert DevelopmentCorporation (PDDC) sought approval forPhase II of Cottonwood Place Apartments,proposing to develop 61 apartments. Of thenew units added, 54 would be reserved forvery low-income households at rents notexceeding an overall project average of48.25% of the Riverside County medianincome. However, PDDC did not receive aFederal tax credit allocation for phase II. Itis anticipated that within the next two yearsan allocation may be received and at thattime a dollar amount will be budgeted forthis particular project.Cottonwood Place ApartmentsPhase IIRDA FY 2000-01 $762,0008.5.12 Funds Available for PreservingUnits at Risk of ConversionThe City of Moreno Valley does not havehousing units at risk of conversion duringthe five-year planning period (Table 14). Allaffordable multi-family units assisted by theCity have affordability requirements. Unitswith affordability requirements have asignificant time of affordability remaining. Atthis time there is no need to designate fundsfor the preservation of units at risk ofconversion.8.6 CONSTRAINTS ON HOUSINGThe availability of affordable housing for allincome levels can be impacted by a varietyof factors. Some of the factors are marketrelated, such as financing, land costs andconstruction costs.8.6.1 Governmental ConstraintsMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANdevelopment standards, fees, andenvironmental concerns. As part of theHousing Element analysis, jurisdictions arerequired to analyze both governmental andnon-governmental constraints on the supplyof affordable housing.8.6.2 Land Use ControlsThe General Plan, Specific Plans andDevelopment Code (Title 9 of the MunicipalCode) establish standards and guidelinesfor the use and development of land withinMoreno Valley. They consist of land usemap(s), goals, objectives, policies andordinances that set forth the rules regardingthe distribution, density and design ofhousing projects as well as individualresidences.The City’s land use controls allow for a widevariety of housing types and densities.Neighborhoods range from rural to urban incharacter, from single-family homes onlarge lots to multifamily housing of twentydwellings per acre. Tables 8-20-23 is asummary of the residential land use andzoning designations for Moreno Valley. Asof the year 2000, there was an extensiveamount of undeveloped land in the City,encompassing the entire range of housingchoices. Land availability and zoning for alltypes of housing is not a constraint onhousing in Moreno Valley. The primaryconstraint on the development of multifamilyhousing has been a marketconstraint. The market has not deemed itprofitable enough to construct multi-familyhousing. During the last housing elementreporting period (1990-1997), all of themulti-family housing constructed in the cityhas been done with the financial assistanceof the Redevelopment Agency of the City ofMoreno Valley. However, with an improvedeconomy it is anticipated that the marketconstraint on multi-family housingconstruction will diminish.By comparison, other constraints are relatedto governmental requirements such asPage 8-50 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSING8.6.3 Mobilehome ParksMobilehome parks are allowed in anyresidential zone with a conditional usepermit. This allows for maximum designflexibility. There are no establishedstandards for the design of mobilehomespaces, however, as part of the HousingElement analysis, the City has as one of itsgoals, to establish development standardsfor mobilehome parks and mobilehonesubdivisions. Perhaps the establishment ofspecific standards may encourage suchdevelopment, however, practically speaking,no inquiries for new mobilehome parks havebeen received in recent years.Currently, mobilehome parks must be largeenough to allow for professionalmanagement and a decent livingenvironment and each mobilehome parkMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANmust include a minimum of 5 acres andrecreational amenities for the tenants. Itwould not be financially advantageous todevelop mobilehome parks on land zonedfor multifamily housing since you could notachieve the higher density given the singlestory nature of the units. Accordingly, itwould not be financially feasible to developmobilehome parks in residentialdesignations lower than R5. In Table 8-28a total 670 R-5 vacant acres in fifty-nineparcels ranging in size from five acres tothirty-five are adequate in both size andzoning for development of mobilehomeparks. It is important to note that the City ofMoreno Valley does not have oversight ofthe operation of mobilehome parks; theState Department of Housing andCommunity Development has oversight ofall mobilehome parks in the city.TABLE 8-26ZoningDesignationSites Available Through Appropriate ZoningFor Mobilehome ParksNumber ofUnits 1Density(Units/Acre)Vacant inAcresNumber of Parcels5 Acres and LargerR5 2 4 670 2,144 591 Units calculated at 80% of the total density capacity and reflect typical historical development patterns in the City.2R-5 acreage in specific plans is not included. It is assumed that in specific plans, development of R5 acreage wouldfollow the predominant development pattern.8.6.4 Manufactured HomesManufactured homes are allowed onindividual lots of 7,200 square feet or morein area. Manufactured homes on individuallots are subject to the same designguidelines as conventional homes. Therehas been no expressed interest in providingmanufactured housing on individual lots ofless than 7,200 square feet in MorenoValley. Based on the City’s inventory ofvacant sites, there is a total 4,319 acres ofappropriately zoned land that couldpotentially develop as manufacturedhousing, resulting in a possible 5,105 units.Vacant land in Specific Plans in which thepredominant development is stick-builthousing has not been included in theinventory since it is unlikely thatmanufactured housing would likely developgiven the constraints of the Plan and theexisting development pattern.Page 8-51 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-27Sites Available Through Appropriate ZoningFor Manufactured HousingZoning Designation Density (Units/Acre) Vacant in Acres Number of Units 1R5 5 80.65 322.6R3 3 469.39 1,127RA2 2 1592.39 2,548R2 2 178.69 286RR 3 1/unit for 5 acres 243.80 49R1 1 701.19 561HR 3 1/unit for 5 acres 1,053.1 211Total 4 4,319 5,1051 Units are calculated at 80% of total density capacity and reflect typical historical development patterns in the City.2 It is assumed that 25% of the total 860.19 vacant R5 acres would develop as moderate income housing andconsequently could potentially be developed as manufactured housing.3In Hillside Residential (HR) and Rural Residential (RR), densities are based on the percentage slope calculation. 1unit for 5 acres has been utilized as an average density for these zoning designations due to wide range of slopes.4R-5 acreage in specific plans is not included. It is assumed that in specific plans, development of R5 acreage wouldfollow the predominant development pattern.8.6.5 Transitional Housing andEmergency SheltersAny existing single-family or multi-familydwelling can be used as transitionalhousing. In addition, boarding and roominghouses can be operated in the RR, HR andmulti-family residential zones, without aconditional use permit. Table 8-16 is aninventory of existing transitional housingfacilities in the city. The City of MorenoValley’s membership in the March JointPowers Authority has already resulted in thecreation of transitional housing units andfacilitates.Table 8-28 illustrates the opportunitiesavailable for transitional housing in the formof vacant land, appropriately zoned for sucha housing use. Notwithstanding, the 5,200acres, appropriately zoned for transitionalhousing, it is the City’s estimate that atmaximum 1% of all possible units may bededicated to transitional housing.Furthermore, because of the City of MorenoValley’s membership in the Joint PowersAuthority for March Reserve Base, it is acompelling assumption that most of thefuture transitional housing will be developedat March where we currently have twentytwounits of transitional housing and 320transitional beds.The City of Moreno Valley General Planallows homeless shelters with conditionaluse permits in the following zones:Commercial, Office and Industrial/BusinessPark. Homeless shelters are a permitteduse in the Public zone. Table 8-29inventories all of the vacant landappropriately zoned for homeless shelters.In total, the City of Moreno Valley has 2,044vacant acres available for shelters.Although only sixty-eight acres are zonedfor homeless shelters as a permitted use,the acreage seems to be adequate,especially since March Air Reserve Base isalso available for shelter use.All vacant, public zoned acreage is ownedby the City of Moreno Valley, thus makingthe possibility of developing homelessshelters more viable due to the inherentbenefit of such facilities to the community.Notwithstanding, the vacant public zonedacreage, it is most likely that homelessshelters would be developed at March AirReserve Base. In contrast to financing thePage 8-52 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGconstruction of a new shelter, or leasing afacility at market rate, March has existingdormitories that could be converted forshelter use, thus making the development ofa shelter more financially feasible.TABLE 8-28MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANThe development review process for ahomeless shelter would be identical to theCity’s review process as outlined in Section8.6.7. Non-profit applicants would receive a25% discount on the fee for a homelessapplication.Vacant Land Appropriately Zoned for Transitional HousingZoning Designation Density (Units/Acre) Vacant in Acres Number of Units 1SP 204 VOR 15 10.20 77SP 204 VCR 15 8.32 62SP 204 VR 15 36.66 275R10 10 34.08 273R15 15 11.89 143R20 20 18.85 302SP 218 H 20 10 160SP 193 H 20 52.13 834SP 193 MH 17 40.15 546SP 207 MFR 15 17.47 210SP 209 C 20 16.75 268SP 209 PH3 R15 15 17.75 213SP 212-1 HD 20 52.1 834SP 214 H 20 10 160SP 218 H 20 6.6 106SP 214 M 12 20.05 192SP 218 M 13.8 46.3 511Total 505 5,195Transitional Housing914Unit Potential 2 521 Units are calculated at 80% of total density capacity and reflect typical historical development patterns in the City.2 It is assumed that no more than 1% of all possible units would be developed as transitional housing.Page 8-53 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-29Vacant Land Appropriately Zoned for Homeless SheltersZoning DesignationVacant in AcresCommercial 672Industrial Business Park 1,120Office 184Public 68Total 2,044The City of Moreno Valley, as a member ofthe March Joint Powers Authority (JPA)participates in the reuse of the basefacilities for housing the homeless. At thistime, three transitional housing programsare operated at March, which is locatedalong the City’s boundary.The City of Moreno Valley does not restrictthe siting of shelters beyond therequirement that shelters be located withinthe allowed land use designations(Commercial, Office and Industrial/BusinessPark). Shelter applications would beforwarded to the Moreno Valley UnifiedSchool District for review and comment. Ifthe district had concerns regarding theproximity of a proposed shelter to schools,the location and/or hours of operation itcould be necessary for a shelter to seekidentify and alternate location or modify itshours of operation.The conditional use permit issued by theCity of Moreno Valley is valid for threeyears. A shelter facility must beginoperation within three years of issuance ofthe conditional use permit. If the facilitydoes not begin operation within the threeyears, a new application would be required.A shelter must provide one parking spacefor every four beds. If ancillary services areto be provided at the shelter, such as freemeals for persons not residing in theshelter, additional parking would berequired. The shelter applicant couldsubmit a parking study for comparable usesat a comparable facility in order to providethe City with examples of parkingrequirements.All shelters would be required to developtheir site in accordance with their approvedplans, the Development Code, LandscapeDevelopment Guidelines and Specifications,and the General Plan. If the shelterapplication is for new construction, the timefrom application to issuance of theConditional Use Permit would beapproximately be six months. However, ifthe application involved an existing buildingthat would only require modifications andtenant improvements, the approval fromtime of application to the issuance of theConditional Use Permit would beapproximately three months. In general, theapproval timeframe for a shelter would beno longer than any other applicationrequiring a Conditional Use Permit. It is theCity of Moreno Valley’s conclusion thatthere are no significant constraints to thedevelopment of shelters in the city.8.6.6 Development Review ProcessesThe development review process isintended to implement general planpolicies and other adopted policy anddesign standards, regulation andguidelines.Page 8-54 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSING8.6.7 Permit ProcessingThe following is a summary of the approvalprocess for a typical multiple-family housingproject:1. Prepare and submit application. Theapplicant prepares plans, maps andother materials necessary to review theproject and submits the application tothe Planning Division.2. Receive application. The PlanningDivision reviews the materials submittedas part of the application. If the submittalis complete, it is taken in and assignedto a planner.3. Process application. The PlanningDepartment processes the application incoordination with other departments andagencies as necessary. Processingnormally includes:a. The planner distributes copies of theproposed plans to affected agenciesand departments and schedules thecase for review at a meeting of theProject Review Staff Committee(PRSC). The PRSC consists ofrepresentatives from various citydepartments.b. The planner reviews the proposedplans to determine if they meet thecurrent rules, regulations andpolicies. The planner alsoprepares an environmental initialstudy pursuant to the CaliforniaEnvironmental Quality Act (CEQA).Depending upon the location andpotential impacts of the project,additional environmental studiesmay be required. The informationprovided in the environmentalstudies may be necessary for theCity to make the appropriateenvironmental determination: ACategorical Exemption, NegativeDeclaration, Mitigated NegativeMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANDeclaration, or determine that anEnvironmental Impact Report mustbe prepared.c. PRSC meets to determine if thereare issues that need to be discussedwith the applicant. If not, PRSCcomments are mailed to theapplicant. If there are issues to bediscussed, the applicant is invited tomeet with the PRSC. Some of thematters that are typically discussedat the PRSC meeting are requiredrevisions to the proposed plans andthe need for additional information orstudies.d. The applicant prepares the studies,if required, revises the proposedplans in accordance with the PRSCcomments and submits to the Cityfor review. If the studies and plansare acceptable, each departmentsubmits its proposed conditions ofapproval to the planner.e. The planner schedules the case forhearing before the PlanningCommission. A notice of thePlanning Commission hearing andthe proposed environmentaldetermination is then published inthe local newspaper. The notice ispublished a minimum of 20 days inadvance of the hearing for a typicalmulti-family project. Thiscorresponds to the minimum publicreview period for a NegativeDeclaration as required by CEQA.The planner then mails notice of thehearing to property owners within300 feet of the project and alsoposts a public notice sign on theproject site.f. The planner prepares a PlanningCommission Staff Report describingthe staff recommendation andproposed conditions of approval.The report is sent to the PlanningPage 8-55 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGCommission and the applicant inadvance of the public hearing.4. Hold public hearing. A public hearingis held before the Planning Commission.The applicant and the public are invitedto testify before the Commission. TheCommission’s decision includes theenvironmental determination as well asthe project itself. Any party can appealthe decision of the PlanningCommission within 15 working daysafter the decision. A of $580.75 fee ispaid to the City to file an appeal. Theappeal hearing, which is publiclynoticed, is held before the City Council.The appeal hearing takes placeapproximately 30 days after the filing ofthe appeal.The entire process is generally completedwithin four to six months. Processing timecan be longer for housing projectsaccompanied by a zone change or generalplan amendment that must be approved bythe City Council. Cases that must go to theCity Council would require an additional 30days.Delays in processing applications forresidential development can add to housingcosts. While eliminating the public hearingprocess could save time, it would notsubstantially reduce processing times. Thelength of time is primarily a function of thecomplexity of the issues and the time ittakes to prepare studies to meet State andFederal environmental requirements and toaddress concerns brought up by neighborsand redesign projects. In addition,elimination of the public hearings would notexempt the City from delays due to thepublic noticing requirements specified inCEQA. On the other hand, it would havethe undesirable effect of decreasing theopportunity for members of the public tohear and provide testimony on proposalsthat affect their neighborhoods andcommunities.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN8.6.8 Design RequirementsThe following describes the types of designrequirements imposed on multifamilydevelopment and the impact of thoserequirements on the cost and supply ofhousing affordable to lower-incomehouseholds. However, the designguidelines do not pose a significantconstraint on the development of housing inMoreno Valley.In the city’s development code, the GeneralDesign Guidelines, excluding parking whichis addressed in 8.6.10, are noted as follows:1. Ground-floor dwellings should havea front and back entry, one of whichis the main entry for the use ofguests and is oriented to their arrivalpoints.2. Each multi-family unit should have atleast one hundred square feet ofprivate open space which mayconsist of a fenced yard area, patioor balcony. Fenced yards andpatios shall have a minimumdimension of at least eight feet.Balconies shall be at least five feetdeep.3. Individual units should have a porchor porch-like space at the front door.4. Trash enclosures shall be located toprovide a maximum walking distanceof two hundred fifty feet from theunits they serve.5. Trash enclosures shall be designedto be compatible with the project’sarchitecture, perhaps includingroofs, treated walls, special doors,enhance landscaping or enhancedpaving. “Special doors” refers todoors that open sufficiently to allowcollection vehicles to mechanicallylift out commercial size trashcontainers.6. Trash enclosures shall not belocated on dead end drive aisles,unless adequate turnaround isprovided for collection vehicles.Page 8-56 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSING7. Drive aisles should be curved andshould incorporated landscaping andpaving treatments to reduce vehiclespeed. Landscaping treatmentsmay include pinched planters and amix of canopy and vertical trees.Paving treatments may includeinterlocking paver bands or etchingacross drives. Speed bumps orbotts dots are not an acceptablealternative.8. Freestanding structures, likegazebos or pergolas, should belocated to define activity nodes atpathway intersections or in secludedlandscape areas.9. Buffer setbacks and landscapingshall be provided along all propertylines. Buffers may also beappropriate within the complex,separating recreational areas fromunits and limiting line of sightbetween balconies and into parkingareas.10. Individual dwelling units should bedistinguishable from one anotherand have separate entrances.11. Multi-family units shall be clusteredto minimize grading and to helpmaintain the natural landscape.12. Stacked flat condominiumarrangements shall be discouraged,while townhouse styles shall beencouraged.13. When appropriate, multifamilyprojects shall be designed for theneeds of families with small children,the disable and the elderly. Forexample, children’s needs wouldrequire open space, tot lots,handrails, and enclosed yards onground floor units. Disabled orelderly needs would require ramps,parking close to units, minimum andgradual elevation changes andelevators.14. Architectural features should beused to increase privacy fromnearby units and common or publicspaces.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN15. Roof forms should be mixed andcombined to vary the perception ofbuilding height, to differentiate unitsand to add interest to building mass.The long, straight roofline of a singlegable shall be discouraged.16. A diagram of the complex showingthe location of the viewer and thebuilding designations shall bepositioned at each entrance of amulti-family development.17. Senior housing warrants specialdesign considerations, including:a) Intimate, shaded outdoor seatingarea;b) A network of pathways, providinginteresting walking experiences;c) Gentle slopes for outdoor pathwaysand ramps to entry doors andbetween floors;d) Convenient and attractive access totransit, including portecocheres,information kiosks, seating areasand water elements;e) Security;f) Direct ambulance access;g) Parking close to units;h) Elevators.Parking and open space requirementsprobably have the greatest potential effecton the cost of housing. The land the mustbe devoted to parking and open spaceconstrains the amount of land available forhousing. In some cases, this could make itmore difficult to achieve the highestresidential densities allowed under zoningregulations.There are a variety of design requirementsimposed on multifamily development thatcan affect the cost of housing development.The design guidelines are intended topromote quality site planning andarchitecture without restricting innovation orcreativity. The design guidelines do notpose a constraint on the development ofhousing in the City of Moreno Valley butrepresent city policy with respect to thePage 8-57 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGquality of design expected for all projectswithin the city.8.6.9 Open Space RequirementsThe Municipal Code requires a minimumamount of common and private open spacefor multi-family development. Common openspace must total a minimum of 33% of eachdevelopment. This area includes therequired setbacks, common recreationfacilities and other common open spaceareas. In addition, each dwelling unit shouldhave at least 100 square feet of privateopen space such as a private patio forground floor units or a balcony for unitsabove the ground floor.8.6.10 Parking RequirementsParking requirements can have a potentialimpact on the supply and cost of housing,possibly resulting in a constraint on housingdevelopment. In the case of multiple familyhousing, the land dedicated for parking,constrains the amount of land available tobuild housing units. This could make itmore difficult to achieve the highestallowable residential densities. Forexample, buildings might have to be threestories instead of two stories to provide areafor the required number of parking spaces.It is less of a constraint for affordablehousing because affordable developmentsare generally smaller. The requirement forMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANcovered parking may also be a constraint,because garages or carports add to the costof housing development.With respect to single-family developments,a two-car garage is required for each singlefamilyresidence. Two covered parkingspaces (either carports or garages) arerequired for second units. One uncoveredparking space is required for granny units.This requirement has not impacted ourability to meet allowed density.With respect to multiple familydevelopments, Moreno Valley reduced itsparking requirements in recognition of thepotential constraint that parking could haveon housing development. The parkingstandards within the Moreno Valley RanchSpecific Plan were reduced in November of2003. The Eastgate Specific Plan parkingstandards were reduced in June of 2004.The citywide parking standards for multiplefamily housing were modified in Novemberof 2004.The adjustments noted in Table 8-30substantially reduced the potentialconstraint that parking requirement mighthave placed on housing development inMoreno Valley. Except for sites with uniquetopographic or site configurations (utilityeasements, more than tow street frontages),projects have been generally approved at ornear the maximum allowed density.Page 8-58 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-30Parking RequirementsType of Dwelling Original Parking Standard *New Parking StandardStudio multifamily unit 1.5 spaces (1 covered) 1.25 spaces (1 covered)One-bedroom multifamily 1.5 spaces (1 covered) 1.5 spaces (1 covered)Two-bedroom multifamily 2.5 spaces (2 covered) 2 spaces (1 covered)Three or more bedrooms 2.5 spaces (2 covered) 2.5 spaces (1 covered)All multiple family projects RV parking required No RV parking requiredAll housing types Bicycle parking required No bicycle parking required* One quarter (0.25) of a parking space per multifamily unit must be available to guests. Guest parking is includedin the parking standard.** x spaces (y covered) means x parking spaces are required, y of which must be within a carport or a garage.*** The parking standard for senior housing is 1 covered space/studio unit, 1.25 spaces/1 bedroom unit (1covered)and 1.5 spaces/2+bedroom unit (1 covered). The standards may be reduced subject to approval of a parking study.Design requirements are necessary toensure that all housing developments inMoreno Valley remain safe, convenient anddecent places to live for years to comeregardless of the income level of theresidents. These are not considered seriousconstraints on housing development.Reductions to the design standards couldbe used as incentives for eligible housingprojects under density bonus law.Incentives are available to projects withspecified percentages of units reserved forseniors or lower income households.8.6.11 Development StandardsResidential development standards areintended not only to protect public healthand safety. Some of the residentialdevelopment standards are intended topromote the general welfare of thecommunity by creating attractive, pleasantand convenient living conditions. It shouldbe noted that Moreno Valley’s densitybonus program for affordable allows for thereduction of certain “quality of life”standards in conjunction with thedevelopment of affordable housing. 33 Thestandards that could be reduced include lotsize, lot dimensions, parking requirementsand the size or interior amenities of thedensity bonus units. There are additionalrequirements that could be added to the listof standards that may be reduced as part ofthe density bonus program. They includethe following: the number of parking spacesfor units consisting of tow or morebedrooms, the number of covered parkingspaces per unit and recreational vehicleparking requirements.The residential development standards inthe following table do not represent asignificant constraint on development ofhousing in the city. Multifamily units can beconstructed to a height of fifty feet or fourstories and maximum site coverage of 50%.The city has an adopted density bonusordinance that allows developers to receivea 25% density bonus. In addition to the25% density bonus, developers buildinghousing for senior citizens may receive anadditional 75% density bonus, resulting in acumulative density bonus of 100%. Whenutilizing the density bonus a developer maybe eligible to receive a 50% reduction of cityimpact fees and parkland fees for unitsaffordable to very low-income householdsand a 25% reduction for units affordable tolower-income households. The densitybonus also allows developers of multi-familyPage 8-59 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANhousing to reduce their parking by .5 of aspace for each dwelling unit that isaffordable to very low and lower-incomehouseholds.The single-family residential developmentstandards allow for lots of 4,500 square feet(RS 10) that give developers the opportunityand flexibility to build affordable singlefamilyhousing. In certain specific plans,lots as small as 3,500 square feet arepermitted. The low-density designations forsingle- family housing are located in theeast end of the city where hillsidedevelopment and an already establishedrural development pattern allows yetanother type of housing choice.Page 8-60 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-31SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDSREQUIREMENT RI* R2 RA2*1. Minimum LOT SIZE(square feet net area)2. Minimum FRONT YARD setbacks, in feeta. Front-facing garagesb. Buildings other than front facing garages3. Minimum setback, in feet, for HABITABLE BUILDINGS ANDNON-HABITABLE STRUCTURES OVER 15 FEET INHEIGHTa. Interior side yard40,0002525R3 R5 RS1020,000 20,000 10,000 7,200 4,50025252525Combined setback of 20 feet shallbe provided, with a minimum of 5feet on one side2525102020Combined 15feet withminimum 5feet. on oneside.2010b. Street side yard (Corner Lots)c. Rear yard20 20 2040 35 351530151510154. Maximum LOT COVERAGE (Building Coverage)25% 30% 30% 35% 40% 40%5. Maximum structure HEIGHT, in feet. Two stories, not to exceed 35 feet. Architectural features such as chimneymay extend an additional 10 feet.*Allows horses and cows pursuant to Section 9.90.090 of the City of Moreno Valley Municipal Code.Page 8-61 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-32MULTI – FAMILY RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDSREQUIREMENT R10 R15R201. Minimum LOT SIZE N/A N/A N/A2. Threshold density(DU’s /net acre)812 163. Maximum density(DU’s/net acre)1015 204. Minimum front yardsetback, in feet2025 305. Minimum rear yard setback, in feet 15 20 256. Maximum lot coverage 40% 45% 50%7. Maximum building and structure height,in feet50Page 8-62 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSING8.6.12 Development FeesDevelopment fees increased significantlyafter the passage of Proposition 13. Localgovernments have to balance the need foraffordable housing with budgetaryconstraints and the need for services to beeconomically self-supporting. The City ofMoreno Valley is sensitive to the needs ofboth the development community and itsresidents with respect to the impactdevelopment fees have on the cost ofhousing. As such, the City of Moreno Valleylowered its fees by 9% in 2000.However, fees on development are alsolevied by other agencies outside the controlof the City of Moreno Valley. For example,while the City of Moreno Valley lowered itsdevelopment fees, the school districtincreased their fees for all new residentialconstruction. This increase had the effect ofincreasing the development fees overall.City development fees are not a significantconstraint to the development of affordablehousing in Moreno Valley, but the increasesin other agency controlled development feesare a constraint on housing.8.6.13 Code ComplianceThe City’s code compliance enforcementaction as mandated by the Health andSafety Code along with State housing lawsand the Uniform Housing Code have notbeen a constraint on affordable housing.The City has not adopted more stringentstandards than those noted, but has workedto preserve and maintain the City’s housingstock in a safe and decent condition forlower income residents. The City’s codecompliance enforcement program helpspreserve affordable housing and eliminatesubstandard housing conditions.8.6.14 Community OppositionLocal governments have a difficultbalancing act when it comes to facilitatingMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANthe development of low and moderateincomehousing and their responsibilities toexisting residents, environmental issues andcommunity opposition to affordable housing.Community misconceptions of affordablehousing and their opposition to a project,combined with a local governments desireto respond to the community can result inconstraints to affordable housing. Sevenyears ago, the Redevelopment Agency incooperation with a non-profit developersought to develop thirty affordable townhomesin the city. However, stridentcommunity resistance to the project resultedin a denial of a request for zone change toallow the project to be built on the siteacquired the Agency.8.6.15 Housing for Persons withDisabilitiesAll new housing developments in the City ofMoreno Valley are required to comply withCalifornia Building standards (Title 24 of theCalifornia Code of Regulations) and thefederal Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA) requirements. The City of MorenoValley enforces requirements under themost recently amended Uniform BuildingCode, as amended by the State ofCalifornia in 2001.The City of Moreno Valley has providedfunding in excess of $1.7 million dollars, inAgency funds, for the development of 100units of housing with affordability covenantsfor the elderly and persons with disabilities.Persons with disabilities have the uniqueopportunity of living independently inMoreno Valley, in an Agency-assisteddevelopment consisting of twenty-fiveaccessible apartments, constructed in 1996.Housing for elderly, and housing specificallydeveloped and designated for persons withdisabilities has been situated in areas witheasy access to public transportation,shopping, medical facilities and recreationaluses.Page 8-63 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSING8.6.16 Procedures for EnsuringReasonable AccommodationsHouseholds with disabled members canaccess the City of Moreno Valley viatelephone, the internet, via United Statesmail, visit City Hall, as well as the City'saccessible city planning commission/councilchambers.Requests for special accommodations orvariances due to needs related to ahousehold's disability can be made bymeans of provisions in the City of MorenoValley's Development Code. Provisions inthe Development Code ensure thatreasonable accommodations are obtainablefor persons with disabilities.8.6.17 Variance Permit ProcedureThe purpose of the administrative varianceis to allow adjustments to provisions of thedevelopment code in order to preventunnecessary hardships that might resultfrom a strict or literal interpretation andenforcement of certain regulations.Requests for variance from certain types ofzoning regulations or conditions of approvalmay be approved, conditionally approved,or denied by the community developmentdirector without the necessity of a publichearing.Administrative variances of ten percent ofless may be granted over the applicablestandard for setbacks, lot coverage, parkingand building height. An administrativevariance of one foot or less may be grantedfor fence heights.The following is a summary of theadministrative variance process:1. Prepare and submit application. Theapplicant prepares plans, maps and othermaterials necessary to review the projectand submits the application to the PlanningDivision, along with the processing fee ofMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN$316.00. A 25% fee reduction is applicablefor non-profit entities.2. Receive application. The PlanningDivision reviews the materials submittedas part of the application. If the submittalis complete, it is forwarded to thecommunity development director.3. Process application. The PlanningDivision processes the application incoordination with other departments andagencies as necessary. Processingnormally includes:1. The community developmentdirector, makes the required findingsprior to approving an application foran administrative variance:a. That the strict or literalinterpretation and enforcementof the specified regulation wouldresult in practical difficulty orunnecessary physical hardship;b. That there are exceptionalcircumstances or conditionsapplicable to the propertyinvolved or to the intended useof the property that do not applygenerally to other properties inthe same district;c. That strict or literal interpretationand enforcement of the specifiedregulation would resultimpractical difficulty orunnecessary physical hardship;d. That the granting of theadministrative variance will notconstitute a grant of specialprivilege inconsistent with thelimitations on other propertiesclassified in the same district,and will not be detrimental to thepublic health, safety or welfare,ore materially injurious toPage 8-64 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGproperties or improvements inthe vicinity; ande. That the granting of anadministrative variance isconsistent with the objectivesand policies of the general planand the intent of this title.2. A notice of the communitydevelopment director’s hearing onthe administrative variance requestis mailed to contiguous propertyowners and interested parties, 10days in advance of the director’shearing.3. Any party can appeal the decision ofthe community development directorwithin 15 working days after thedecision. A $750.00 fee, with a 25%reduction for established non-profits,is paid to the City to file an appeal.The appeal hearing, which is publiclynoticed, is held before the CityCouncil. The appeal hearing takesplace approximately 30 days afterthe filing of the appeal.The entire process is generally completedwithin two weeks.8.6.18 Removing Regulatory Constraintsfor Persons with DisabilitiesThe State of California has authority overthe review of group homes having six orfewer persons. The City of Moreno Valleydoes not require community input, nor doesthe city impose additional requirements onhousing for persons with disabilities.The City of Moreno Valley does not restrictthe siting of group homes, but does adhereto prescribed requirements of State law thatlimit over-concentration of group homes.The City does not place conditions on grouphomes that provide services onsite.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANOn the contrary, the City of Moreno Valleyhas been a leader in the Inland Empire inassisting the development of housing forpersons with disabilities. The City hasforged a partnership with Ability First(formerly Crippled Children) and providedAgency funding for the development oftwenty-five independent living, accessible,apartments in Moreno Valley.The City allows residential retrofitting so thathouseholds can make their homes moresuitable for the needs household memberswith disabilities. In addition to ensuring thatbuilding code requirements do not create aconstraint for persons with disabilities, theCity of Moreno Valley funds programs thatassist with retrofits for disabled persons. Inaddition to a variety of health and safetyimprovements, the City's Mobile HomeGrant Program also funds retrofit work forpersons with disabilities. The City ofMoreno Valley's Home Improvement LoanProgram has also provided low interestdeferred loan funds to households needingto retrofit their homes to accommodate adisabled household member.8.6.19 Requesting ReasonableAccommodationsThe City of Moreno Valley implements andenforces Chapter 11 of the 2001 CaliforniaBuilding Code. The City providesinformation to applicants inquiring about theCity's regulations with respect to zoning,permit processing, and building laws for allpersons including those with disabilities.8.6.20 Zoning and Other Land UseRegulationsThe City has not identified zoning or otherland use practices that discriminate againstpersons with disabilities or constraints to thedevelopment of such housing. The Citymakes every effort to facilitate housing forpersons with disabilities.Page 8-65 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGThe following are examples of ways inwhich the City facilitates housing forpersons with disabilities through itsregulatory and permitting processes:1. Adjustments to off-street parkingrequirements can be approvedadministratively by thecommunity development director.In the past the City has reducedparking requirements for housingfor disabled persons and housingfor the elderly.2. The City allows group homes inall residential districts. The Citydoes not have the authority toapprove or deny group homes ofsix or fewer residents.3. The City does not restrictoccupancy nor does it imposeconditions on group homes thatprovide services on-site.4. The City permits the siting ofmulti-family handicap housing inthe RS10, R10, R15, R20, OfficeCommercial, and Office zoningdesignations.5. The City of Moreno Valley'sDevelopment Code allows thedevelopment of granny units foruse by person sixty-two andabove. This type of housing isoften used to house elderlyhousehold members with mobilityimpairments. The City facilitatesthe development of the units byreducing development fees by50%.8.6.21 Universal Design ElementThe City of Moreno Valley has not adopteda universal design ordinance. The Citydoes not preclude developers from utilizinguniversal design principles.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN8.6.22 Non-Governmental ConstraintsNon-governmental constraints are those notregulated by or otherwise controlled bygovernment. Non-governmental constraintsare related to market conditions and often tocommunity attitudes with regard toaffordable housing.8.6.23 Land CostsHigh land cost is a constraint on thedevelopment of affordable housing. In2000, improved land costs for a singlefamilylot are approximately $45,000 and$37,000 per unit for multi-family residentialdevelopment (prices are current for 2000).By comparison, land costs in Moreno Valleyare very reasonable. Because MorenoValley suffered significant depreciation inland values during the recession of the1990s, many developers were able topurchase improved lots for as low as$25,000 and hold them until the marketimproved. Consequently, they were able topass those savings on in the final salesprice. However, those lots have beendeveloped and developers are now payinghigher prices for lots.8.6.24 Availability of FinancingFinancing has been more readily availablesince the market has improved. Financinghas been the primary constraint indeveloping housing in Moreno Valley duringthe last ten years. Although, as previouslynoted, land prices were very low, financingfor market rate or affordable housing wasnot available during the recession.Consequently, during the last reportingperiod for the housing element (1990-1997),the only multi-family housing built in the citywas financed by the RedevelopmentAgency of the City of Moreno Valley.Page 8-66 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANAs noted in the review and revision portionof this document, foreclosures increaseddrastically during the recession of the1990s. Foreclosures were the result of theeconomic recession in Southern Californiaas well as the realignment of March AirForce Base which impacted the economy ofMoreno Valley. Between 1995 and 1999foreclosures in Moreno Valley totaled 6,217units. The highest foreclosure totals wererecorded in 1997 (Chart 8-10).A high rate of foreclosures was on the onehand an impediment to the development ofnew affordable housing, because lenderswere hesitant to invest in Moreno Valley.On the other hand, foreclosed houses soldat lower prices, allowing some lower incomehouseholds to become first-timehomebuyers.CHART 8-10City of Moreno Valley Total Foreclosures 1995-199920001,89818001600140012001,6001,319City of Moreno Valley100080060040020059280801995 1996 1997 1998 19998.6.25 Construction CostsConstruction costs vary based on the typeand size of unit. Hard construction costsare approximately $39 per square foot. Fora prototypical single-family unit, totaldevelopment costs, excluding land, areapproximately $100,000. For a twobedroom,one bath townhouse the totaldevelopment cost, excluding land, is$73,000, and $83,000 for a three-bedroom,two-bath townhouse.Construction costs are market driven andalthough the high cost of construction,including land, is a constraint to thedevelopment of affordable housing, thosecosts are neither controlled nor dictated bythe City. As noted, the portion of the City’simpact fees on the cost of buildingaffordable housing was only 5%. Aware ofthe nature of construction costs and theneed to reduce their impact on the ability todevelop affordable housing, thePage 8-67 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGRedevelopment Agency of the City ofMoreno Valley has land banked sixteenacres in various areas throughout theredevelopment area. The Agency hasdonated parcels to Habitat for Humanity (sixsingle family parcels), purchased land forseventy-five units of senior housingdeveloped and operated by a non-profit and1.6 acres for 25 units of housing forhandicapped adults developed by theCrippled Children’s Society.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANThe City’s density bonus ordinance can alsobe utilized to reduce the constraint createdby construction costs by practicalapplication of gradations in the types andamenities required in affordable housingunits. Building simple but decent housingcan assist in lowering construction costs.The City of Moreno Valley’s density bonusordinance makes allowances for gradationsin amenities with the goal of reducing costconstraints to the development of affordablehousing.Page 8-68 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSING8.7 OVERVIEW: HOUSING GOALS,OBJECTIVES, POLICIES, ANDPROGRAMSThe goals, objectives, policies andprograms detailed in this document areto be accomplished during the sevenyear planning period from February 1998through December 2005. The Communityand Economic Development Departmenthas responsibility for administering theCity’s housing programs. Housing staff alsooversees and assists other agenciesworking with the City to carry out housingprograms.The Riverside County Housing Authoritycurrently oversees public housing in the Cityand administers the Section 8 Program.The City will continue to work with thisagency to assist Moreno Valley residents.The City has identified several programs toachieve its goals to produce and preserveaffordable housing. The implementation ofthese programs such as the HomeImprovement Loan Program, theMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANHomeowners Assistance for MinorRehabilitation, the Mobile HomeRehabilitation Grant Program, HomebuyerAssistance Program, and RentalRehabilitation Program, were created tomaintain and improve the living conditionsof low to moderate income households.In addition, the City is assisting Habitat forHumanity in the rehabilitation and creationof new ownership housing for very- lowincomefamilies. These programs, whencoupled with the various social services,childcare programs, shelter and foodservices and counseling programs(including homeless prevention) provide cityresidents with opportunities to utilizeprograms at little or no cost. By utilizingmultiple programs and working with thestate, county, private and nonprofitagencies, the City can work to the numberof persons with incomes below the povertyline.Table 8-33 provides a quantified summaryof all the housing programs in the proposedelement.Page 8-69 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-33Quantified Objectives – Housing Units By Income CategoryHousingProgramsNewConstructionRehabPreservationOwner-shipVeryLow-IncomeLow-IncomeModerateIncomeAboveModerateTotal/Program8.1 HomeImprovement LoanProgram8.2 HomeownerAssist. For MinorRepairs8.3 Mobile HomeGrant15units90units15units1515908.4 CodeCompliance12units8units5 units 258.5 NeighborhoodClean-up360units 3608.8 RentalRehabilitation15units35units508.9 HomebuyerAssistance (HAP)4 units12units4 units 208.10 Ownership (Habitat)4 units 48.11 Ownership 25 578 units(ARR)units units908.12 Ownership (Youthbuild)1 unit 18.13 New 250 150 100Construction Rentalunits units units5008.14 Large Family 200Rental Housingunits2008.23 Senior 69Housingunits69TOTAL 1,027* 246 166 1,439• 360 existing units will be assisted via neighborhood clean-ups efforts.Page 8-70 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-34PROPOSED HOUSING ELEMENT HOUSING PROGRAMSPrograCorrespondingProgram 1991Element8.1 4.1.038.2 N/AImplementationTimeline1/00- 05/08City’s Role InImplementationAdminister HomeImprovement LoanProgram. Marketprogram viabrochures handedout during annualneighborhoodclean-ups andreferrals from codecomplianceofficers. Reviewapplications;presentapplications toloan committee;execute loandocuments;disburserehabilitationfunds. Complete15 HILPrehabilitations.Market HAMRProgram viabrochuresdistributed atneighborhoodclean ups andreferrals by codecomplianceofficers as theyencounter coderelated needs on adaily basis. Fundand disburse loanfunds. Complete15 HAMRrehabilitations.ResponsibleDepartmentNeighborhoodPreservationFundingSource(s)HOME,RDAPage 8-71 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-34PROPOSED HOUSING ELEMENT HOUSING PROGRAMS (Cont’d)ProgramCorrespondingProgram 1991ElementImplementationTimelineCity’s Role InImplementationResponsibleDepartment/DivisionFundingSource(s)8.3 4.1.02 1/00-05/088.4 1/00-05/088.5N/A1/00-05/088.6 6.1 Ongoing-05/08Receive andapproveapplications forMobile HomeGrant Program.Conduct allinspections anddisburse grantfunds.Complete 90rehabilitations.Provideenhanced codecomplianceservices. Fund2.5 codepositions toprovide theservices in theCDBG targetareas which alsooverlapRedevelopmentarea. Assist 25units.Conduct 5 majorneighborhoodclean-ups on anannual basis.Provide bins fordisposal of trashand debris;Complete 25clean ups.Assist in cleanup of 360 units.Administercontract with fairhousing agency.CodeComplianceNeighborhoodPreservationRDACDBGPage 8-72 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-34PROPOSED HOUSING ELEMENT HOUSING PROGRAMS (Cont’d)ProgramCorrespondingProgram 1991ElementImplementationTimeline8.7 6.1 1/00-05/058.8 4.1.04 1/00-05/088.9 N/A 1/00 – 05/08City’s Role InImplementationCompleteAnalysis ofImpediments toFair Housing.Receive andapproveapplications;disburse loanfunds; conduct allinspections andcertify compliancefor all RentalRehabilitationProgram loans.Completerehabilitation of50 units.AdministerHomebuyerAssistanceProgram (HAP).Continue toprovide Agencyfunds for silentseconds andcontinue to workwith approvedlenders byproviding themwith training.Assist in thepurchase of 20houses.ResponsibleDepartment/DivisionNeighborhoodPreservationFundingSourceCDBGHOME,RDAHOME,RDAPage 8-73 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-34PROPOSED HOUSING ELEMENT HOUSING PROGRAMS (Cont’d)Program CorrespondingProgram 1991ElementImplementationTimeline8.10 N/A 12/00-05/08City’s Role InImplementationAssist very low -income homebuyersthroughpartnership withHabitat forHumanity.Construct 4houses.ResponsibleDepartment/DivisionFundingSourceRDA8.11 N/A 2000-2003Administer homeownershipprogram utilizingHUD homes(ARR). Identifyprospectivehouses;coordinatepurchase andrehabilitation.Assist in thepurchase of 90houses.NeighborhoodPreservationRDA/HOME8.12 5.1.07 1/00-05/06Administer newconstructionhome ownershipprogram andyouth job training.Construct 1 newhouse.Page 8-74 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-34PROPOSED HOUSING ELEMENT HOUSING PROGRAMS (Cont’d)ProgramCorresponding Program1991 ElementImplementationTimeline8.13 N/A 1/00-05/088.14 N/A 1/00-05/08City’s Role InImplementationWork withhousingdevelopers byproviding Agencyassistance towrite-down thecosts of units vialoans. Facilitatethe constructionof 500affordable rentalunits.Provide financialassistance for thedevelopment ofaffordable rentalunits for largerfamilies. Assist inthe developmentof 200 units.ResponsibleDepartment/DivisionNeighborhoodPreservationFundingSourceHOME,RDA8.15 N/A 6/30/06Revise GeneralPlanGeneralFund8.16 N/AApplies to allprojects pullingpermits.Ongoing throughplanning period.1/00-05/08Continue toimplement permitstreamlining.Monitordevelopment planreview process toreduce anyidentifiedimpediments toaffordablehousing.PlanningGeneralFundPage 8-75 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-34PROPOSED HOUSING ELEMENT HOUSING PROGRAMS (Cont’d)ProgramCorresponding Program1991 ElementImplementationTimeline8.17 N/A 05/088.18 N/AReduction ofparkingstandards wascompleted11/2004.8.19 N/A 05/088.20Continue to paydevelopmentfees forprojects, on acase-by-casebasis, that havereceived Stateor Federalfunds, such asSection 202and TaxCredits.Ongoing duringthe planningperiod asprojects requestAgencyassistance.1/00-05./08City’s Role InImplementationRevisestandards formobile homeparks and mobilehomesubdivisionsReview parkingstandards formulti-family 3and 4 bedroomunits, includingcovered parkingrequirements todetermine ifreductions areappropriate.Review secondunit regulationsto determine ifexpansion ismerited toadditionaldistricts.Review projectsand determine ifpayment of feeswould facilitatedevelopment ofaffordablehousing.ResponsibleDepartment/DivisionPlanningPlanningNeighborhoodPreservationFundingSourceGeneralFundRDA/HOMEPage 8-76 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-34PROPOSED HOUSING ELEMENT HOUSING PROGRAMS (Cont’d)Program CorrespondingProgram 1991ElementUtilize RDAfunds, whereappropriate and8.21 necessary, tofacilitateinfrastructurefor affordableprojects.8.228.23Proposegeneral planchanges forrezoning areasin the city tohousing uses ormixed uses thatincludehousing.Assist in theconstruction of69 seniorapartments.Provide Agencyfunds forconstruction;negotiatecontribution ofAgency-ownedland for theproject; assistin submittal ofproject.ImplementationTimelineOngoing duringthe planningperiod asprojects areproposed. 1/00-05/086/30/06N/ACity’s Role InImplementationReviewinfrastructureneeds asaffordable isproposed anddeterminewhether Agencyfunds could beutilized tofacilitatedevelopment.Work withPlanning duringGeneral Planreview processand provideinput regardingrezoning.Projectcompleted in2003.ResponsibleDepartment/DivisionNeighborhoodPreservationNeighborhoodPreservationFundingSourceRDAN/AHOME,RDA,Section 202Page 8-77 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGOverview8.1 Housing Element GoalsThe goals of the Housing Element areto:G.8.1. Improve and maintain decent,sanitary and affordable housing.G.8.2 Improve and maintain decent,sanitary and affordable housingfor very-low income householdsand seniors.G.8.3 Reduce substandard housingand health and safety violations.G.8.4 Assist in the revitalization ofolder neighborhoods.G.8.5 Improve and maintain decentand affordable rental housing.G.8.6 Assist very low, low andmoderate-income first timebuyers to purchase homes.G.8.7 Add to the number of affordablerental units for very low and lowincomehouseholds.G.8.8 Create affordable housing unitsfor senior households.Objective 8.1Rehabilitate a minimum of fifteen singlefamilyhomes under the Home ImprovementLoan Program (HILP).Objective 8.2Rehabilitate a minimum of fifteen singlefamilyhomes under the HomeownerAssistance for Minor Rehabilitation, loanprogram (HAMR).Policies:MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN8.2.1 Rehabilitate single-family homes tocorrect substandard conditions, improvehandicap accessibility, and improve theaesthetics of older neighborhoods, therebycontributing to their preservation andrevitalization.Programs:8.1 Utilize the Home Improvement LoanProgram (HILP) that provides a 3%loan for up to $15,000 deferred for20 years. Available citywide for verylow to lower income homeowners.8.2 Utilize the Homeowner Assistancefor Minor Rehabilitation (HAMR) loanprogram that provides a 3% to 5%loan for up to $7,500 amortized overa 10-year term.HOUSING ELEMENT OBJECTIVES,POLICIES AND PROGRAMSObjective 8.3Rehabilitate a minimum of ninety mobilehomes, for very low-income homeowners, inmobile home parks citywide, under theMobile Home Grant Program.Policies:8.3.1 Correct substandard conditions inmobile home parks.Programs:8.3 Utilize the Mobile Home GrantProgram that provides grants up to$10,000 for owner-occupants ofmobile homes.Page 8-78 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGHOUSING ELEMENT OBJECTIVES,POLICIES AND PROGRAMSObjective 8.4Obtain code compliance from a minimum oftwenty-five very low and moderate-incomeproperty owners, citywide, with emphasis onfocus neighborhoods.Policies:8.4.1 Enforce correction by propertyowners of identified housing andcode violations in rental propertiesoccupied by very low to moderateincomehouseholds.Programs:8.4 Provide enhanced code complianceservices and referrals to Cityhousing rehabilitation programs.HOUSING ELEMENT OBJECTIVES,POLICIES AND PROGRAMSObjective 8.5Conduct five neighborhood clean-upsannually; provide related services toCommunity Development Block Grant(CDBG) areas in conjunction with otherprojects, and assist in clean up of 360housing units.Policies:8.5.1 Provide neighborhood improvementprograms to CDBG target areas.Programs:8.5 Utilize the City Neighborhood CleanupProgram to provide volunteersand equipment to neighborhoods forclean up activities.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANHOUSING ELEMENT OBJECTIVES,POLICIES AND PROGRAMSObjective 8.6Assist 300 households citywide.Policies:8.6.1 Provide fair housing andlandlord/tenant education services tovery low to moderate-incomehouseholds.Programs:8.6 Contract with a fair housing agencyto mediate between landlords andtenants and educate them on theirrights and responsibilities.8.7 Update the City’s Analysis ofImpediments to Fair Housing.HOUSING ELEMENT OBJECTIVES,POLICIES AND PROGRAMSObjective 8.7Rehabilitate fifty multi-family units, citywide,through utilization of the RentalRehabilitation Program.Policies:8.7.1 To eliminate substandard housingconditions for low-income renters,while enhancing the appearance ofmulti-family developments.Programs:8.8 Provide rehabilitation loans throughthe City’s Rental RehabilitationProgram that offers 5% loans withthe first year deferred and amortizedover a 19-year period.Page 8-79 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGHOUSING ELEMENT OBJECTIVES,POLICIES AND PROGRAMSObjective 8.8Assist households with down payment andclosing costs.Policies:8.8.1 Provide assistance to facilitatehomeownership for very low tomoderate-income householdsPrograms:8.9 Through the Homebuyer AssistanceProgram, provide 30-year deferredsilent second loans, with no interest,up to 20% or $200,000 of thepurchase price of resale homes.8.10 Work with local CHDO to constructand/or rehabilitate houses for verylow-income households.8.11 Purchase HUD homes for resale tofirst time homebuyers.HOUSING ELEMENT OBJECTIVES,POLICIES AND PROGRAMSObjective 8.9Create a minimum of 126 affordable rentalunits, citywide.Policies:8.9.1 Facilitate the creation of affordablerental units.Programs:8.12 Administer new construction homeownership program and youth jobtraining.8.13 Work with housing developers byproviding Agency assistance toMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANwrite-down the costs of units vialoans.8.14 Provide financial assistance for thedevelopment of affordable rentalunits for larger families.8.15 Revise General Plan.8.16 Continue to implement permitstreamlining.8.17 Revisep standards for mobile homeparks and mobile homesubdivisions.8.18 Review parking standards for multifamily3 and 4 bedroom units,including covered parkingrequirements to determine ifreductions are appropriate.8.19 Review second unit regulations todetermine if expansion is merited toadditional districts.8.20 Continue to pay the developmentfees for projects, on a case-by-casebasis, that have received State orFederal funds, such as Section 202and Tax Credits.8.21 Utilize Redevelopment Agencyfunds, where appropriate andnecessary, to facilitate infrastructurefor affordable projects.8.22 Propose general plan changes forrezoning areas in the city to housinguses or mixed uses that includehousing.HOUSING ELEMENT OBJECTIVES,POLICIES AND PROGRAMSObjective 8.10Create a minimum of seventy senior units.Page 8-80 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicies:8.10.1 Create decent and affordablehousing opportunities for low andvery-low income seniors.Programs:8.23 Facilitate the construction of a sixtynineunit multi-family seniorcomplex.Page 8-81 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANAPPENDIXReview and RevisionCity of Moreno Valley Housing ElementSUMMARYIn 1991, the Department of Housing andCommunity Development (HCD) determinedthat the City of Moreno Valley’s approvedhousing element complied with statehousing element law. In 1992, as requiredby state law, (Government Code 65583 (a)(8) and (c) (6)), the City submitted anamendment to the housing element,concerning the potential conversion ofexisting, assisted housing developments tonon-low-income housing use during thefollowing ten years. The amendment wasalso found to comply with state law.Pursuant to the requirements of state law,every city and county is required to submit ahousing element update. Although thehousing element update was originally dueto HCD in 1994, due to the suspension ofthe law requiring that mandates be funded,certain components of the housing elementprocess were suspended including themandate requiring that councils ofgovernments prepare assessments ofregional housing needs. Consequently, theState Legislature did not allocate funds forthe preparation of the Regional HousingNeeds Assessment and cities and countieswere left without a critical component for thepreparation of a housing element update.In 1993, Governor Wilson signed legislationextending the planning period for housingelements by two years, postponing the duedate for the revision to 1996. Ultimately, therevision due date was postponed anotherfour years to the year 2000. The planningperiod of the housing element review willcover seven years, from 1991 to January of1998.Effectiveness of the Housing ElementThe stated goal of the City of MorenoValley’s housing element is: “To expand thelong-term housing opportunities for allresidents of the City by developing newhousing in accordance with density, buildingand environmental standards that isaffordable to various income levels.” Thegoal is a snapshot in time reflecting theCity’s enviable position as one of theprimary beneficiaries of SouthernCalifornia’s residential building boom. Atthe time the housing element was preparedit seemed possible that the city couldexpand housing opportunities through newhousing.However, the effects of the recession madenew construction financially infeasible.Real estate values fell, vacancy ratessoared, and foreclosures increased. ManyMoreno Valley workers who commuted toLos Angeles and Orange Counties lost theirjobs, as those areas suffered from a loss indefense-related jobs and ancillary supportbusinesses. Consequently, families whohad stretched their financial resources tobuy a home in Moreno Valley were leftwithout an income and subsequently losttheir homes.The recession affected Moreno Valley in anunanticipated manner in 1993, when theBase Reuse & Closure Commission,announced the downsizing of March AirForce Base. March had historically had asignificant economic impact on the MorenoValley economy as well as the largerSouthern California economy. Theestimated loss of economic activity, as aresult of the downsizing, was $403 million.The number of active military personnelstationed at the base and living in MorenoValley and surrounding communities wasdrastically reduced.Page 8-82 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANThe loss in jobs throughout SouthernCalifornia and the downsizing of the basecombined to drive real estate valuesdownward. Building activity, which hadfueled the city’s growth during the 1980’s,plunged. In the six years between 1986 and1991, a total of 15,756 single and multifamilypermits were issued. In the yearsbetween 1992 and 1997, a total of 1,562single and multi-family permits were issued,a 90% decrease in permit activity.• Preserve and revitalize the City’sexisting older housing stock, whilemaintaining and increasing itsaffordability to low and moderate incomehouseholds and• Encourage the development of newhousing affordable to a range of incomelevels in Moreno Valley.• Provide housing for special needspopulations in the City.Appropriateness of the Housing ElementGoals and Policies Table 8-24 lists the programs in the 1991It was in the context of significant economicretrenchment that the City of Moreno Valleywas charged with adding 17,741 units to thehousing stock in order to meet its share ofthe Regional Housing Needs Assessment.It was also within the framework of ashrinking economic base that the City hadto expand housing opportunities even whilethe private sector was withdrawing fromnew construction activity.Given the economic realities, the City’shousing programs adapted and focused ongoals that would allow the City to movetoward the fulfillment of its housing elementcommitments. It is in the spirit of thesepragmatic goals that the variouspolicies/programs of the housing elementhave been put into practice. These goalsare to:Adopted Housing Element, theimplementation timeline for each programand the responsible department or divisionat the City for program implementation, aswell as the funding source for eachprogram.In the following section, the housingelement programs are restated, an updateof the progress made towardimplementation of each program is providedand where applicable, quantifiable resultsare presented.The City has worked diligently to meet thestated goals of its housing element andgiven the constraints of the region’seconomic reality, Moreno Valley’sachievements are significant.Page 8-83 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-351991 ADOPTED HOUSING ELEMENT POLICIES AND PROGRAMSProgramImplementationTimelineCity’s Role in Implementation1.1.05 January 1999 Develop and adopt a density bonusordinance.3.1.01 Completion by Complete review of vacant land.January 20043.1.05 City Manager to waive or reduceCity fees for affordable housing ona case- by-case basis.3.1.06 Revise General Plan. Present forCouncil approval.4.1.02 Administer Mobile Home GrantProgram4.1.03 Administer Home ImprovementLoan Program4.1.04 Administer Rental RehabilitationProgram5.1.01 Enforce existing affordabilityrequirements. Apply requirementsto new affordable units.Existing/ongoing5.1.02 Continue to leverage federal, stateand private funding whenappropriate and available.5.1.03 Continue to assist in thedevelopment of senior housing.5.1.04 Funding of non-profit serviceproviders for homeless preventionservices.5.1.05 Funding for homeless shelterservice and supportive services.5.1.07 Development of ownership housingfor very low-income families.6.1Administer contract with fairhousing agency.ResponsibleDepartmentor DivisionNeighborhoodPreservationPlanningCity ManagerPlanningNeighborhoodPreservationFundingSource(s)GeneralFundRDAGeneralFundHOME,RDARDACDBGHOME,RDACDBGPage 8-84 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicyProgram1.1 The City will utilize its authority, resources and influence to promote the creationand preservation of a variety of housing types, sizes and prices to meet thevarious needs of a wide spectrum of current and future residents.UpdateThe City continues to use its authority, influence and most importantly its financial resourcesto develop and preserve affordable housing. Having begun in 1990 without a single housingprogram, the City of Moreno Valley boasts an array of effective affordable housing programsthat meet the needs of a varied community. Under the Rental Rehabilitation Program, theCity assisted in the rehabilitation of a total of 291 units, in seven projects. HOME and Setasidefunds have been used to provide assistance in the development of 104 affordablehousing units. The City’s Home Improvement Loan Program (HILP) has provided assistanceto very low-income owner/occupants and the Mobile Home Grant Program has providedassistance to very low-income households, the majority of whom are seniors. (See Table 1)Housing ProgramResultsUnitsHome Improvement Loan Program 28Mobile Home Rehabilitation 60Rental Rehabilitation 291New Construction 104Total 483PolicyProgram1.1.01 The Moreno Valley Civic Activities Assistance Corporation (MVCAAC) will serveunder contract to the RDA to develop a comprehensive housing assistanceprogram and recommend a policy for use of the Low-income Housing SetasideFunds. The MVCAAC is chartered to provide financial and other assistance to theCity.Target Dates:Jan., 1991 – incorporationOct., 1991 – operational and financial planJan., 1992 – implementation.UpdateMVCAAC did not at any time enter into a contract with the RDA to develop a housingassistance program or recommend policies for use of the low-income housing setaside funds.MVCAACC is no longer an active organization. The Redevelopment Agency developed andadopted a Comprehensive Affordable Housing Strategy to identify additional resources andprograms to meet the City’s affordable housing needs and responsibilities. The Strategy isconsistent with and further implements the City’s adopted Housing Element.Page 8-85 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicyProgram1.1.02 The RDA Low Income Housing Setaside Fund will be used in a timely manner tofinance programs that will maximize the creation, retention and long-termavailability of affordable lower-income housing. The Economic DevelopmentDepartment/ Redevelopment Agency (EDD/RDA) shall annually specify theprogram uses to which Housing Fund receipts will be dedicated in combinationwith funds that may be available from other sources.The City Comprehensive Affordable Housing Strategy is an extensive analysis of the City ofMoreno Valley’s affordable housing and a plan for use of the setaside. The Strategy alsoidentifies additional resources and programs to meet the Moreno Valley’s affordable housingneeds and responsibilities. On an annual basis, the RDA develops a budget for use of thesetaside funds, in compliance with state spend down requirements.PolicyProgram1.1.03 By March 1, 1992, the Economic Development Department (EDD), in cooperationwith the Planning Department, will recommend an Inclusionary HousingOrdinance to be adopted by the City, that will mandate that all developmentswhich include more than a specified number (to be established) of residential unitscontribute to the City’s balance of affordable housing at all income levels, with thegoal that a minimum percentage of all new housing within the City will beaffordable to low and very-low-income households. Developers contributions maybe in the form of actual construction of affordable units with the project itself,construction of affordable units at another appropriate location or contribution ofappropriate in-lieu fees to the low-Income Housing Fund.UpdateThe Redevelopment Agency’s Comprehensive Affordable Housing Strategy provides anextensive analysis of the extent to which housing is affordable and what programs would bemost appropriate for the City. The City recognizes the importance of providing housing for allincome levels as well as the need to avoid placing onerous requirements that woulddiscourage or impair the private sector from providing affordable housing. Instead ofestablishing an Inclusionary Program, the City has developed a package of incentives tooffset or minimize the cost of providing affordable housing. The incentives, include lowinterest loans for development of new affordable housing, rehabilitation, acquisition, as wellas rent subsidies.Page 8-86 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicyProgram1.1.04 The EDD/RDA in cooperation with the Planning Department will develop criteriaand control mechanisms that ensure that all housing that is directly subsidized by,or receives substantial economic assistance from the City (including DensityBonuses) in order to achieve affordability goals will remain affordable for themaximum feasible time (If not permanently). Such mechanisms shall beestablished and agreed upon before direct economic subsidies are granted to anyspecific project.UpdateThe City of Moreno Valley utilizes affordability requirements and other control mechanisms toinsure that units created for lower-income households are maintained affordable for thelongest feasible period. Also, in programs where the City provides direct assistance toproperty owners, the regulatory agreement has repayment requirements that insure setasidefunds are repaid for use again in other affordable housing programs. It is important to notethat the City provides loans at very low interest and does not increase the housing costs of alower-income household.PolicyProgram1.1.05 By July of 1992, the city will have adopted an ordinance or amendment to theDevelopment Code which grants a density bonus of at least 25 percent, and anadditional incentive, or financially equivalent incentives, to housing developmentwhich include at least 20% of the units for lower-income households; or 10% ofthe units for very low-income households, or 50% of the units for senior citizens,under Government Code Section 65915.UpdateIn January of 1999, the City Council adopted a Density Bonus Ordinance pursuant toGovernment Code Section 65915. No applications for use of a density bonus for affordablehousing have been received before or since the adoption of the ordinance.Page 8-87 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicyProgram1.1.06 As an additional incentive to developers who construct the State mandated ratio ofmulti-family lower-income, very-low-income or senior housing units underGovernment Code 65915 and to help make apartments economically competitivein the construction financing market, the City will offer, when required, additionalincentives of appropriate economic value to the construction of target affordablehousing units. These may be in the form of regulatory incentives or concessionsor additional density bonuses that result in identifiable cost reductions that areequivalent to an added 25% density bonus.UpdateIn January of 1999, the Density Bonus Ordinance was adopted as an amendment to theMunicipal Code. Additional incentives include: 50% reduction of the Development ImpactFee and Park Land Impact Mitigation Fee for units affordable to very low income households;25% reduction for units affordable to lower income households; 75% density bonus for seniorcitizen housing developments, resulting in a cumulative density bonus of 100%. Inaccordance with Government Code 65915(e), the following development standards may bemodified: parking requirements may be reduced by one-half of a space and size or interiorsamenities of the density bonus units may be reduced.PolicyProgram1.1.07 In order to develop, coordinate and monitor the comprehensive housing programsset forth in this element and to ensure timely and effective execution of theseprograms, the City will provide necessary housing staff. After review of the annualHousing Progress Report (program 2.1.09), the City Manager may modifyprogram responsibilities in order to effect the most efficient achievement ofhousing goals.UpdateSince adoption of the housing element and implementation of various housing programs,additional housing staff has been added. At this time there is sufficient housing staff toadminister the existing programs.Page 8-88 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicyProgram1.1.08 Through economic or non-economic incentives the City of Moreno Valley willstimulate the creation of 350 new mobile home spaces that are affordable tohouseholds of low and moderate income by 1995, with the potential for anadditional 500 spaces by the year 2000.The City will encourage the development of additional mobile home andmanufactured housing projects through the zoning ordinance and zoningconcessions, and/or direct assistance to private or public corporations (whethernon-profit or for profit), in the form of land cost write downs, infrastructureassistance, site identification and procurement, permit processing priority, or othermethods which may be appropriate and feasible.UpdateThe RDA Affordable Housing Strategy, completed in 1993, indicates that new market rateownership housing in the city is affordable to households at, or above the County median andthat existing rental housing is affordable to households, at or above, 80% of median. Rentson multi-family units and even single family homes have been very low, making it infeasible todevelop mobile home spaces without large subsidies. A more pragmatic and cost-effectiveway of providing housing affordability has been to assist in the renovation of existing rentalunits. Additionally, the city assists in the renovation of existing mobile homes by providingrehabilitation grants of up to $7,500.PolicyProgram2.1 The City will strive to ensure that its housing programs are in accordance witharea and regional housing needs and that new development includes housing thatis appropriate and affordable to all segments of the population including those withspecial housing needs.UpdateHousing programs are developed based on the needs of the city and its residents and for themost part needs reflect those of the larger metropolitan area. Families at 80% of medianincome can afford a home in the city without subsidy. New housing developments include anarray of housing prices and types to address the needs of various segments of thepopulation. Households with special housing needs: the elderly; handicapped and very lowincome; and large families have housing options available. These options include: a 202senior development; a 25 unit handicapped development; 108 units of three and fourbedroom units affordable to households at 60% of median and below and a first timehomebuyer program.Page 8-89 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicyProgram2.1.01 The EDD/RDA will work with County, State and Federal Agencies and staff toensure that Moreno Valley’s housing programs benefit from any availableassistance and that they are an integrated part of meeting regional housingneeds.UpdateThe City of Moreno Valley has been very diligent and successful in obtaining funds toleverage its Low-income Housing Setaside. During the reporting period the City and theCity’s significant financial participation in projects succeeded in leveraging set aside fundswith California Housing Rehabilitation Program for Owners (CHRP-O) funds, HOME funds,Federal 202 funds, Federal Tax Credits, Federal Reserve Affordable Housing Program (AHP)and Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) funds.PolicyProgram2.1.02 The EDD/RDA, will work to directly subsidize the construction of at least 750 newhousing units of various types and sizes that are affordable to very low and lowincomehouseholds by 1995. This corresponds to 10.2% of the City’s identifiedfair share of regional housing needs of 3,375 very low and 4,023 low-incomeaffordable housing units.UpdateThe RDA has subsidized the construction of new housing units. The RDA focus has been onproviding long-term affordable housing to special needs groups and very low-income families.In total 104 new housing units have been constructed between 1992 and December of 1997.The 104 units comprise 7% of all the units constructed in the city between 1992 and 1997and 1% of the City’s identified fair share of regional housing needs.ProjectUnitsTELACU – 25105 Fir Street -senior housing 75Crippled Children – 24545 Bay Avenue - housing for handicapped adults 25Habitat for Humanity – 13191-13235 Scotty Lane – single family 4TOTAL 104Page 8-90 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicy2.1.03ProgramIn order to meet the 1994 SCAG/RHNA figures of unmet needs (3,375 units ofvery low income housing, 4,023 units of low income housing and 3,287 units ofmoderate income housing, totaling 10,685 units) the City and RDA shall work tofacilitate the construction of 2,137 affordable units per year between 1990 and1995. As a minimum objective, the City and RDA shall work to construct,subsidize or facilitate the construction of one-third of this annual goal, an objectiveof 712 new affordable units per year. As a maximum goal, the City shall use2,137 units per year, the annual unmet need figure for low-moderate incomehousing, plus an additional 1,412 units per year at upper-income, or market-rateprices.The EDD/RDA will work with private developers and non-profit organizations toencourage the construction, rehabilitation and/or continued maintenance ofaffordable housing units that are appropriate to the needs of seniors, handicappedpersons, single parent and female-headed households, and large families, groupsthat are identified as being a significant numerical component of the MorenoValley population with special housing needs.UpdateAs the housing element was completed, the Southern California real estate market, and inparticular Moreno Valley suffered a significant decline. Real estate values and effective rentsdeclined as much as 20% and vacancy rates, in some projects, were as high as 50%.Foreclosures of both single and multi-family units increased. Growth in the Riverside-SanBernardino Statistical Area slowed significantly and the RHNA figures of unmet need seemedout of proportion in a rapidly declining economy.The decline in the market was dramatically reflected in the city’s construction permit activity.In the six years between 1986 and 1991, a total of 15,756 single and multi-family permitswere issued. In the six years between 1992 and 1997, a total of 1,562 single and multi-familypermits were issued, a 90% decrease in permit activity. The positive result of such adevastating decrease in construction activity was that new units being constructed wereaffordable to households with moderate incomes and existing resale units also becameaffordable to households at between 80% and 100% of median income.New construction was not economically feasible without large public subsidy. The Citycontinued to work with non-profit organizations, such as the Crippled Children’s Society,TELACU and Habitat for Humanity to develop housing for very low income and special needshouseholds. Additionally, the City continued to provide rehabilitation funds to assist in therehabilitation of existing and foreclosed units, both multi-family and single family, whichprovided affordable housing to low and very low income households. It is imperative to notethat the annual goal of 2,137 units established to meet the SCAG/RHNA figures, exceeded allnew construction during the six years of the housing element reporting time frame.Page 8-91 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicyProgram2.1.04 The City EDD/RDA will coordinate with the Housing Authority of Riverside Countyand will support the Authority in its application for Section 8 certificates andvouchers, with the goal of 400 Section 8 contracts in 1990 and such increases asmay be available from HUD.UpdateThe City continues to be supportive of the Housing Authorities assisted housing programs.The Housing Authority prepares and submits its own applications for Section 8. In the early1990’s the number of certificates and vouchers in the city was in the range of 300, currentlythere are in excess of 1,000 vouchers and certificates in use throughout Moreno Valley.PolicyProgram2.1.05 The EDD/RDA will provide City support and endorsement for nonprofitorganizations seeking Federal or State grants to assist 200 low-income senior orSpecial needs households, annually.UpdateAnnually, the City provides an opportunity for nonprofit organizations to apply for Federalfunds through the City of Moreno Valley Community Development Block Grant Program(CDBG), and the HOME program. Organizations seeking to provide social services oraffordable housing are encouraged to apply. The City provides nonprofits with informationregarding the requirements for applying for Federal funding. The City has also augmentedefforts for other federal funding for project like TELACU, senior housing, Crippled Children’sSociety and Community Housing.PolicyPrograms2.1.06 The EDD will work with the department of Planning to develop a public informationand education program to begin January of 1992, aimed at increasing publicawareness of the need for affordable and special needs housing, what constitutesthis type of housing, and appropriate ways of satisfying these housing needs. Theprogram will seek to reduce public misunderstanding and opposition to affordableand special needs housing. A component of the program will also be aimed atincreasing knowledge and awareness of affordable housing among City staff.UpdateThis program was not established due to budget constraints that resulted in staff furloughsand layoffs. However, through Moreno Valley’s fair housing program, its affiliation withHabitat for Humanity Jimmy Carter Work Project, press releases and newspaper articles inthe local press, the City has been able to increase public awareness of the need foraffordable housing.Page 8-92 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicyProgram2.1.07 The EDD will evaluate and make recommendations regarding requiring that aportion of the City’s General Tax revenue generated from new businesses orindustries hiring significant numbers lower-wage workers be dedicated to thecreation of lower-income housing that will serve the needs of these employers andemployees.UpdateThe City of Moreno Valley has the lowest per capita general fund expenditures in the InlandEmpire for cities over 100,000. It has not been feasible to utilize a portion of the revenue forthe creation of lower-income housing, as these funds are used to provide necessary servicesto residents. Instead, the City has worked diligently and successfully, to leverage its housingfunds to create affordable housing opportunities for lower income households.PolicyProgram2.1.09 The EDD/RDA, in conjunction with the Planning Department, shall prepare anAnnual Housing Progress Report to be submitted to the City Council, relating toprogress in meeting affordable housing goals and the ratio of affordability ofresidential construction permits and new housing construction during the previousyear.UpdateSince the City Council is also the Board of Directors of the Redevelopment Agency, they arekept apprised of the progress the City is making in meeting its affordable housing goals.Consequently, an Annual Housing Progress Report has not been necessary.PolicyProgram3.1 The City will seek to insure that its policies and actions do not create unduegovernmental constraint on the availability and affordability of housing in MorenoValley and will seek to mitigate or remove, where possible, such governmental, aswell as non-governmental, constraints.UpdateThe City has been conscientious not to place undue governmental constraint on theavailability of affordable housing in Moreno Valley.Page 8-93 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicyProgram3.1.01 By July of 1992, the City Planning Department and RDA will complete a review ofvacant, developable land and areas with redevelopment potential to determine ifsufficient area of appropriate density districts (R-10 thru R-20) is in place to meetthe affordable housing needs of the City (as identified in the SCAG RHNA). Ifinsufficient appropriately zoned area is determined, recommendations will bemade to increase the supply of appropriately zoned land available to meetidentified RHNA needs.UpdateThe City is currently revising its General Plan. As part of the revision, a review of theappropriateness of various density districts has been undertaken. By means of the revision,vacant, developable parcels and areas with redevelopment potential may be rezoned to multifamilyresidential (R-10 through R-20). Based on anticipated changes to the General Plan,zoning will allow for a total of 58,824 single family units and a total of 16,617 multi-familyunits. The build-out ratio of multi-family units would be significantly higher that that existing inthe current housing stock.PolicyProgram3.1.02 The City/RDA in an effort to reduce the impact of escalating land costs will seek topurchase land to be retained for future affordable housing projects that reserve upto 49% of their units for lower-income households. Funds from RDA, CDBG,Inclusionary Housing In-Lieu fees, or other sources may be utilized.UpdateThe Redevelopment Agency has acquired a number of developable parcels for futureaffordable housing developments.ResultsProperty Acres Land Use ZoningAtwood Avenue 1.82 Residential R-5Clover Avenue .51 Residential R-5Cottonwood/Indian 8.62 Residential R-5Eucalyptus Avenue 2.54 Residential R-5Fir Avenue .91 Office OfficeMyers Avenue 1.36 Residential R-5Total 15.76Page 8-94 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicyProgram3.1.03 The City Planning Department, in cooperation with EDD/RDA will reduce theimpact of construction costs and Development Code requirements on lowerincome-affordablehousing by developing compensatory economic incentives (andcriteria guidelines for project affordability) that will assist in reducing the overallcosts of low-income housing by January of 1992.UpdateThe Redevelopment Agency has provided financial assistance for the construction of lowerincome, affordable housing. Under the Density Bonus Ordinance, the City will provide anincrease of 25% above the otherwise allowable residential density. The City can also providea reduction in the Development Impact Fee and Park Land Impact Fee for units built underthe Density Bonus Ordinance and/or reduce parking requirements. All of thesecompensatory incentives will assist in reducing the cost of developing affordable housing.PolicyProgram3.1.04 The City will continue to subsidize new low-income rental housing development bymaintaining Development Impact Fees for lower-income multi-family rental units atlevels that are less than 33% of actual economic impact per unit. DevelopmentImpact Fees on single and multi-family units selling or renting at levels above theaffordability standards for median income households will gradually be increaseduntil the fees on these higher prices units cover 100% of the actual economicimpact to the City by 1995.UpdateLegally, the City cannot shift impact fees to other development in excess of thatdevelopment’s impact. RDA has paid fees for affordable units to address impacts.Page 8-95 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicyProgram3.1.05 The City Manager shall be given the authority to waive all or a portion ofDevelopment Impact Fees. If there is determined to be an exceptionally strongbenefit in housing accessibility for lower-income and special needs groups.UpdateIn the past, the Agency has paid for the development impact fees, design enhancements,public improvements and land acquisition for projects deemed as having a strong benefit forlower-income households and special needs groups. The City Manager does not haveauthority to waive Development Impact Fees for any purpose.ResultsProject Units Fees Paid by RDATELACU Villa 75 $ 800,000Habitat for Humanity 4 $ 66,900Crippled Children’s 25 $ 833,160Total 104 $1,700,060PolicyPrograms3.1.06 The Planning Department, in cooperation with EDD/RDA, will review the amount,condition and value of vacant land currently zoned to allow the creation of newmobile home park spaces in Moreno Valley by December of 1991. If sufficientappropriate locations are not available for the creation of 800 new mobile homespace by 1995, the Planning Department will develop a program to increase theappropriately zoned area, or to otherwise provide sufficient area for the potentialdevelopment of at least 1600 additional mobile home spaces (conditional usagreement, etc) within the City’s housing mix.UpdateThe City is currently revising its General Plan. Although, some areas will be rezoned to allowfor future development of multi-family housing, rezoning to increase the number of locationsavailable for the creation of new mobile home spaces is not contemplated. However, mobilehomes are allowed in any residential zone, with a conditional use permit.Page 8-96 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicyProgram3.1.07 The City Planning Department will recommend changes to the City DevelopmentCode that will specifically include emergency and transitional homeless shelters inthe uses permitted under Section 9.02.020 of the Development Code by July of1991.UpdateThe changes to the Development Code allow emergency homeless shelters with aconditional use permit in the following areas: commercial districts, industrial districts, andbusiness park mixed use districts. Homeless shelters are permitted in a public district,subject to district requirements.PolicyProgram3.1.08 The EDD/RDA and Planning Departments will endeavor to spread the cost ofrequired new infrastructure over the widest possible geographic area and timeframe through the use of Mello-Roos districts, assessment districts, phaseddevelopment plans, or other appropriate cost sharing methods.UpdateThere is a citywide fee structure for all new developments to pay for infrastructure.PolicyProgram3.1.09 Conforming manufactured housing will continue to be permitted in all single familyresidentially zoned areas under the City’s Development Code.UpdateConforming manufactured housing continues to be permitted in all single family residentiallyzoned areas of the city. The Agency, through the Home Improvement Loan Program, hasassisted in the purchase and placement of two manufactured units for very low incomehouseholds.Page 8-97 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicyPrograms3.1.10 In order to maintain the beneficial usage of older housing for the maximumeconomically feasible time, the Planning and Economic DevelopmentDepartments/RDA, shall develop a Zoning Transition Management Policy (ZTMP)and programs which will ensure that older affordable housing in areas where thecurrent zoning designation is expected to result in an ultimate change of usageremains safe, sanitary, habitable and available for occupation until such time asappropriate replacement units are available and it is necessary to remove theexisting housing to make way for other conforming uses. This Policy and theprograms to implement it shall be designed and adopted by October of 1991, andmay include such elements as maintenance and repair subsidies, use ofamendment AB1448 of the California Health and Safety Code to enforcemaintenance by landlords, temporary management of units, or other programsthat may be appropriate.UpdateThe City has not developed a Zoning Transition Management Policy. The City will addressthe issue of maintaining the beneficial usage of older housing via revisions to the GeneralPlan, the city’s enhanced code enforcement program, and housing rehabilitation programs. Inareas of the city where housing is currently zoned for other uses, the zoning may be changedto a housing designation to encourage upgrading.PolicyPrograms3.1.11 The Redevelopment Agency shall replace all residential units destroyed byAgency-assisted projects with units of comparable bedroom size and affordabilitywithin four years of their removal pursuant to the requirements of StateRedevelopment Law. The replacement of such units shall be the first priority forthe use of the RDA Low and Moderate Income Housing Fund monies.UpdateThe Agency has removed ten (10) residential units. The Agency has replaced the ten unitswith new units of comparable size and affordability.PolicyPrograms4.1 The EDD/RDA will seek to encourage and assist the rehabilitation andmaintenance of lower-income affordable housing within the City.UpdateThe City has a successful housing rehabilitation program, which in the past has provided upto $50,000 per unit for substantial rehabilitation of both rental and ownership housing. Unlikemany cities, Moreno Valley also makes grant funds available for the rehabilitation of mobilehomes.Page 8-98 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicyPrograms4.1.01 The EDD/RDA will coordinate with the Riverside County Housing Authority toparticipate under the Section 312 program when funding is available to secure therehabilitation of substandard single family homes occupied by low-incomehouseholds.UpdateThe City of Moreno Valley encourages rehabilitation and maintenance of lower-incomehousing through a variety of programs. Assistance is provided in the form of low interestdeferred payment loans to owner occupants as well as owners of rental properties.Moderate-income homeowners can receive assistance through the Homeowner’s Assistancefor Minor Rehabilitation (HAMR) program, which provides a low interest amortized loan. Lowincomeowners of mobile homes can receive assistance through the City’s Mobilehome GrantProgram that provides up to a $7,500 rehabilitation grant.The City of Moreno Valley established its own single family rehabilitation program. Under theHome Improvement Loan Program (HILP). Funding from RDA, HOME and CHRP-O werecombined to provide substantial rehabilitation funds for single family homes occupied by lowincomehouseholds.Page 8-99 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicyPrograms4.1.02 The City will continue to utilize CDBG and/or other appropriate funds to assist lowincomesenior citizens with minor repairs to owner-occupied homes, in conjunctionwith the Riverside County Housing Authority or other agencies, with the goal ofassisting at least 50 households per year.UpdateDuring the time that the County administered a Senior Home Repair Program and made thatprogram available to all cities in the county, the City of Moreno Valley provided funding for theprogram. A total of $52,000, over three years, was provided from the City’s CDBG funds.Seniors in our community were given a $250 grant for minor repairs. However, since 1995,the county has only made funds available to unincorporated areas, thus Moreno Valleyseniors were no longer eligible to receive grants. The City has compensated by providing agrant to mobile home owners (a large proportion of those utilizing the Senior Home RepairProgram lived in mobile homes) and by providing a minor rehabilitation loan program as well.ResultsFiscal YearMobilehome UnitsRehabilitatedRDA Funds HOME Funds Total‘93-94 28 $50,444 $100,000 $150,444‘94-95 7 $13,460 $27,330 $ 40,790‘95-96 29 $59,000 $112,000 $171,000‘96-97 23 $63,697 $102,064 $165,761TOTAL 60 $186,601 $341,394 $527,995Page 8-100 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicyPrograms4.1.03 The EDD, CDBG funded Housing Specialist will develop, implement and monitor aCDBG funded Deferred Loan Housing Improvement Program to assist lowerincomeowner occupants of single-family homes in rehabilitation of substandardhousing conditions, with the goal of assisting at least 10 households per year.UpdateThe Home Improvement Loan Program (HILP) was established in 1991 and has been thecore of the City’s rehabilitation program. Through HILP, 3% payment deferred loans areavailable to low and very low-income homeowners. Through the years, leveraging state andfederal housing funds has enhanced the program budget.SingleFamily Units RehabilitatedResultsFunds Loaned28 $568,473 22 See Table 1Page 8-101 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicyPrograms4.1.04 The EDD/RDA will work with Riverside County Housing Authority to secure andcoordinate the application of HUD-financed Rental Rehabilitation programs(including the Moderate Rehabilitation program) within Moreno Valley, with thegoal of rehabilitating 300 lower-income rental units by 1995.UpdateThrough the State HOME program, the City received funding for a HUD financed RentalRehabilitation Program. The program has been continued using RDA and HOME funding.Given the relatively low market rents, new rental housing construction has been infeasiblewithout large subsidies. Instead the publicly assisted renovation of existing rental units offersa more cost-effective way to provide housing affordability.ResultsRental Rehabilitation ProgramPalos Verdes Apartments24020 Dracaea 48 unitsQuail Run Apartments13400 Elsworth 225 unitsIsaac15321 Sheila Street 4 UnitsOswal21881 Cottonwood Avenue 1 UnitChilds24457 & 24471 Postal Avenue 4 UnitsCaraballo24600-24612 Atwood AvenueSanchez15187 Elm Court5 Units4 unitsTotal291 UnitsPage 8-102 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicyProgram4.1.05 The EDD/RDA, in cooperation with the Planning Department, will complete asurvey of residential units within the Redevelopment Area(s) of Moreno Valley,identifying low-income affordable and substandard units, and then establish aprogram or programs that will lead to the replacement or renovation of 5% ofthese substandard units each year. Survey completion: July 1991; Programinitiation December of 1991.UpdateThe City completed a windshield survey of residential units within the redevelopment areas.Based on the windshield survey a total of three single-family units were identified assubstandard. The three units were boarded and visibly substandard. The number ofsubstandard units was limited so that the establishment of a program to replace or renovate apercentage of units was not necessary. However, the City has established the RentalRehabilitation Program, the Home Improvement Loan Program, the Mobilehome GrantProgram and the Homeowner’s Assistance for Minor Rehabilitation Program, to replace orrenovate housing. The programs are available citywide with priority given to projects in theredevelopment areas.PolicyProgram5.1 The City will seek to maximize the public benefit of programs designed to increasethe accessibility of affordable housing, especially to lower-income and specialneedshouseholds, including the homeless and handicapped.UpdateThe City has maximized the public benefit of its housing programs by using a variety ofmechanisms to increase the accessibility of affordable housing. The City utilizes controlmechanisms in its loan programs to assure that units remain affordable for the longestfeasible period. The City makes its funds available at very low, simple interest rates, deferspayments and does not exclude households with previous bankruptcies or inferior credithistories from accessing the City’s affordable housing programs. The City has most recentlyadopted a Density Bonus Ordinance, which will provide incentives to developers seeking todevelop the State mandated ratio of affordable units.Page 8-103 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicyProgram5.1.01 By December 31, 1991, the EDD/RDA will create requirements and controlmechanisms that will reserve for lower-income owner or renter households, thebenefits derived from direct or indirect incentives provided to the development oflower-income affordable housing through City programs for the longest feasibletime period. These requirements and control mechanisms will be utilized inconjunction with all lower-income single family and multi-family or City-backedhousing programs.UpdateThe City of Moreno Valley employs affordability requirements and other control mechanismsto insure that units created for lower-income households are maintained affordable for thelongest feasible period. Also, in programs where the City provides direct assistance toproperty owners, the regulatory agreement has repayment requirements that insures setasidefunds are repaid for use again in other affordable housing programs. It is important to notethat the City provides loans at very low interest and does not add to a lower incomehousehold’s housing costs.ProgramResultsControl MechanismsHome Improvement Loan Program Allows homeowners to borrow up to $15,000 at 3%,simple interest. Payment are deferred for 20 yearsor until owner sells or ceases to occupy the property.Rental Rehabilitation Loan ProgramAllows investors to borrow up to $35,000 per unit, at5% interest. Payments are deferred for the first yearand commence in year two. Even if the property issold, subsequent owners are bound by theCovenants and Restrictions to maintain the unitsaffordable for the specified period.Homeowner’s Assistance for MinorRehabilitationDensity Bonus OrdinanceAssisted projects involving specialagreements (large rehabs/newconstruction).A $5,000 maximum loan with a 3% to 5% annualinterest rate. Payments are amortized over 10years. Loan is immediately due upon sale, refinanceor if rented.Developers of five or more units affordable to lowerincome households can receive up to 25% increasein density. Density Bonus Housing Agreementmaintains units affordable for ten years.Owner Participation Agreement provides forrecorded covenants and restrictions to assureaffordability for the longest feasible period.Page 8-104 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicyProgram5.1.02 The City/RDA will seek to leverage funds from the Low-income Housing SetasideFund and any other sources with other City, County or State programs, and /orwith other private non-profit organizations in order to create the maximum numberof affordable lower-income units.UpdateThe City of Moreno Valley has been very diligent and successful in obtaining funds toleverage its Low-income Housing Setaside. During the reporting period the City hasleveraged setaside funds with California Housing Rehabilitation Program for Owners (CHRP-O) funds, HOME funds, Federal 202 funds, and Community Development Block Grant(CDBG) funds.ResultsSource Amount Leverage ProgramCrippledChildren’sSection202$1,818,000 $825,000 (RDA) Construction of 25 apartment for lowincome,physically handicapped adults.HOME $800,000 $330,000 (RDA) Three housing activities:1)single family rehabilitation;2) rental rehabilitation;3) mobile home rehabilitation grants.CHRP-O $180,000$240,000$ 75,000(RDA)$100,000 (RDA)Rehabilitation of single family, owneroccupiedunits. Low interest, deferredloans up to $20,000 per unit.Section202$4,800,000 $800,000 (RDA)$106,913 (CDBG)Construction of 75 apartments for lowincomeseniors and handicapped adults.Total $7,838,000 $2,236,913Page 8-105 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicyPrograms5.1.03 In order to maximize the availability of housing to lower-income seniors and specialneeds individuals in Moreno Valley, the City will consider allotting a portion of itsCDBG funding to support the administrative expenses and promotion of a ShareHousing Program in conjunction with the Housing Authority of Riverside County.UpdateThe Shared Housing Program is administered by the Volunteer Center of Riverside County.The program has limited appeal to individuals looking for affordable housing in a market suchas Moreno Valley’s where units are rather affordable. However, in 1992 the City’scommitment of its CDBG and Agency funds was rewarded with the completion of a newconstruction 202 senior project built in conjunction with TELACU. TELACU Villas, providesaffordable, independent living apartment units to very low income seniors.ResultsProjectTELACU Villa consists of seventy-five (75) affordable units forseniors and handicapped adults. The units provide an opportunityfor special needs households to continue living independently in asafe and affordable unit.Number of Units75Page 8-106 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicyProgram5.1.04 The EDD/RDA shall develop by July of 1992, a program, programs or method ofparticipation in programs with other public or non-profit entities, that will assistfamilies and individuals that are at risk of becoming homeless in an effort toprevent them from becoming homeless, through rent subsidies, job counseling,rental assistance, child care for working parents, or other programs that may beappropriate.UpdateBeginning in fiscal year 1992-93, the City has provided Community Development Block Grant(CDBG) funds for a program to prevent homelessness by providing monetary assistance tofamilies who have fallen behind on their house or rent payments. Prior to fiscal year 92-93and including fiscal year 1997-98, the City continues to provide funding for two fooddistribution programs in the City that help lower income individuals stretch their limited dollarsand prevent some of these families from becoming homeless.Program Services Provided FundingI Care Shelter Home Provide shelter, food and counseling forhomeless families from Moreno Valley $ 25,175Genesis Homeless Shelter Provide shelter, food and counseling services forhomeless families from Moreno Valley. $ 50,995Moreno Valley Shelter Shelter services for homeless families. $ 15,000Riverside Men’s Shelter Provide shelter, food clothing and counseling forsingle me. $ 10,000Operation Safehouse Provide shelter, food, counseling, and clothingand support services for runaway/throwaway $ 16,890children in a safe and supervised environment.Aid to Victims ofDomestic ViolenceA 24-hour crisis line, counseling and shelterservices to battered women and abused children. $ 74,810Consumer CreditServices to prevent foreclosure and homeless.Counseling$ 4,220Catholic CharitiesEmergency rental/mortgage assistance and firstmonth rent/security deposit to low income $ 24,700families to prevent homelessness.Total $221,790Source: City of Moreno Valley, Community Development Block Grant ProgramPage 8-107 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicyProgram5.1.05 The city will meet the emergency shelter needs of the homeless throughcontinued financial support and other appropriate support of local and regionalprograms that provide emergency shelter and other types of assistance for thehomeless of Moreno Valley. Important elements of the City’s program will be theassurance of adequate, appropriate transportation services to homeless sheltersand support locations which may be located outside the City limits, coordination ofvarious programs from a unified location, cooperation among various providers ofhomeless services, and preparation for the creation of homeless shelter facilitieswithin Moreno Valley by the year 1998. The city Manager will designate adepartment to be responsible for meeting the emergency shelter needs of thehomeless.UpdateThe City has consistently provided Community Development Grant Block (CDBG) fundingfor shelter, food, counseling services, clothing and other support services to meet theemergency needs of homeless persons. Prior to the reporting period (1992-1997) and sincethat time, the City has continued to provide funding for homeless shelters and attendantservices.ResultsProgram Services Provided FundingI Care ShelterHomeGenesisHomelessShelterMoreno ValleyShelterProvide shelter, food and counseling for homelessfamilies from Moreno Valley.Shelter, food and counseling services for homelessfamilies from Moreno Valley.$ 25,175$ 50,995Shelter services for homeless families. $ 15,000Riverside Men’sShelterOperationSafehouseAid to Victims ofDomesticViolenceProvide shelter, food, clothing and counseling for singlemen.Provide shelter, food, counseling, and clothing andsupport services for runaway/throwaway children in asafe and supervised environment.A 24-hour crisis line, counseling and shelter services tobattered women and abused children.$ 10,000$ 16,890$ 74,810Page 8-108 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANResultsProgram Services Provided FundingConsumerCreditCounselingCatholicCharitiesCounseling and assistance: assignments, forbearanceagreements, extension and workout to preventforeclosure and homelessness.Emergency rental/mortgage assistance and first monthrent/security deposit to low income families to preventhomelessness.$4,220$24,700TOTAL $ 221,790Page 8-109 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicyProgram5.1.06 The City Manager will designate by October 1 of 1991, appropriate City staff towork in cooperation with the Housing Authority of Riverside County and the cities ofRiverside and Perris (as well as other potentially concerned entities such as the cityof Norco and Corona) to assess the regional impact of impending termination ofFederal and other types of mortgage and rental subsidies. By October of 1992 theCity will develop a plan to mitigate any negative local effects of such terminationsover the next 10 years, preferably through co-operation with the other effectedjurisdictions to retain or replace terminated subsidies or subsidized units on aregional basis.UpdateThe City of Moreno Valley does not have housing units affected by the termination of Federalmortgage or rent subsidies. The City has a total of 257 units in five Mortgage Revenue Bondassisted projects, with affordability controls that expired (between 1995-1999). Of the fiveprojects only one, with twenty-eight (28) affordable units, was required to rent to very lowincome households. The other projects were required to make units available to lowerincome households.The City has provided 163 rental units at below market rents to households earning between50% and 60% of the county median income. The affordability controls on the units willremain in effect for thirty years. However, rent buy down units, are restricted only during thetime that the City buys down the rent to an affordable level.Results 1991-1997Rental Rehabilitation Program Rent Buydown Program TotalPalos VerdesApts.15 unitsPalos VerdesTownhomes17 unitsQuail Run Apts.10 units163unitsIsaac 4 units New ConstructionOswal1 unitHabitat4 unitsChildsGracielaCaraballoSanchez4 units5 units4 unitsTELACU VillaCrippled Children’s7524Page 8-110 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicyProgram5.1.07 The Redevelopment Agency shall provide that new housing units created throughthe use of RDA Low and Moderate Income Housing Fund monies shall be madeaffordable to low and very low income households in at least the proportions and forat least the time periods required by State Redevelopment Law.UpdateIn 1993, the Redevelopment Agency entered into an agreement with Habitat for Humanity toassist in the development of a limited number of single family homes for very low-incomefamilies. In the agreement, Agency assistance consisted of funds to acquire sites and thepayment of development impact fees.ResultsHabitat for Humanity Total Affordability TermScotty Lane Homes 4 units 30 yearsPolicyProgram6.1 The City shall affirmatively further fair housing throughout the City.UpdateIn cooperation with its designated fair housing agency, the City of Moreno Valley sustained itscommitment to further fair housing through a variety of efforts. The City’s housing agencyinforms residents of fair housing laws, practices and available resources.Page 8-111 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicyProgram6.1.01 The City will continue to contract with the Riverside County Housing Authority tooperate a Fair Housing Program. The EDD will ensure that a Fair HousingProgram is available on an ongoing basis. The EDD shall ensure a Fair HousingCounselor is available to citizens of Moreno valley.UpdateIn July, 1991, the City contracted with Inland Mediation Services to provide fair housingservices. Inland Mediation continues to provide fair housing services for citizens of MorenoValley.ResultsFair Housing Services Tenant/Landlord ServicesWorkshopsFY ’91-92-FY ‘96-97FY ‘91-92- FY ‘96-97 FY ‘91-92- FY ‘96-97218 1,944 13Policy6.1.02ProgramThe EDD shall work with County, State and local groups to achieve fair housinggoals, including increased participation in Voluntary Affirmative MarketingAgreements (VAMA) among Realtors, and affirmative advertising in areanewspapers. Timetable: ongoing.UpdateThe City’s housing provider from fiscal year 1991-92 to fiscal year 1998-99 was Inland FairHousing & Mediation Board, who was responsible for encouraging participation in VoluntaryAffirmative Marketing Agreements (VAMA’s) on behalf of the City of Moreno Valley. Duringits contract tenure, IFHMB worked toward developing dialogue regarding the VAMA with theBoard of Realtors serving the Moreno Valley Area. To date there have been no VAMAagreements and dependent on the cooperation of a group outside City’s direct influence.Policy ProgramThe EDD will disseminate information about efforts to eliminate housing6.1.03 discrimination and inform residents of the Fair Housing Program and the FairHousing Counselor.UpdateInland Fair Housing and Mediation Board provides the following services in its ongoing effortsto disseminate information and eliminate housing discrimination: Fair housing workshopsand tenant/landlord mediation workshops, public presentations on fair housing anddistribution of flyers, brochures, press-releases and advertisements on fair housing. Thecity’s fair housing agency has also made fair housing presentations on Spanish languageradio and mailed quarterly fair housing newsletters to apartment owners and realtors onbehalf of the City of Moreno valley.Page 8-112 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANTABLE 8-36Units Rehabilitated (Policy 4.1.03)Name Address Loan AmountAvila 15160 Pepper Court $38,400Blanchard 13310 Allyn Drive $24,788Both 25303 Old Farm Road $ 5,879Bruno 25118 Filaree $31,028Chatman 14797 Brentstone $ 8,790Cullen 12685 Laury Lane $15,000Duran 15136 Pepper Court $34,678Ealy 1211- Bayless Street $14,695Gorman 25153 Silent Creek $ 8,928Gray 13569 Elsworth $15,467Griffin 22481 Bay Avenue $34,724Hanson 11503 Hubbard Street $24,353Jennings 24316 Lamont Drive $ 5,000Kelsey 25164 Gentian $24,425Lemus 15215 Pepper Court $10,000Lopez 13595 Golden Eagle $ 2,981Lugo 13378 Silver Lane $ 5,319Mc Millan 24624 Bay Avenue $10,769Mehta 13697 Sunbright $15,568Morgan 29120 Gifford $18,912Paschall 28460 Alessandro Blvd. $14,990Rodriguez-Benitez 12820 Ross Street $33,892Sellers 23667 Misty Glade Court $ 4,967Wilkinson 14844 Starmont Street $24,344Wilkison 24956 Ironwood $60,953Witherspoon 24361 Finley Drive $13,845Ybarra 15174 Patricia Avenue $62,220Zanini 13620 New Haven $ 3,558Total 28 Properties $568,473.00Page 8-113 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANNOTES1 Richard Simon, “Growth Modest But Las Vegas, Phoenix Record Big Gains in 1990s”, LosAngeles Times, July 1, 1999, Section A, p.3.2 John E. Husing, “Economic Development Strategy City of Moreno Valley, Final Report”, p. 22.Report prepared for the City of Moreno Valley.3 Husing, p. 16.4 City specific unemployment data is not seasonally adjusted.5 Michael Utley, “Contrarian Commuters, “Press Enterprise, May 7, 2000 Section H, p. 1.6 U.S. Bureau of the Census7 Riverside County Board of Supervisors, Grandparents Raising Grandchildren the Situation inRiverside County, (Final report, 2000)8 Grandparents Raising Grandchildren ,p. 1.9 U.S. Bureau of the Census10 U.S. Census11 U.S. Bureau of the Census, Statistical Brief, January 199412 U.S. Census13 Muse Consulting, Inc. “Moreno Valley 1998 Demographic and Labor Force Study”, p. 6. Reportprepared for the City of Moreno Valley.14 U.S. Bureau of the Census, Current Population Reports, Series P-60, Nos. 124,140,145, 149,154,157, 161, 166, 168, 174, 180, 185 and 207.15 www.hud.gov./women/rntlast.html16 John Conant. California State Department of Housing and Community Development.Telephone interview. August 15, 2000.17 Office of the Agricultural Commissioner, County of Riverside 1999 Agricultural Crop Report, p. 9.Department.18 California State, Labor Market Information Division of the Employment Development19 Steve Sutter, Personnel Management Advisors. Telephone interview. August 15, 2000.Page 8-114 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANNOTES20 The National Agricultural Survey, April 1997. A Profile of U.S. Farm Workers, a reportprepared for the U.S. Department of Labor, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Policy.21 The National Agricultural Survey, p. 10.22 The National Agricultural Survey, p. 12.23 Very Low-Income total consists of the following projects with 55 year affordability covenants:271 units at Cottonwood Place Apts. Phases I-III; 69 units at Co-op Services Apts.; 40 units atCoachella Valley Housing Coalition Apts.; 2 units at Sunridge Apts.; 1 unit at RHDC Bay Apts.; 2 units atPostal Avenue Apts.; 42 units at Bay Family Apts.; 99 units at Oakwood Apartments; 60 units atSunnymead Villas. Units in projects with 30 year affordability covenants: 3 units at Amber Ridge Apts.; 6Habitat for Humanity houses with 30-year affordability and resale restrictions.24Stradling Yocca Carlson & Rauth, 2005 S.B./Riverside County Affordable Housing Worksheet.Low-Income total consists of the following projects: The following projects have 55 year affordabilitycovenants as a result of RDA assistance: 6 units at Sunridge Apts.rehabilitated in part with Agency funds;142 units at Oakwood Apartments; 18 units at Bay Family Apartments; 3 units at RHDC Bay Apts.; 6units at Postal Avenue Apartments. Projects with 30 year affordability covenants: 32 units at AmberRidge Apartments. Affordable rent for lower income households is the product of 30% times 60% of thearea median income adjusted for family size, pursuant to Health and Safety Code Section 50053(b)(3). In2005, affordable rent for a 1 bedroom unit could not exceed $667.50; for a 2 bedroom $751.50; rent for a3 bedroom unit $834.75.25 City of Moreno Valley, Economic Development Department, New Residential Construction-Single Family & Multi-Family (8/30/04 Report). Moderate-income total consists of the following 1,350multi-family market rate rental units. Affordable rent for a moderate income household is the product of30% times 110% of area median income adjusted for family size, pursuant to Health and Safety CodeSection 50053(b)(4). In 2005, affordable rent for a 1 bedroom unit could not exceed $1,223.75;$1,377.75 for a 2 bedroom; $1,5380.38 for a 3 bedroom unit. 174 units at Quail Point Apts.; 176 units atBroadstone Apts.; 304 units at Lasselle Place Apts. rents ranging from $960-$1580; 552 units at Legacyat Town Gate Apts.; 144 units at Box Springs Apts. The for sale moderate income total consists of: 18units at Dracaea Avenue Condominiums; 165 and 126 condominium units by Forecast Homes; 222condominium units by DR Horton; 206 units at Vista Springs Apts.; 60 condominium units onSunnymead Blvd. All units are considered affordable to moderate income households based on salesprice in 2004 ranging from $172,000 to $200,000.Page 8-115 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 8 – HOUSINGMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN26 City of Moreno Valley, Economic Development Department, Building and Safety Division,Single Family Units Under Construction (9/14/04 Report). Based on a house price of $195,000; 100% ofmedian income of $54,300 for 2004 for a family of four; a 20% down payment, 7% interest rate, 30-yearamortization, 30% of income dedicated to housing expenses: Renaissance Park Tract #29143: 252 units(52 @ 1,435 sq. ft.; 83 @ 1,634 sq. ft.; 45 @ 1,705 sq. ft.; 72 @ 1,791 sq. ft.); Greystone Homes, Tract#219732 phases 1 & 2: 9 units at 1,397 sq. ft.; New Castle Development Tract #27525: 2 units at 1,470sq. ft.27 City of Moreno Valley, New Residential Construction-Single Family & Multi-Family.28 City of Moreno Valley, Technology Services, Residential Zoning Study: Inventory of VacantParcels and Inventory of Exception Parcels (10/28/04 Data).29 State of California, Health and Safety Code, Section 50079.5. A very-low-income household isa household whose annual income does not exceed 50% of the median income for the area, asdetermined by HUD, adjusted for family size.30 State of California, Health and Safety Code. A low-income household is a household whoseannual income does not exceed 80% of the median income for the area, as determined by HUD, adjustedfor family size.31 State of California, Health and Safety Code, Section 50093. A moderate income household isa household whose income does not exceed 120 percent of area median income, adjusted for family sizeby the department in accordance with adjustment factors adopted and amended from time to time byHUD pursuant to Section 8 of the United States Housing Act of 1937.32 Persons and families whose income exceeds 120 percent of area median income, adjusted forfamily size.33 Moreno Valley Municipal Code, Section 9.03.050.Page 8-116 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVESMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN9.0 INTRODUCTIONThe General Plan is an expression of thecommunity’s vision for the physical, social,cultural and economic development ofMoreno Valley. It supports the City Council’svision for creating a positive future for MorenoValley. Goals are general expressions ofconditions that the City would like to attain.Objectives are specific conditions that theCity would like to achieve. Policies areprinciples or guidelines intended to directfuture activities and decisions in order toachieve the goals and objectives. Programsare plans of action to implement or advancethe goals, objectives and policies.9.1 ULTIMATE GOALSVI. Enjoys a circulation system thatfosters traffic safety and the efficientmovement of motor vehicles,bicycles and pedestrians.VII. Emphasizes public health and safety,including, but not limited to, police,fire, emergency and animal servicesand protection from floods and otherhazards.VIII. Recognizes the need to conservenatural resources whileaccommodating growth anddevelopment.The ultimate goals of the City of MorenoValley General Plan are to achieve acommunity which:I. Exhibits an orderly and balancedland use pattern that accommodatesa range of residential, cultural,recreational, business andemployment opportunities.II.III.Is clean, attractive and free of blightand deteriorated conditions.Provides public services and publicfacilities that are needed anddesired by the community, including,but not limited to, a library(s) andlibrary services.IV. Enjoys a healthy economic climatethat benefits both residents andbusinesses.V. Provides recreational amenities,recreation services and open space,including, but not limited to, parks,multi-use trails, community centersand open space.Page 9-1 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVES9.2 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENTELEMENT GOALS, OBJECTIVESPOLICIES AND PROGRAMS9.2.1 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENTELEMENT GOALSGoal 2.1A pattern of land uses, which organizes futuregrowth, minimizes conflicts between landuses, and which promotes the rationalutilization of presently underdeveloped andundeveloped parcels.Goal 2.2An organized, well-designed, high quality,and functional balance of urban and rural landuses that will meet the needs of a diversepopulation, and promote the optimum degreeof health, safety, well-being, and beauty for allareas of the community, while maintaining asound economic base.Goal 2.3Achieves an overall design statement that willestablish a visually unique image throughoutthe City.Goal 2.4A supply of housing in sufficient numberssuitable to meet the diverse needs of futureresidents and to support healthy economicdevelopment without creating an oversupplyof any particular type of housing.Goal 2.5Maintenance of systems for water supply anddistribution; wastewater collection, treatment,and disposal; solid waste collection anddisposal; and energy distribution which arecapable of meeting the present and futureneeds of all residential, commercial, andindustrial customers within the City of MorenoValley.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN9.2.2 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENTELEMENT OBJECTIVES ANDPOLICIESObjective 2.1Balance the provision of urban and rurallands within Moreno Valley by providingadequate land for present and future urbanand economic development needs, whileretaining the significant natural features andthe rural character and lifestyle of thenortheastern portion of the community.Objective 2.2Provide a wide range of residentialopportunities and dwelling types to meet thedemands of present and future residents of allsocioeconomic groups.Policies:2.2.1 In determining allowable density forresidential parcels an "adjusted netacreage" shall be used. Adjusted netacres shall mean the land area thatwould remain after dedication ofultimate rights-of-ways for arterialstreets, freeways and parkdedications.2.2.2 The primary purpose of areasdesignated Hillside Residential is tobalance the preservation of hillsideareas with the development of vieworientedresidential uses.a. Within the Hillside Residentialcategory, appropriateresidential uses include largelot residential uses. Lotssmaller than one acre mayonly be permitted as clusteredunits to minimize grading, andother impacts on theenvironment, inclusive of theMulti-Species HabitatConservation Plan.Page 9-2 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVESb. The maximum residentialdensity within HillsideResidential areas shall bedetermined by the steepnessof slopes within the project.The maximum allowabledensity shall not exceed onedwelling unit per acre onsloping hillside property andshall decrease with increasingslope gradient.c. Future development withinHillside Residential areas shalloccur in such a manner as tomaximize preservation ofnatural hillside contours,vegetation and othercharacteristics. Hillside areadevelopments shouldminimize grading by followingthe natural contours as muchas possible.d. Development within HillsideResidential areas shall beevaluated to determine theprecise boundaries of thearea. If the CommunityDevelopment Directordetermines that adequateslope information is notavailable, applicantsrequesting to develop withinthese areas shall complete aslope analysis for theproposed development site.Portions of the developmentthat exceed an average slopeof 10% shall adhere to thepolicies within the HillsideResidential category. Portionsof the development where theslopes are less than 10% onaverage shall adhere topolicies within the adjacentland use category.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN2.2.3 The primary purpose of areasdesignated Rural Residential is toprovide for and protect rural lifestyles,as well as to protect natural resourcesand hillsides in the rural portions ofthe City.a. The maximum residentialdensity within RuralResidential and areas shall bedetermined by the steepnessof slopes within the individualproject area. The maximumallowable density shall be 0.4dwelling units per acre (anaverage lot size of 2.5 acres)on flat terrain and shalldecrease with increasingslope gradient.b. Within the Rural Residentialcategory, appropriateresidential uses include largelot residential uses. Lotssmaller than 2.5 acres mayonly be permitted as clusteredunits to minimize grading andother impacts on theenvironment, inclusive of theMulti-Species HabitatConservation Plan.2.2.4 The primary purpose of areasdesignated Residential 1 is toprovide for and protect rural lifestyles.The maximum allowable density forprojects within the Residential 1 areasshall be 1.0 dwelling unit per acre.2.2.5 The primary purpose of areasdesignated Residential 2 is toprovide for suburban lifestyles onresidential lots larger than commonlyavailable in suburban subdivisionsand to provide a rural atmosphere.The maximum allowable density shallbe 2.0 dwelling units per acre.Page 9-3 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVES2.2.6 The primary purpose of areasdesignated Residential 3 is toprovide a transition between rural andurban density development areas,and to provide for a suburban lifestyleon residential lots larger than thosecommonly found in suburbansubdivisions. The maximumallowable density shall be 3.0 dwellingunits per acre.2.2.7 The primary purpose of areasdesignated Residential 5 is toprovide for single-family detachedhousing on standard sized suburbanlots. The maximum allowable densityshall be 5.0 dwelling units per acre.2.2.8 The primary purpose of areasdesignated Residential 10 is toprovide for a variety of residentialproducts and to encourage innovationin housing types. Developmentswithin Residential 10 areas aretypically expected to provideamenities not generally found insuburban subdivisions, such ascommon open space and recreationalareas. The maximum allowabledensity shall be 10.0 dwelling unitsper acre.2.2.9 The primary purpose of areasdesignated Residential 15 is toprovide a range of multi-familyhousing types for those not desiringdwellings on individual lots thatinclude amenities such as commonopen space and recreational facilities.The maximum allowable density shallbe 15.0 dwelling units per acre.2.2.10 The primary purpose of areasdesignated Residential 20 is toprovide a range of high density multifamilyhousing types. Developmentswithin Residential 20 areas shall alsoprovide amenities, such as commonopen spaces and recreationalMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANfacilities. The maximum density shallbe 20 dwelling units per acre.2.2.11 Densities in excess of the maximumallowable density for residentialprojects may be permitted pursuant toCalifornia density bonus law.2.2.12 Planned Unit Developments (PUD)shall be encouraged for residentialconstruction in order to providehousing that is varied by type, design,form of ownership, and size. PUD’sshall also provide opportunities tocluster units to protect significantenvironmental features and/or provideunique recreational facilities.2.2.13 Discourage costly "leap-frog"development patterns by encouragingin-fill development wherever feasible,thereby reducing overall housingcosts. Development within an areadesignated as SP 212-1 (MorenoHighlands) is not considered to beleapfrog development.2.2.14 Encourage a diversity of housingtypes, including conventional, factorybuilt, mobile home, and multiple familydwelling units2.2.15 Encourage the use of innovative andcost effective building materials, sitedesign practices and energy andwater conservation measures toconserve resources and reduce thecost of residential development.2.2.16 Affordable housing developmentsshould be compatible in visual designwith surrounding development.2.2.17 Discourage nonresidential uses onlocal residential streets that generatetraffic, noise or other characteristicsthat would adversely affect nearbyresidents.Page 9-4 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVESMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANObjective 2.3Promote a sense of community and pridewithin residential areas through increasedneighborhood interaction and enhancedproject design.Policies:2.3.1 Within individual residential projects, avariety of floor plans and elevationsshould be offered.2.3.2 Encourage building placementvariations, roofline variations,architectural projections, and otherembellishments to enhance the visualinterest along residential streets.2.3.3 Discourage the development ofsingle-family residences with a bulk(building mass) that is out of scalewith the size of the parcels on whichthey are located.2.3.4 Design large-scale small lot singlefamily and multiple family residentialprojects to group dwellings aroundindividual open space and/orrecreational features.2.3.5 Ensure that all multiple family housingis well-designed, attractive and livableby:a. Ensuring all structures arearchitecturally compatible andincludedecorativearchitectural features andarticulation in walls and roofs;b. Providing adequate parking,walkways,lighting,landscaping, amenities andopen space areas;c. Providing private open spaceareas such as patios andbalconies.Objective 2.4Provide commercial areas within the City thatare conveniently located, efficient, attractive,and have safe and easy pedestrian andvehicular circulation in order to serve theretail and service commercial needs ofMoreno Valley residents and businesses.Policies:2.4.1 The primary purpose of areasdesignated Commercial is to provideproperty for business purposes,including, but not limited to, retailstores, restaurants, banks, hotels,professional offices, personal servicesand repair services. The zoningregulations shall identify the particularuses permitted on each parcel of land,which could include compatiblenoncommercial uses. Commercialdevelopment intensity should notexceed a Floor Area Ratio of 1.00 andthe average floor area ratio should besignificantly less.2.4.2 The commercial area located at theintersection of AlessandroBoulevard and Redlands Boulevardshall provide for commercial landuses that are compatible with thehistorical, small town nature of theoriginal Moreno town site. The zoningregulations shall identify the particularuses permitted on each parcel of land,which could include compatiblenoncommercial uses.2.4.3 The commercial area located on thenorth side of State Route 60 at theintersection of Moreno Beach Driveshall provide for the establishment ofcommercial land uses that serve thedaily needs of the surroundingresidential neighborhood and thetraveling public. It is not intended toserve the needs of the region forgoods, services, entertainment orPage 9-5 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVESrecreation. The zoning regulationsshall identify the particular uses andtype of development permitted oneach parcel, which could includeoffice uses and compatiblenoncommercial uses.2.4.4 An overlay district limiting land uses tothose that are supportive andcompatible with medical uses shall beestablished around the RiversideCounty Regional Medical Centerand the Moreno Valley CommunityHospital. The zoning regulationsshall identify the particular uses andtype of development permitted oneach parcel.2.4.5 The primary purpose of locationsdesignated Mixed-Use on the MorenoValley General Plan Land Use map isto provide for the establishment ofcommercial and office uses and/orresidential developments of up to 20dwelling units per acre. The zoningregulations shall identify the particularuses and type of developmentpermitted on each parcel. Overalldevelopment intensity should notexceed a floor area ratio of 1.00.2.4.6 The primary purpose of areasdesignated Residential/Office on theMoreno Valley General Plan LandUse map is to provide areas for theestablishment of office-based workingenvironments or residentialdevelopments of up to 15 dwellingunits per acre. The zoningregulations shall identify the particularuses and type of residentialdevelopment permitted on eachparcel of land. Overall developmentintensity should not exceed a FloorArea Ratio of 1.00.2.4.7 The primary purpose of areasdesignated Office is to provide foroffice uses, including, administrative,professional, legal, medical andMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANfinancial offices. The zoningregulations shall identify the particularuses permitted on each parcel of land,which could include limited non-officeuses that support and are compatiblewith office uses. Developmentintensity should not exceed a FloorArea Ratio of 2.00 and the averageintensity should be significantly less.2.4.8 Orient commercial developmenttoward pedestrian use. Buildingsshould be designed and sited so as topresent a human-scale environment,including convenient and comfortablepedestrian access, seating areas,courtyards, landscaping andconvenient pedestrian access to thepublic sidewalk.2.4.9 Require reciprocal parking andaccess agreements betweenindividual parcels where practical.2.4.10 Design internal roadways so thatdirect access is available to allstructures visible from a particularparking area entrance in order toeliminate unnecessary vehicle travel,and to improve emergency response.2.4.11 The commercial area located in thevicinity of the intersection of GilmanSprings Road and Jack Rabbit Trailshall provide those commercialsupport activities necessary and/orincidental to adjacent recreationaluses and emphasize tourist-orientedactivities and retail services.Recreation-oriented residential landuse types may be appropriate to theextent that they are incidental to andcomplement the recreationalcharacter of the area. At such time asthe area is annexed to the City, thezoning regulations shall identify theparticular uses permitted on eachparcel of land.Page 9-6 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVESObjective 2.5Promote a mix of industrial uses whichprovide a sound and diversified economicbase and ample employment opportunities forthe citizens of Moreno Valley with theestablishment of industrial activities that havegood access to the regional transportationsystem, accommodate the personal needs ofworkers and business visitors; and whichmeets the service needs of local businesses.Policies:2.5.1 The primary purpose of areasdesignated Business Park/Industrialis to provide for manufacturing,research and development,warehousing and distribution, as wellas office and support commercialactivities. The zoning regulationsshall identify the particular usespermitted on each parcel of land.Development intensity should notexceed a Floor Area Ratio of 1.00 andthe average floor area ratio should besignificantly less.2.5.2 Locate manufacturing and industrialuses to avoid adverse impacts onsurrounding land uses.2.5.3 Screen manufacturing and industrialuses where necessary to reduceglare, noise, dust, vibrations andunsightly views.2.5.4 Design industrial developments todiscourage access through residentialareas.Objective 2.6Maintain an adequate inventory of lands forthe conduct of public, quasi-public, andinstitutional activities, including protection ofareas needed for future public, quasi-public,and institutional facilities.Policies:MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN2.6.1 The primary purpose of areasdesignated Public/Quasi-Public is toprovide property for civic, cultural andpublic utility uses, including, but notlimited to schools, libraries, firestations, museums, and governmentoffices. The zoning regulations shallidentify the particular uses permittedon each parcel of land. Developmentintensity should not exceed a FloorArea Ratio of 1.00 and the averageFloor Area Ratio should besignificantly less.Objective 2.7Encourage open space preservation throughappropriate land use policies that recognizethe valuable natural resources and areasrequired for protection of public safety thatexist in the City.Policies:2.7.1 The primary purpose of areasdesignated Open Space, is to provideareas that are substantiallyunimproved, including, but not limitedto areas for outdoor recreation, thepreservation of natural resources, thegrazing of livestock and theproduction of crops. Developmentintensity should not exceed a FloorArea Ratio of 0.10 and the averageFloor Area Ratio should besignificantly less.2.7.2 The primary purpose of areasdesignated Floodplain is to designatefloodplain areas where permanentstructures for human occupancy areprohibited to protect of the publichealth and safety. Developmentintensity should not exceed a FloorArea Ratio of 0.05.Page 9-7 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVESMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANObjective 2.8The major purpose of specific plans is toencourage and promote the development oflarger-scaled mixed-use developments for thepurpose of providing adequate flexibility andinnovation in residential building types, landuse mixes, site design, and developmentconcepts.Policies:2.8.1 In order to provide superior designsolutions, reduce adverseenvironmental impacts, preservescenic values, and enhance theprovision of open space and otheramenities, transfers of residentialdensities permitted under the GeneralPlan may be accomplished inaccordance with the following:a. The transfer of residentialdensities may beaccomplished only pursuant toapproval of a planned unitdevelopment or hillsidedevelopment.b. Up to one hundred percent(100%) of the densityindicated on the General PlanLand Use map may betransferred within a singlehillside development orplanned unit developmentproject. Densities may not betransferred from one project toanother.c. The proposed transfer ofdensities shall beaccomplished such that theproject results in a superioruse of land, increasedsensitivity to the environment,and/or enhanced projectamenities without anincreased burden on publicfacilities and services.2.8.2 To the extent that developmentpolicies, land use standards, designguidelines, and other provisions of theadopted specific plans are, by theircontent, intended to address issuescontained in the objectives, policies,and implementation programs of theMoreno Valley General Plan, and areinconsistent with the provisions of theGeneral Plan, then the provisions ofthose specific plans shall becontrolling; otherwise, all otherprovisions of the Moreno ValleyGeneral Plan shall remain in effect.Objective 2.9Maintain City boundaries that are logical interms of City service capabilities, economicdevelopment needs, social and economicinterdependencies, citizen desires, and Citycosts and revenues.Policies:2.9.1 Support and encourage theannexation of unincorporated areaswithin the General Plan study area forwhich:a. Long-term benefits will bederived by the City;b. Adequate infrastructure andservices have been or can beeconomically provided inaccordance with current Citystandards;c. The proposed annexation willgenerate sufficient revenuesto adequately pay for theprovision of City serviceswithin a reasonable period oftime.Page 9-8 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVESObjective 2.10Ensure that all development within the City ofMoreno Valley is of high quality, yields apleasant living and working environment forexisting and future residents, and attractsbusiness as the result of consistentexemplary design.Policies:2.10.1 Encourage a design theme for eachnew development that is compatiblewith surrounding existing and planneddevelopments.2.10.2 Screen trash storage and loadingareas, ground and roof mountedmechanical equipment, and outdoorstorage areas from public view asappropriate.2.10.3 Require exterior elevations ofbuildings to have architecturaltreatments that enhance theirappearance.a. A design theme, withcompatible materials andstyles should be evident withina development project;b. Secondary accent materials,colors and lighting should beused to highlight buildingfeatures;c. Variations in roofline andsetbacks (projections andrecesses) should be used tobreak up the building mass.d. Industrial buildings shallinclude architecturaltreatments on visible facadesthat are aesthetically pleasing.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN2.10.4 Landscaping and open spaces shouldbe provided as an integral part ofproject design to enhance buildingdesign, public views, and interiorspaces; provide buffers andtransitions as needed; and facilitateenergy and resource conservation.2.10.5 Development projects adjacent tofreeways shall provide landscapedbuffer strips along the ultimatefreeway right-of-way.2.10.6 Buildings should be designed with aplan for adequate signage. Signsshould be highly compatible with thebuilding and site design relative tosize, color, material, and placement.2.10.7 On-site lighting should not causenuisance levels of light or glare onadjacent properties.2.10.8 Lighting should improve the visualidentification of structures. Withincommercial areas, lighting shouldalso help create a festiveatmosphere by outlining buildingsand encouraging nighttime use ofareas by pedestrians.2.10.9 Fences and walls shouldincorporate landscape elements andchanges in materials or texture todeter graffiti and add visual interest.2.10.10 Minimize the use and visibility ofreverse frontage walls along streetsand freeways by such treatments aslandscaping, berming, and "side-on"cul-de-sacs.2.10.11 Screen and buffer nonresidentialprojects from adjacent residentialproperty and other sensitive landuses when necessary to mitigatenoise, glare and other adverseeffects on adjacent uses.Page 9-9 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVES2.10.12 Screen parking areas from streetsto the extent consistent withsurveillance needs (e.g. mounding,landscaping, low profile walls,and/or grade separations).2.10.13 Provide landscaping in automobileparking areas to reduce solar heatand glare.2.10.14 Preserve or relocate existing maturetrees and vegetation wherepractical. Mature trees shall bereplaced when they cannot bepreserved or relocated.2.10.15 Emphasize the "gateway status" oflands in the vicinity of theintersection of I-215 and StateRoute 60, at the intersection ofAlessandro Boulevard and I-215, atthe intersection of Perris Boulevardand State Route 60, and at StateRoute 60 and Gilman Springs Road.In the vicinity of those areasdesignated as having "gatewaystatus", the City shall encouragecommunity identification signing.Objective 2.11Maintain a water system that is capable ofmeeting the daily and peak demands ofMoreno Valley residents and businesses,including the provision of adequate fire flows.Policies:2.11.1 Permit new development only whereand when adequate water servicescan be provided.Objective 2.12MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN2.12.1 Prior to the approval of any newdevelopment application ensure thatadequate septic or sewer servicecapacity exists or will be available in atimely manner.Objective 2.13Coordinate development activity with theprovision of public infrastructure and servicesto eliminate possible gaps in serviceprovision.Policies:2.13.1 Limit the amount of development tothat which can be adequately servedby public services and facilities, basedupon current information concerningthe capability of public services andfacilities.2.13.2 Unless otherwise approved by theCity, public water, sewer, drainageand other backbone facilities neededfor a project phase shall beconstructed prior to or concurrent withinitial development within that phase.2.13.3 It shall be the ultimate responsibility ofthe sponsor of a development projectto assure that all necessaryinfrastructure improvements (includingsystem wide improvements) neededto support project development areavailable at the time that they areneeded.2.13.4 Encourage installation of advancedtechnology infrastructure, including,but not limited to, infrastructure forhigh speed internet access and solarenergy.Maintain a wastewater collection, treatment,and disposal system that is capable ofmeeting the daily and peak demands ofMoreno Valley residents and businesses.Policies:Page 9-10 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVESMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANObjective 2.14Establish and implement comprehensivesolutions to the financing of public facilitiesthat adequately distribute costs based on thelevel of benefit received and the timing ofdevelopment.Policies:2.14.1 Conduct periodic review of publicfacilities impact mitigation fees inaccordance with state statutes toensure that the charges areconsistent with the costs ofimprovements. Utilize the service andmitigation standards contained in theMoreno Valley General Plan as thebasis for determining improvementcosts.2.14.2 Promote the establishment of benefitassessment districts, Mello-RoosCommunity Facilities Districts, taxincrement financing, and otherfinancing mechanisms in combinationwith programmed capitalimprovements to eliminate existingpublic service and facility gaps, and toprovide necessary facilities inadvance of the impacts created bydevelopment.2.14.3 Review development projects for theirimpacts on public services andfacilities including, but not necessarilylimited to, roadways, water, sewer,fire, police, parks, and libraries andrequire public services or facilities tobe provided at the standards outlinedin the Moreno Valley General Planand the standards of applicableservice agencies.Objective 2.15Ensure that all Moreno Valley residents haveaccess to high-quality educational facilities,regardless of their socioeconomic status orlocation within the City.Policies:2.15.1 Encourage an ongoing open liaisonwith all school districts regardingproposed school design and siting tomaximize access and minimizeimpacts to adjacent uses.Objective 2.16Maintain local library facilities and reserves inaccordance with the following minimumstandards: 0.5 square feet of library spaceand 1.2 volumes per capita.Policies:2.16.1 Encourage inter-library loanagreements with the County librarysystem and those of surroundingcities to provide the widest possiblevariety of materials to library patrons.2.16.2 Provide for the expansion of libraryfacilities as needed to keep pace withthe growing population of MorenoValley.Objective 2.17Provide cultural facilities, including history(natural, cultural and children’s) and artmuseums and performing arts facilities.Policies:2.17.1 Promote the development andconstruction of a civic/cultural centerand museums.Objective 2.18Promote social services programs that meetthe special needs for childcare, the elderly,and the disabled.Page 9-11 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVESMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPolicies:2.18.1 Ensure that a full range of humanservice programs are available tomeet the lifetime development needsof residents of all ages, including thespecial needs of seniors, families,children, disabled persons, and youthgroups.2.18.2 Encourage day care through zoningregulations by permitting suchfacilities in all compatible zoningclassifications.2.18.3 Work closely with local schools,private companies, churches, nonprofitagencies, government socialservice agencies, and communitygroups to facilitate the provision ofcommunity services.2.18.4 Encourage the development of seniorcitizens independent living andcongregate care facilities in locationswith convenient access to social,commercial, and medical services.2.18.5 Promote volunteer involvement in allpublic programs and within thecommunity as a whole.9.2.3 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENTELEMENT PROGRAMS2-4 Periodically study the feasibility ofextending the sphere of influencenorth of the city limits and annexingunincorporated areas along the cityboundary.2-5 Disseminate local childcare resourceinformation and provide referralservice to residents and businesses.2-6 Encourage demand-response publictransportation facilities, such as themini-bus or dial-a-ride systems inorder facilitate the transportationneeds of the elderly and the disabled.2-7 Provide City information identifyingavailable social services and facilitiesin a broad range of formats.2-8 Evaluate existing social programsunder the City's purview, anddetermine if they adequately addressthe needs of the aged, the disabled,low-income families and persons incrisis situations.2-9 Work with other jurisdictions to seekchanges in state law to allowreasonable controls on the location ofcommunity care facilities, fosterhomes and sober living facilities.2-1 Develop a community signing schemefor street corridors, public buildingsand selected entrances to thecommunity and its sub-communities.2-2 Review and revise the Municipal Codeto implement the goals, objectivesand policies stated in the GeneralPlan.2-3 Conduct a detailed capitalimprovement program using therevised population projections andproposed land use characteristics ofthe General Plan.Page 9-12 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVESMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN9.3 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTELEMENT GOALS, OBJECTIVES,POLICIES AND PROGRAMS9.3.1 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTELEMENT GOALSTo be inserted after development ofEconomic Development Strategy.9.3.2 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTELEMENT POLICIESTo be inserted after development ofEconomic Development Strategy.9.3.3 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTELEMENT PROGRAMSTo be inserted after development ofEconomic Development Strategy.Page 9-13 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVES9.4 PARKS, RECREATION AND OPENSPACE ELEMENT GOALS,OBJECTIVES, POLICIES ANDPROGRAMS9.4.1 PARKS RECREATION AND OPENSPACE ELEMENT GOALSGoal 4.1To enhance Moreno Valley as a desirableplace in which to live, work, shop, and dobusiness.Goal 4.2To retain an open space system that willconserve natural resources, preserve scenicbeauty, promote a healthful atmosphere,provide space for outdoor recreation, andprotect the public safety.9.4.2 PARKS, RECREATION AND OPENSPACE ELEMENT OBJECTIVESAND POLICIESObjective 4.1Retain agricultural open space as long asagricultural activities can be economicallyconducted, and are desired by agriculturalinterests, and provide for an orderly transitionof agricultural lands to other urban and ruraluses.Policies:4.1.1 Encourage grazing and cropproduction as a compatible part of arural residential atmosphere.Objective 4.2Provide safe, affordable and accessiblerecreation facilities and programs to meet thecurrent and future needs of Moreno Valley’svarious age and interest groups and promotethe provision of private recreational facilities.Policies:MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN4.2.1 Neighborhood parks shall serve asthe day-to-day recreational areas ofthe City, Neighborhood parks shouldbe within a reasonable walkingdistance of the population served.Community parks may also serve dayto-dayrecreation needs. That portionof the community and/or regionalfacilities that provide similar amenitiesto those found in neighborhood parksshall also be considered as meetingthis objective.4.2.2 Community parks shall provideopportunities for participation in sportsand related athletic activities, waterorientedrecreation and other specialinterest activities (e.g. golf, tennis,equestrian, etc).4.2.3 Employ a multifaceted approach inthe financing and acquisition,development and maintenance ofparkland, including the financing ofparklands through development fees,state and federal grant-in-aidprograms, gifts and donations, andother sources.4.2.4 Encourage special events(tournaments, festivals, celebrations)that reflect the uniqueness of MorenoValley and contribute to communityidentity, cohesiveness and stability.4.2.5 Work in conjunction with private andpublic school districts and other publicagencies to facilitate the public use ofschool grounds and facilities forrecreational activities. The City shallalso encourage the development ofpark sites adjacent to school facilitiesto maximize recreational opportunitiesin Moreno Valley.4.2.6 The City shall use cost effectiveness,demand and need for service andpotential return on investment asPage 9-14 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVEScriteria for the development andoperation of future recreationalfacilities and programs.4.2.7 The City level of service standard is 3acres of developed parkland for every1,000 new residents. Exceptions fromthis ratio may be made in exchangefor extraordinary amenities ofcomparable economic value. Landnot suitable for active recreationpurposes may not be counted towardfulfilling parkland dedicationrequirements.4.2.8 Encourage the development ofrecreational facilities within privatedevelopments, with appropriatemechanisms to ensure that suchfacilities are properly maintained andthat they remain available to residentsin perpetuity.4.2.9 In conjunction with the schooldistricts, civic organizations, and otherprivate, civic-minded entities,encourage and participate in theprovision of organized recreationalactivities for Moreno Valley residentsof all ages.4.2.10 Involve individuals and citizen groupsreflecting a cross section of MorenoValley citizens (including youth andadults) in the planning, design andmaintenance of parks, recreationfacilities and recreation programs.4.2.11 Emphasize joint planning andcooperation with all public agenciesas the preferred approach to meetingthe parks and program needs ofMoreno Valley citizens.4.2.12 Include multi-functional spaces andfacilities in parks to facilitate culturalevents.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN4.2.13 Provide recreation programs andaccess to facilities at reasonablecosts.4.2.14 Establish linear parks in agreementwith public and private utilities,including the State of California alongthe California Aqueduct, for the useand maintenance of utility corridorsand rights-of-way for recreationalpurposes.4.2.15 Work closely with Riverside CountyParks Department in its open spaceprogram to ensure that trail systemswithin Moreno Valley effectively linkopen space components.4.2.16 Acquire land jointly with the localschool districts for future school/parksites.4.2.17 Require new development tocontribute to the park needs of theCity.4.2.18 Provide lighted sports fields toincrease availability and utilization ofcourts and playing field facilities.Objective 4.3Develop a hierarchical system of trails whichcontribute to environmental quality andenergy conservation by providing alternativesto motorized vehicular travel andopportunities for recreational equestrianriding, bicycle riding, and hiking, and thatconnects with major regional trail systems.Policies:4.3.1 The City’s network of multiuse trails,including regional trails, communitytrails, and local feeder trails, shall (1)be integrated with recreational,residential and commercial areas,schools and equestrian centers; (2)provide access to communityresources and facilities, and (3)Page 9-15 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVESconnect urban populations withpassage to hillsides, ridgelines, andother scenic areas.4.3.2 The City shall establish an agreementwith public and private utilities for theuse and maintenance of utilitycorridors and rights-of-way for trailpurposes.4.3.3 All new development approvals shallbe contingent on trail right-of-waydedication and improvement inaccordance with the Master Plan ofTrails (Figure 4-5).4.3.4 In conjunction with all developmentreview, the City shall considermultiuse trail access and traditionaltravel routes through the property.4.3.5 In conjunction with the review andapproval of nonresidentialdevelopments, the City shouldconsider the use of multiuse trailamenities such as hitching posts,benches, rest areas, and drinkingfacilities.4.3.6 Wherever possible, development ofresidential areas conditioned foranimal keeping on lots of ½ acre orlarger, shall include a decomposedgranite trail on one side of the streetand traditional concrete sidewalk onthe other.4.3.7 Trail design and construction shouldtake into consideration the safety andconvenience of all trail users as theprimary concern.4.3.8 The City should facilitate thedevelopment of a multiuse regionaltrail system.4.3.9 Unless otherwise specified due to firedepartment requirements, access oras established by a specific plan, citytrails along roadways shall be ten (10)MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANfeet wide and shall be constructedwith decomposed granite or equalmaterial and shall provide appropriatefencing or other devices whereneeded to delineate trails fromvehicular rights-of-way.4.3.10 Where firefighting access is required,trails shall be 20’ wide to meet theneeds of the Fire Department and itsequipment. Fire Departmentrequirements shall be met in allconditions where access is required.4.3.11 In unusual situations where legal ortopographical barriers exist (e.g.,excessive slope, the configuration ofright-of-way, existing vegetation, etc.),the City shall have the discretion toamend the trail requirement asneeded to accomplish the goals ofthis General Plan.4.3.12 Local feeder trails shall connectresidential lots in property zoned forhorse keeping to the community trailsystem.4.3.13 The City will encourage volunteerprograms for the improvement ofexisting trails for the purpose ofproviding an integrated trail networkthat is safe, functional and readilyaccessible.4.3.14 Where feasible, use drainagecourses, utility rights-of-way and othersuch opportunities to incorporate trailand open space elements in thedesign of major development projects.4.3.15 Utilize the Citizen’s Advisory Board onRecreational Trails in makingrecommendations to City Council forthe distribution of funds for theconstruction of new trails.Page 9-16 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVES9.4.3 PARKS, RECREATION AND OPENSPACE PROGRAMS4-1 Develop a parks and recreationfacilities master plan to implement theParks and Recreation Element.4-2 Develop policies and criteria for theestablishment of trails and rest/picnicareas in natural open space areas.4-3 Set policies and criteria for theestablishment of greenbelt standardsand design guidelines to allowflexibility in design ofgreenbelt/parks/open spaces areaswithin new development as long asnon-auto circulation corridors (forequestrians, bicycles, pedestrians,etc.) are provided and the overalldedication requirement for greenbeltand park facilities is met.4-4 Explore the feasibility of requiring newdevelopment to provide a percentageof the development in greenbelt area.4-5 Provide on-going opportunities forpublic involvement and input into thepark planning process.4-6 Maintain advisory committees, suchas the Parks and Recreation AdvisoryCommittee, created by City Council in1988, to serve in an advisory capacityon parks and recreation issues.4-7 Work with coalitions of sportsorganizations to define mutuallycompatible facility needs andmechanisms for the development,construction, operation andmaintenance of these facilities.4-8 Investigate the feasibility ofestablishing a non-profit foundation toseek and receive donations fromprivate sources for the support ofParks and Recreation programs andfacilities.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN4-9 Acquire land and developneighborhood and community parks inthe “Recommended Future ParklandAcquisition Areas” shown in Figure 4-4.4-10 Prepare a comprehensive plan oftrails that clearly defines the routing ofcity trails and is part of the GeneralPlan.4-11 Develop policies and criteria for theestablishment of multiuse trails andrest/picnic areas in natural openspace areas.4-12 Periodically review the Master Plan ofTrails to show existing and plannedtrails.4-13 Enact ordinances requiringdevelopers to incorporate trailcorridors into their development plansin accordance with the Master Plan ofTrails.4-14 Develop standards for residentialfeeder trails to guide developers inlocating and constructing trails and forthe arrangement of on-goingmaintenance requirements of thetrails.4-15 Establish a fee system for theequitable distribution of the cost ofdeveloping and maintaining trailscitywide.4-16 Investigate the feasibility of creating aspecial district(s) for the purpose ofacquiring and managing open spaceand trails.4-17 Seek out and apply for grantssponsored by state and federalagencies, such as the RecreationalTrails Program administered by theFederal Highways Administration andthe State Department of Parks andRecreation.Page 9-17 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVES9.5 CIRCULATION ELEMENT GOALS,OBJECTIVES, POLICIES AND PROGRAMS9.5.1 CIRCULATION ELEMENT GOALSGoal 5.1Develop a safe, efficient, environmentally andfinancially sound, integrated vehicularcirculation system consistent with the CityGeneral Plan Circulation Element Map, Figure9-1, which provides access to developmentand supports mobility requirements of thesystem’s users.Goal 5.2Maintain safe and adequate pedestrian,bicycle, and public transportation systems toprovide alternatives to single occupantvehicular travel and to support planned landuses.9.5.2 CIRCULATION ELEMENTOBJECTIVES AND POLICIESObjective 5.1Create a safe, efficient and neighborhoodfriendlystreet system.Policies:5.1.1 Plan access and circulation of eachdevelopment project to accommodatevehicles (including emergencyvehicles and trash trucks),pedestrians, and bicycles.5.1.2 Plan the circulation system to reduceconflicts between vehicular,pedestrian and bicycle traffic.5.1.3 Require adequate off-street parkingfor all developments.5.1.4 Driveway placement shall bedesigned for safety and to enhancecirculation wherever possible.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN5.1.5 Incorporate American Disability Act(ADA) and Title 24 requirements inroadway improvements asappropriate.5.1.6 Design new developments to provideopportunity for access and circulationto future adjacent developments.Objective 5.2Implement access management policies.Policies:5.2.1 Locate residential units with accessfrom local streets. Minimize directresidential access from collectors.Prohibit direct single-family drivewayaccess on arterials and higherclassification roadways.5.2.2 Feed short local streets intocollectors.5.2.3 Encourage the incorporation of trafficcalming design into local and collectorstreets to promote safe vehiclespeeds.5.2.4 Design new subdivisions to minimizethe disruptive impact of motorvehicles on local streets. Long, broadand linear streets should be avoided.Residential streets should be no widerthan 40 feet, and should have anuninterrupted length of less than onehalf mile. Curvilinear streets and culde-sacsare preferred. Streets withinthe subdivision should be designed tofacilitate access to residences and todiscourage through traffic.Objective 5.3Maintain Level of Service (LOS) “C” onroadway links, wherever possible, and LOS“D” in the vicinity of SR 60 and highemployment centers. Figure 9-2 depicts theLOS standards that are applicable to allPage 9-18 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVESsegments of the General Plan CirculationElement Map.Policies:5.3.1 Obtain right-of-way and constructroadways in accordance with thedesignations shown on the GeneralPlan Circulation Element Map and theCity street improvement standards.5.3.2 Wherever feasible, promote thedevelopment of roadways inaccordance with the City standardroadway cross-sections, as shown inFigure 9-3. Cross-sections range fromtwo-lane undivided roadways to 8-lane divided facilities.5.3.3 Create new roadway classifications toaccommodate future traffic demand,including; Divided Major Arterial –Reduced Cross-Section, and DividedArterial – 6-lane. These crosssectionsare shown on Figure 9-3.5.3.4 For planning purposes, utilize LOSstandards shown on Table 5 –1 todetermine recommended roadwaywidths.5.3.5 Ensure that new development pays afair share of costs to provide local andregional transportation improvementsand to mitigate cumulative trafficimpacts. For this purpose, requirenew developments to participate inTransportation Uniform Mitigation FeeProgram (TUMF), the DevelopmentImpact Fee Program (DIF) and anyother applicable transportation feeprograms and benefit assessmentdistricts.5.3.6 Where new developments wouldincrease traffic flows beyond the LOSC (or LOS D, where applicable),require appropriate and feasiblemitigation measures as a condition ofapproval. Such measures may includeMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANextra right-of-way and improvementsto accommodate left-turn and rightturnlanes at intersections, or otherimprovements.5.3.7 Provide consideration to projects thathave overriding regional or localbenefits that would be desirable eventhough the LOS standards cannot bemet. These projects would berequired to analyze traffic impacts andmitigate such impacts to the extentthat it is deemed feasible.5.3.8 Pursue arterial improvements that linkand/or cross the State route 60 (SR-60) Freeway, including an additionalover-crossing at Graham Street.5.3.9 Address additional widenings atarterials providing access to SR-60 atDay Street, Frederick Street/PigeonPass road and Perris Boulevard.Objective 5.4Maximize efficiency of the regional circulationsystem through close coordination with stateand regional agencies and implementation ofregional transportation policies.Policies:5.4.1 Coordinate with Caltrans and theRiverside County TransportationCommission (RCTC) to identify andprotect ultimate rights-of-way,including those for freeways, regionalarterial projects, transit, bikeways andinterchange expansion.5.4.2 Coordinate with Caltrans and RCTCregarding the integration of IntelligentTransportation Systems (ITS)consistent with the principles andrecommendations of the InlandEmpire Regional ITS ArchitectureProject.5.4.3 Work with property owners, inPage 9-19 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVEScooperation with RCTC, to reserverights-of-way for potential Communityand Environmental TransportationAcceptability Process (CETAP)corridors through site design,dedication, and land acquisition, asappropriate.5.4.4 The City Council will commit toestablishing ongoing relationshipswith all agencies that play a role in thedevelopment of the City’stransportation system. Councilmembers who are appointed to theseagencies as City representatives shallseek out leadership roles to maximizetheir effectiveness on behalf of theCity. Council will strive to maintaincontinuity in their appointments ofrepresentatives to promote effectiverepresentation.5.4.5 Work with RCTC, WRCOG, and theTUMF Central Zone Committee tofacilitate the expeditious constructionof TUMF Network projects, especiallyprojects that directly benefit MorenoValley.5.4.6 Cooperatively participate with SCAG,RCTC, and WRCOG in the planningfor a transportation system thatanticipates regional needs for the safeand efficient movement of goods andpeople.5.4.7 Utilizing a combination of regional,state and federal funds, developmentimpact fees, and other locallygenerated funds, provide neededimprovements along SR 60 and theassociated interchanges, includinginterchange and grade separationimprovements.5.4.8 Reserve rights-of-way to accomplishfuture improvements as specified inthe Caltrans District 8 Route ConceptFact Sheet for SR-60. Specifically,SR-60 shall be built to six generalMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANpurpose lanes and two HighOccupancy Vehicle (HOV) lanesthrough Moreno Valley. Additionalauxiliary lanes may be requiredbetween interchanges. The need forauxiliary lanes will be determined fromfuture studies.5.4.9 Lobby the State Legislature to keeptriple trailer trucks off highways indeveloped areas of California.Objective 5.5Maximize efficiency of the local circulationsystem by using appropriate policies andstandards to design, locate and sizeroadways.5.5.1 Space Collectors between higherclassification roadways withindevelopment areas at appropriateone-quarter mile intervals.5.5.2 Provide dedicated left-turn lanes at allmajor intersections on minor arterialsand higher classification roadways.5.5.3 Prohibit points of access fromconflicting with other existing orplanned access points. Requirepoints of access to roadways to beseparated sufficiently to maintaincapacity, efficiency, and safety of thetraffic flow.5.5.4 Wherever possible, minimize thefrequency of access points alongstreets by the consolidation of accesspoints between adjacent properties onall circulation element streets,excluding collectors.5.5.5 Design streets and intersections inaccordance with the Moreno ValleyMunicipal Code.5.5.6 Consider the overall safety, efficiencyand capacity of street designs asmore important than the location ofPage 9-20 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVESMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANon-street parking.5.5.7 For developments fronting both sidesof a street, require that streets beconstructed to full width. Where newdevelopments front only one side of astreet, require that streets beconstructed to half width plus anadditional 12-foot lane for opposingtraffic, whenever possible. Additionalwidth may be needed for medians orleft and/or right turn lanes.5.5.8 Whenever possible, require privateand public land developments toprovide on-site and off-siteimprovements necessary to mitigateany development-generatedcirculation impacts. A review of eachproposed land development projectshall be undertaken to identify projectimpacts to the circulation system. TheCity may require developers toprovide traffic impact studies preparedby qualified professionals to identifythe impacts of a development.5.5.9 Design curves and grades to permitsafe movement of vehicular traffic perapplicable Caltrans and MorenoValley standards.5.5.10 Provide adequate sight distances forsafe vehicular movement at allintersections and driveways.5.5.11 Implement National PollutantDischarge Elimination System BestManagement Practices relating toconstruction of roadways to controlrunoff contamination from affectingwater resources.Objective 5.6Support development of a ground accesssystem to March Inland Port in accordancewith its development plan as a major cargoairport.Policies:5.6.1 Ensure that City arterials that provideaccess to and from March Inland Portare properly designed toaccommodate projected trafficvolumes, including truck traffic.5.6.2 Ensure that traffic routes to MarchInland Port are planned to minimizeimpacts to City residentialcommunities.Objective 5.7Design roads to meet the needs of theresidents of the community without detractingfrom the “rural” atmosphere in designatedportions of Moreno Valley. (Designated “rural”areas include those encompassed by theResidential Agriculture 2, Residential 1, RuralResidential and Hillside Residential zoningdistricts. “Urban” areas encompass all otherzoning districts.)Policies:5.7.1 Pursue development of modifiedsidewalk standards for local andcollector roads within low densityareas to reflect the rural character ofthose areas.5.7.2 Provide sidewalks on arterials indesignated low density areas thatprovide access to schools and busstops.Objective 5.8Encourage development of an efficient publictransportation system for the entirecommunity.Policies:5.8.1 Support the development of highspeedtransit linkages, or expressroutes, that would benefit the citizensPage 9-21 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVESand employers of Moreno Valley.5.8.2 Support the efforts of the March JointPowers Authority in its pursuit of aTransit Center5.8.3 Encourage public transportationopportunities that address theparticular needs of transit dependentindividuals in the City such as seniorcitizens, the disabled and low -incomeresidents.5.8.4 Ensure that all new developmentsmake adequate provision for busstops and turnout areas for bothpublic transit and school bus service.5.8.5 Continue on-going coordination withtransit authorities toward theexpansion of transit facilities intonewly developed areas.Objective 5.9Support and encourage development of safe,efficient and aesthetic pedestrian facilities.Policies:5.9.1 Encourage walking as an alternativeto single occupancy vehicle travel,and help ensure the safety of thepedestrian as follows:(a) All new developments shallprovide sidewalks in conformancewith the City’s streets crosssectionstandards, and applicablepolicies for designated urban andrural areas.(b) The City shall actively pursuefunding for the infill of sidewalks indeveloped areas. The highestpriority shall be to providesidewalks on designated schoolroutes.5.9.2 Walkways shall be designed toMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANminimize conflicts between vehiclesand pedestrians.5.9.3 Where appropriate, provide amenitiessuch as, but not limited to, enhancedpaving, seating, and landscaping toenhance the pedestrian experience.5.9.4 Require the provision of convenientand safe pedestrian access tobuildings from the public sidewalk.Objective 5.10Encourage bicycling as an alternative tosingle occupant vehicle travel for the purposeof reducing fuel consumption, trafficcongestion, and air pollution. The MorenoBikeway Plan is shown in Figure 9-4.Policies:5.10.1 Bikeways shall link residentialneighborhood areas with parks,employment centers, civic andcommercial areas, and schools.5.10.2 Integrate bikeways, consistent withthe Bikeway Plan, with the circulationsystem and maintain Class II and IIIbikeways as part of the City's streetsystem.5.10.3 Support bicycle safety programs, andactive enforcement of laws relating tothe safe operation of bicycles on Citystreets.5.10.4 Link local bikeways with existing andplanned regional bikeways.Objective 5.11Eliminate obstructions that impede safemovement of vehicles, bicyclists, andpedestrians.Policies:5.11.1 Landscaping adjacent to City streets,Page 9-22 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVESsidewalks and bikeways shall bedesigned, installed and maintained soas not to physically or visually impedepublic use of these facilities.(a) The removal or relocation ofmature trees, street trees andlandscaping may be necessaryto construct safe pedestrian,bicycle and street facilities.(b) New landscaping, especiallystreet trees shall be planted insuch a manner to avoidoverhang into streets,obstruction of traffic controldevices or sight distances, orcreation of other safety hazards.5.11.2 Driveways shall be designed to avoidconflicts with pedestrian and bicycletravel.Objective 5.12Promote efficient circulation planning for allschool sites that will maximize pedestriansafety, and minimize traffic congestion andneighborhood impacts.Policy:5.12.1 Coordinate with school districts toidentify suggested pedestrian routeswithin existing and new subdivisionsfor school children to walk to and fromschools and/or bus stops.9.5.3 CIRCULATION ELEMENTPROGRAMS5-1 Periodically review current trafficvolumes, traffic collision data, and thepattern of urban development tocoordinate, program, and asnecessary revise the planning andprioritization of road improvements.5-2 Periodically, reassess the goals,MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANobjectives and policies statements ofthe Circulation Element and proposeamendments, as necessary.5-3 Develop a comprehensive strategy toensure full funding of the circulationsystem. The strategy will include theDIF, TUMF, and other fundingsources that may be available to theCity. In addition, the creation ofbenefit assessment districts, and roadand bridge fee districts may beconsidered where appropriate.5-4 Develop a multi-year transportationinfrastructure improvement programthat, to the extent feasible, phases theconstruction of new projects inadvance of new development.5-5 The above referenced program willprioritize circulation improvementprojects to be funded from DIF, TUMFand other sources. Prioritization toconsider the following factors:(a) Traffic safety;(b) Congestion relief;(c) Access to new development;(d) Equitable benefit.5-6 Conduct studies of specified arterialsegments to determine if anyadditional improvements will beneeded to maintain an acceptableLOS at General Plan build-out.Generally, these segments will bestudied as new developments areproposed in their vicinity. Measureswill be identified that are consistentwith the Circulation Elementdesignation of these roadwaysegments, such as additional turnlanes at intersections, signaloptimization by coordination andenhanced phasing, and traveldemand management measures.The study of specified arterialsegments will be required to identifyPage 9-23 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVESmeasures to maintain an acceptableLOS at General Plan build-out for atleast one of the reasons discussedbelow:(a) Segments will need improvement,but their ultimate volumes slightlyexceed design capabilities.(b) Segments will need improvementsbut require inter-jurisdictionalcoordination.(c) Segments would requiresignificant encroachment onexisting adjacent development ifbuilt-out to their CirculationElement designations.5-7 Establish traffic study guidelines todeal with development projects in aconsistent manner. The traffic studyguidelines shall include criteria forprojects that propose changes it theapproved General Plan land uses.5-8 Develop access guidelines forarterials with commercial frontage tofacilitate access to development andpreservation of safe flow of traffic. Acomponent of guidelines shalladdress shared access.5-9 Collaborate with all adjacentjurisdictions to implement andintegrate right-of-way requirementsand improvement standards forGeneral Plan roads that crossjurisdictionalboundary.5-10 Support regional projects that improveaccess to Moreno Valley. Examples ofspecific ongoing projects that shouldbe supported include:(a) CETAP Cajalco alignment andextension to State Route 241 inOrange County;(b) CETAP Moreno Valley to SanBernardino alternative alignmentsincluding Reche Canyon Road /Reche Vista Road alignment andMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANthe Pigeon Pass Road to PepperAvenue alignment;(c) TUMF Backbone Network projectsto widen Alessandro Boulevardand Van Buren Boulevard;(d) Measure A projects to widen SR-60 through the Badlands, widenInterstate 215 (I-215) fromRiverside interchange to Interstate10, and extension of San Jacintocommuter rail line;(e) Construction of commuter railstations in Highgrove, and at theintersection of Alessandro at I-215;(f) Construction of HOV rampconnector from westbound SR-60to south bound I-215;(g) Widen SR-60/I-215 from MorenoValley interchange to Riversideinterchange.5-11 Work with RCTC, Caltrans, County ofRiverside, adjacent jurisdictions andother affected agencies to plan anddevelop a multi-modal transportationsystem.5-12 Coordinate with Caltrans to redesignand reconstruct the SR-60interchanges with Day Street, PerrisBoulevard, Nason Street, MorenoBeach Drive, Redlands Boulevard,Theodore Street and Gilman SpringsRoad.5-13 Implement Transportation demandmanagement (TDM) strategies thatreduce congestion in the peak travelhours. Examples include carpooling,telecommuting, and flexible workhours.Page 9-24 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVESMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN5-14 Implement programs in support of theefforts of Riverside Transit Agencytoward the expansion of the existingbus system within the City and theprovision of future publictransportation consistent with theRiverside County Transit Plan.5-15 Work with Riverside CountyTransportation Commission andRiverside Transit Agency toimplement the Transit Oasis system.5-16 Implement programs that mitigate onstreethazards for bicyclists.5-17 Pursue regional, state and federalgrant opportunities to fund design andconstruction of the City bikewaysystem.5-18 Pursue grant funding that supportstraffic safety at and in the vicinity ofschool facilities.5-19 Work with school districts and privateschools to identify school sitelocations and designs that willminimize traffic impacts and promotetraffic safety.5-20 Work with school districts and privateschools to identify suggested schoolroutes and drop-off/pick-up plans forcars and buses.5-21 Work with school districts and privateschools to develop and promote trafficsafety education programs.Page 9-25 July 11, 2006

RECHE VISTA DRPIGEON PASS RDMANZANITALOCUST AVEBOX SPRINGS RDÖÖp Z215OLD 215 FRONTAGE RDÖÖÖ ªDAY STDAY STÖ! !TOWNGATE BLVDELSWORTH ST! ! ! ! !FREDERICK STCACTUS AVEIRONWOOD AVEGRAHAM ST! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !ÖHEACOCK STALESSANDRO BLVDINDIAN STªSUNNYMEAD BLVÖEUCALYPTUS AVECOTTONWOOD AVECACTUS AVEGENTIAN AVEIRIS AVEPERRIS BLVDKITCHING STJOHN F KENNEDY DRPERRIS BLVDLASSELLE STGENTIAN AVESee *NoteMORRISON STCACTUS AVEÖ Ö ÖNASON ST! ! ! ! ! ! ! !FIRALESSANDRO BLVDOLIVER STMORENO BEACH DRQUINCY STQUINCY STIRONWOOD AVEENCILIAEUCALYPTUS AVEREDLANDS BLVDJOHN F KENNEDY DRSINCLAIR STENCILIAÖTHEODORE STÖSPINE RDFIGURE 9-1CIRCULATION PLANStreetClassificationFreeway|ÿ 60 Divided Major ArterialVIRGINIA AVEALESSANDRO BLVDGILMAN SPRINGS RD! ! ! !Divided Major Arterial -Reduced Cross SectionDivided Arterial - 6 laneDivided Arterial - 4 laneArterialMinor ArterialMinor Arterial - PigeonPass Cross SectionCollectorª Freeway OverpassÖ Freeway Interchange±5,000 2,500 0 5,000KRAMERIA AVE* Note: Nason St from SR-60 to Fir Ave has 120 foot right of way.0.5 0.25 0 0.5 1FeetMilesp Z215SAN MICHELE AVENANDINA AVEDate: July 11, 2006State Plane NAD83 Zone 6File: G:\arcmap\planning\gen_plan_updates\circ_plan_fig91.mxdGEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMSThe information shown on this map was compiled fromthe Riverside County GIS and the City of Moreno ValleyGIS. The land base and facility information on this mapis for display purposes only and should not be relied uponwithout independent verification as to its accuracy.Riverside County and City of Moreno Valley willnot be held responsible for any claims, losses ordamages resulting from the use of this map.

LOS D is applicable to intersections and roadway segments thatare adjacent to freeway on/off ramps and/or adjacent to employmentgenerating land uses. LOS is applicable to all other intersectionsand roadway segments. Boundary intersections are assumed to beLOS D.CITY OFMORENO VALLEYSPHERESUNNYMEAD RANCH PKYOLD LAKE RDBOX SPRINGS RDOLD 215 FRONTAGE RDp Z215DAY STELSWORTH STFREDERICK STPIGEON PASS RDIRONWOOD AVEGRAHAM STHEACOCK STALESANDRO BLVDCACTUS AVEMANZANITA AVESUNNYMEAD BLVINDIAN STPERRIS BLVDCOTTONWOOD AVEPERRIS BLVDKITCHING STJOHN F KENNEDY DRCITY OF MORENO VALLEYLASSELLE STEUCALYPTUS AVEMORRISON STNASON STFIR AVEOLIVER STMORENO BEACH DRLOCUST AVEQUINCY STEUCALYPTUS AVEQUINCY STCACTUS AVEJOHN F KENNEDY DRREDLANDS BLVDREDLANDS BLVDIRONWOOD AVEFIR AVEENCILIA AVEDRACAEA AVESINCLAIR STTHEODORE ST|ÿ 60 FIGURE 9-2LOS STANDARDSGILMAN SPRINGS RDVIRGINIA AVEALESSANDRO BLVLOS CLOS DHighwaysMoreno ValleyMoreno Valley SphereMarch ARBWaterbodiesMARCH ARBIRIS AVEGENTIAN AVECITY OFMORENO VALLEYSPHERE±KRAMERIA AVE5,000 2,500 0 5,000p Z215SAN MICHELE AVENANDINA AVEKITCHING ST0.5 0.25 0 0.5 1MilesFeetDate: July 11, 2006State Plane NAD83 Zone 6File: G:\arcmap\planning\gen_plan_updates\los_standards.mxdLAKE PERRISGEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMSThe information shown on this map was compiled fromthe Riverside County GIS and the City of Moreno ValleyGIS. The land base and facility information on this mapis for display purposes only and should not be relied uponwithout independent verification as to its accuracy.Riverside County and City of Moreno Valley willnot be held responsible for any claims, losses ordamages resulting from the use of this map.

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVESMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANFigure 9-3Page 9-28 July 11, 2006

PERRIS BLVDCANYON RDS AN TI MOTEORECH ECANYON RDPIGEON PASS RDRECH E VISTA DRMANZANITA AVEPERRIS BLVDBOX SPRINGS RDp Z215DAY STALESSANDRO BLVDCACTUS AVEFREDERICK STIRONWOOD AVESUNNYMEAD BLVDEUCALYPTUS AVECOTTONWOOD AVEHEACOCK STINDIAN STPERRIS BLVDCOTTONWOOD AVEALESSANDRO BLVDCACTUS AVE(BIKEWAY ON WEST SIDE OF NASON ST)NASON STMORENO BEACH DRMORENO BEACH DRLOCUST AVEIRONWOOD AVEREDLANDS BLVD(BIKEWAY ON EAST SIDE OF REDLANDS BLVD)THEODORE STGILMAN SPRINGS RDSAN TIMOTEO CANYON RD|ÿ 60 FIGURE 9-4BIKEWAY PLANVILLAGE CENTER BLVDBikeway ClassificationClass IClass IIClass IIIRoadsHighwaysMarch ARBJOHN F KENNEDY DRLASSELLE STIRIS AVEOLIVER STALESSANDRO BLVDWaterbodiesMARCH ARBIRIS AVE±SAN MICHELE RDPERRIS BLVDKITCHING ST5,000 2,500 0 5,0000.5 0.25 0 0.5 1MilesFeetDate: July 11, 2006State Plane NAD83 Zone 6File: G:\arcmap\planning\gen_plan_updates\bikeway.mxdp Z215RAMONA EXYKINE AVELAKE PERRISGEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMSThe information shown on this map was compiled fromthe Riverside County GIS and the City of Moreno ValleyGIS. The land base and facility information on this mapis for display purposes only and should not be relied uponwithout independent verification as to its accuracy.Riverside County and City of Moreno Valley willnot be held responsible for any claims, losses ordamages resulting from the use of this map.

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVES9.6 SAFETY ELEMENT GOALS,OBJECTIVES, POLICIES ANDPROGRAMS9.6.1 SAFETY ELEMENT GOALSGoal 6.1To achieve acceptable levels of protectionfrom natural and man-made hazards to life,health, and propertyGoal 6.2To have emergency services which areadequate to meet minor emergency andmajor catastrophic situations.9.6.2 SAFETY ELEMENT OBJECTIVESAND POLICIESObjective 6.1Minimize the potential for loss of life andprotect residents, workers, and visitors to theCity from physical injury and property damagedue to seismic ground shaking and secondaryeffects.Policies:6.1.1 Reduce fault rupture and liquefactionhazards through the identification andrecognition of potentially hazardousconditions and areas as they relate tothe San Jacinto fault zone and thehigh and very high liquefaction hazardzones. During the review of futuredevelopment projects, the City shallrequire geologic studies andmitigation for fault rupture hazards inaccordance with the Alquist-PrioloSpecial Study Zones Act.Additionally, future geotechnicalstudies shall contain calculations forseismic settlement on all alluvial sitesidentified as having high or very highliquefaction potential. Should thecalculations show a potential forMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANliquefaction, appropriate mitigationshall be identified and implemented.6.1.2 Require all new developments,existing critical and essential facilitiesand structures to comply with themost recent Uniform Building Codeseismic design standards.Objective 6.2Minimize the potential for loss of life andprotect residents, workers, and visitors to theCity from physical injury and propertydamage, and to minimize nuisances due toflooding.Policies:6.2.1 Permit only that development in 100-year floodplain that represents anacceptable use of the land in relationto the hazards involved and the costsof providing flood control facilities.Locate critical facilities, such ashospitals, fire stations, police stations,public administration buildings, andschools outside of flood hazard areas.6.2.2 Storm drains and catch basins ownedand operated by the City shall beinspected, cleaned and maintainedpursuant to an approved clean outschedule.6.2.3 Maximize pervious areas in order toreduce increases in downstreamrunoff resulting from newdevelopment.6.2.4 Design, construct and maintain streetand storm drain flood control systemsto accommodate 10 year and 100year storm flows respectively.6.2.5 The storm drain system shall conformto Riverside County Flood Control andWater Conservation District masterdrainage plans and the requirementsPage 9-30 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVESObjective 6.3of the Federal EmergencyManagement Agency.Provide noise compatible land userelationships by establishing noise standardsutilized for design and siting purposes.Policies:6.3.1 The following uses shall requiremitigation to reduce noise exposurewhere current or future exterior noiselevels exceed 20 CNEL above thedesired interior noise level:a. Single and multiple familyresidential buildings shallachieve an interior noise levelof 45 CNEL or less. Suchbuildings shall include soundinsulatingwindows, walls,roofs and ventilation systems.Sound barriers shall also beinstalled (e.g. masonry wallsor walls with berms) betweensingle-family residences andmajor roadways.b. New libraries, hospitals andextended medical carefacilities, places of worshipand office uses shall beinsulated to achieve interiornoise levels of 50 CNEL orless.c. New schools shall beinsulated to achieve interiornoise levels of 45 CNEL orless.6.3.2 Discourage residential uses wherecurrent or projected exterior noise dueto aircraft over flights will exceed 65CNEL.6.3.3 Where the future noise environment islikely to exceed 70 CNEL due toMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANoverflights from the joint-use airport atMarch, new buildings containing usesthat are not addressed under Policy6.3.1 shall require insulation toachieve interior noise levelsrecommended in the March AirReserve Base Air InstallationCompatible Use Zone Report.6.3.4 Encourage residential developmentheavily impacted by aircraft over flightnoise, to transition to uses that aremore noise compatible.6.3.5 Enforce the California AdministrativeCode, Title 24 noise insulationstandards for new multi-familyhousing developments, motels andhotels.6.3.6 Building shall be limited in areas ofsensitive receptors.Objective 6.4Review noise issues during the planningprocess and require noise attenuationmeasures to minimize acoustic impacts toexisting and future surrounding land uses.Policies:6.4.1 Site, landscape and architecturaldesign features shall be encouragedto mitigate noise impacts for newdevelopments, with a preference fornoise barriers that avoid freewaysound barrier walls.Objective 6.5Minimize noise impacts from significant noisegenerators such as, but not limited to, motorvehicles, trains, aircraft, commercial,industrial, construction, and other activities.Policies:6.5.1 New commercial and industrialactivities (including the placement ofPage 9-31 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVESmechanical equipment) shall beevaluated and designed to mitigatenoise impacts on adjacent uses.6.5.2 Construction activities shall beoperated in a manner that limits noiseimpacts on surrounding uses.Objective 6.6Promote land use patterns that reduce dailyautomotive trips and reduce trip distance forwork, shopping, school, and recreation.Policies:6.6.1 Provide sites for new neighborhoodcommercial facilities within closeproximity to the residential areas theyserve.6.6.2 Provide multi-family residentialdevelopment sites in close proximityto neighborhood commercial centersin order to encourage pedestrianinstead of vehicular travel.6.6.3 Locate neighborhood parks in closeproximity to the appropriateconcentration of residents in order toencourage pedestrian and bicycletravel to local recreation areas.Objective 6.7Reduce mobile and stationary source airpollutant emissions.Policies:6.7.1 Cooperate with regional efforts toestablish and implement regional airquality strategies and tactics.6.7.2 Encourage the financing andconstruction of park-and-ride facilities.6.7.3 Encourage express transit servicefrom Moreno Valley to the greatermetropolitan areas of Riverside, SanMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANBernardino, Orange and Los AngelesCounties.6.7.4 Locate heavy industrial and extractionfacilities away from residential areasand sensitive receptors.6.7.5 Require grading activities to complywith South Coast Air QualityManagement District’s Rule 403regarding the control of fugitive dust.6.7.6 Require building construction tocomply with the energy conservationrequirements of Title 24 of theCalifornia Administrative Code.Objective 6.8As feasible given budget constraints, strive tomaintain a police force with a ratio of onesworn officer for each 1,000 residents.Policies:6.8.1 Explore the most effective andeconomical means of providingresponsive and adequate lawenforcement protection in the future.Objective 6.9Reduce the risk and fear of crime throughphysical planning strategies that maximizesurveillance opportunities and minimizeopportunities for crime found in the presentand future built environment, and by creatingand maintaining a high level of communityawareness and support of crime prevention.Policies:6.9.1 Promote the establishment ofneighborhood and business watchprograms to encourage communityparticipation in the patrol ofneighborhood areas, and increasedawareness of any suspicious activity.Page 9-32 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVES6.9.2 Require well-lighted entrances,walkways and parking lots, streetlighting in all commercial, industrialareas and multiple-family residentialareas to facilitate nighttimesurveillance and discourage crime.6.9.3 Incorporate "defensible space"concepts into the design of dwellingsand nonresidential structures,including, but not limited toconfiguration of lots, buildings, fences,walls and other features that facilitatesurveillance and reinforce a sense ofterritorial control.Objective 6.10Protect life and property from the potentialshort-term and long-term deleterious effectsof the necessary transportation, use, storagetreatment and disposal and hazardousmaterials and waste within the City of MorenoValley.Policies:6.10.1 Require all land use applications andapprovals to be consistent with thesiting criteria and other applicableprovisions of the adopted HazardousWaste Management Plan, which isalso incorporated into and as part ofthe General Plan.6.10.2 Manage the generation, collection,storage, processing, treatment,transport and disposal of hazardouswaste in accordance with provisionsof the City of Moreno Valley's adoptedHazardous Waste Management Plan,which is also incorporated into and aspart of the General Plan.Objective 6.11Maintain an integrated emergencymanagement program that is properly staffed,trained, and equipped for receivingMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANemergency calls, providing initial response,providing for key support to major incidents.Policies:6.11.1 Respond to any disaster situation inthe City to provide necessary initialresponse and providing for keysupport to major incidents.6.11.2 Provide emergency first aid treatmentwhen necessary.6.11.3 Support the maintenance of a traumacenter within the City.6.11.4 Aggressively attack uncontrolled firesand hold losses to a minimum.6.11.5 Minimize uncontrolled fires throughsupport of weed abatement programs.Objective 6.12Coordinate with Federal, State and Countyagencies and neighboring communities indeveloping a regional system to respond toemergencies and major catastrophes.Policies:6.12.1 Support mutual aid agreements andcommunication links with the Countyof Riverside and other localparticipating jurisdictions.Objective 6.13Maintain fire prevention, fire-related lawenforcement, and public education andinformation programs to prevent fires.Policies:6.13.1 Provide fire safety education toresidents of appropriate age.Page 9-33 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVESObjective 6.14Maintain the capacity to respond rapidly toemergency situations.Policies:6.14.1 Locate fire stations in accordance withthe Fire Station Master Plan as shownin Figure 6-1. The exact location ofeach fire station may be modifiedbased on availability of land and otherfactors.6.14.2 Relate the timing of fire stationconstruction to the rise of servicedemand in surrounding areas.Objective 6.15Ensure that property in or adjacent to wildlandareas is reasonably protected from wildlandfire hazard, consistent with the maintenanceof a viable natural ecology.Policies:6.15.1 Encourage programs to minimize thefire hazard, including but not limited tothe prevention of fuel build-up wherewildland areas are adjacent to urbandevelopment.6.15.2 Tailor fire prevention measuresimplemented in wildland areas to boththe aesthetic and functional needs ofthe natural environment.Objective 6.16Ensure that uses within urbanized areas areplanned and designed consistent withaccepted safety.Policies:6.16.1 Ensure that ordinances, resolutionsand policies relating to urbandevelopment are consistent with therequirements of acceptable fire safety,MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANincluding requirements for smokedetectors, emergency water supplyand automatic fire sprinkler systems.6.16.2 Encourage the systematic mitigationof existing fire hazards related to landurban development or patterns ofurban development as they areidentified and as resources permit.6.16.3 Ensure that adequate emergencyingress and egress is provided foreach development.6.16.4 Within the safety zones (e.g. AirCrash Hazard Zones and ClearZones) shown in Figure 6-5,residential uses shall not bepermitted, and business uses shall berestricted to low intensity uses asdefined in the March Air ReserveBase Air Installation Compatible UseZone Report, as amended from timeto time.Objective 6.17Provide non-emergency public servicesprovided that such demands do not interferewith fire protection and other emergencyservices.9.6.3 SAFETY ELEMENT PROGRAMS6-1 Request that public utility companiesinspect their facilities and distributionnetworks to determine the potentialimpact of earthquake damage.6-2 Evaluate historic buildings relative tothe need for mitigation of geologichazards, while weighing theirhistorical value against the potentialhazard of their collapse.6-3 Reevaluate designated truck routes interms of noise impact on existing landuses to determine if those establishedroutes and the hours of their usePage 9-34 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVESMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANshould be adjusted to minimizeexposure to truck noise.6-4 Review existing ordinances to ensurethat building and site designstandards specifically address crimeprevention utilizing defensible spacecriteria. Incorporate securitystandards into the Municipal Code.6-5 Seek state and federal grants to offsetany required additions in lawenforcement staffing and/orequipment.6-6 Update the Fire Protection MasterPlan as conditions warrant.6-7 Establish regulations for developmentalong the urban-wildland interface.6-8 Establish criteria for the design,maintenance, modification andreplacement of fire facilities.6-9 Establish criteria for weed abatementprograms.Page 9-35 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVES9.7 CONSERVATION ELEMENTGOALS, OBJECTIVES, POLICIESAND PROGRAMS9.7.1 CONSERVATION ELEMENT GOALSGoal 7.1To achieve the wise use of natural resourceswithin the City of Moreno Valley, its sphere ofinfluence and planning area.9.7.2 CONSERVATION ELEMENTOBJECTIVES AND POLICIESObjective 7.1Minimize erosion problems resulting fromdevelopment activities.Policies:7.1.1 Require that grading plans includeappropriate and feasible measures tominimize erosion, sedimentation, winderosion and fugitive dust.7.1.2 Circulation patterns within newlydeveloping portions of Moreno Valley,particularly in hillside areas, shouldfollow natural contours to minimizegrading.Objective 7.2Maintain surface water quality and the supplyand quality of groundwater.Policies:7.2.1 New development may use individualwells only where an adequate supplyof good quality groundwater isavailable.7.2.2 The City shall comply with theprovisions of its permit(s) issued bythe Regional Water Quality ControlBoard for the protection of waterquality pursuant to the NationalMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANPollutant Discharge EliminationSystem.7.2.3 In concert with the water purveyoridentify aquifer recharge areas andestablish regulations to protectrecharge areas and regulate newindividual wells.Objective 7.3Minimize the consumption of water through acombination of water conservation and reuse.Policies:7.3.1 Require water conserving landscapeand irrigation systems throughdevelopment review. Minimize theuse of lawn within privatedevelopments, and within parkwayareas. The use of mulch and nativeand drought tolerant landscaping shallbe encouraged.7.3.2 Encourage the use of reclaimedwastewater, stored rainwater, or otherlegally acceptable non-potable watersupply for irrigation.Objective 7.4Maintain, protect, and preserve biologicallysignificant habitats where practical, includingthe San Jacinto Wildlife Area, riparian areas,habitats of rare and endangered species, andother areas of natural significance.Policies:7.4.1 Require all development, includingroads, proposed adjacent to riparianand other biologically sensitivehabitats to provide adequate buffersto mitigate impacts to such areas.7.4.2 Limit the removal of natural vegetationin hillside areas when retainingnatural habitat does not pose threatsto public safety.Page 9-36 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVES7.4.3 Preserve natural drainage courses intheir natural state and the naturalhydrology, unless the protection of lifeand property necessitate improvementas concrete channels.7.4.4 Incorporate significant rock formationsinto the design of hillsidedevelopments.7.4.5 The City shall fulfill its obligations setforth within any agreement(s) andpermit(s) that the City may enter intofor the purpose of implementing theWestern Riverside County MultispeciesHabitat Conservation Plan.Objective 7.5Encourage efficient use of energy resources.Policies:7.5.1 Encourage building, site design, andlandscaping techniques that providepassive heating and cooling to reduceenergy demand.7.5.2 Encourage energy efficient modes oftransportation and fixed facilities,including transit, bicycle, equestrian,and pedestrian transportation.Emphasize fuel efficiency in theacquisition and use of City-ownedvehicles.7.5.3 Locate areas planned for commercial,industrial and multiple family densityresidential development within areasof high transit potential and access.7.5.4 Encourage efficient energy usage inall city public buildings.7.5.5 Encourage the use of solar power andother renewable energy systems.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANObjective 7.6Identify and preserve Moreno Valley's uniquehistorical and archaeological resources forfuture generations.Policies:7.6.1 Historical, cultural and archaeologicalresources shall be located andpreserved, or mitigated consistentwith their intrinsic value.7.6.2 Implement appropriate mitigationmeasures to conserve culturalresources that are uncovered duringexcavation and construction activities.7.6.3 Minimize damage to the integrity ofhistoric structures when they arealtered.7.6.4 Encourage restoration and adaptivereuse of historical buildings worthy ofpreservation.7.6.5 Encourage documentation of historicbuildings when such buildings mustbe demolished.Objective 7.7Where practical, preserve significant visualfeatures significant views and vistas.Policies:7.7.1 Discourage development directlyupon a prominent ridgeline.7.7.2 Require new electrical andcommunication lines to be placedunderground.7.7.3 Implement reasonable controls on thesize, number and design of signs tominimize degradation of visual quality.Page 9-37 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVES7.7.4 Gilman Springs Road, Moreno BeachDrive, and State Route 60 shall bedesignated as local scenic roads.7.7.5 Require development along scenicroadways to be visually attractive andto allow for scenic views of thesurrounding mountains and MysticLake.7.7.6 Minimize the visibility of wirelesscommunication facilities by the public.Encourage “stealth” designs andencourage new antennas to belocated on existing poles, buildingsand other structures.Objective 7.8Maintain an adequate system of solid wastecollection and disposal to meet existing andfuture needs.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN7-4 Provide guidelines for preferredplanting schemes and specificspecies to encourage aestheticallypleasing landscape statements thatminimize water use.7-5 Develop incentives whereappropriate, for the maintenance andsensitive rehabilitation of historicstructures and properties.7-6 In areas where archaeological orpaleontological resources are knownor reasonably expected to exist,based upon the citywide surveyconducted by the UCR ArchaeologicalResearch Unit, incorporate therecommendations and determinationsof that report to reduce potentialimpacts to levels of insignificance.Policies:7.8.1 Encourage recycling projects byindividuals, non-profit organizations,or corporations and local businesses,as well as programs sponsoredthrough government agencies.9.7.3 CONSERVATION ELEMENTPROGRAMS7-1 Support regional solid waste disposalefforts by the County of Riverside.7-2 Advocate for natural drainagechannels to the Riverside CountyFlood Control District, in order toassure the maximum recovery of localwater, and to protect riparian habitatsand wildlife.7-3 Maintain a close working relationshipwith EMWD to ensure that EMWDplans for and is aware of opportunitiesto use reclaimed water in the City.Page 9-38 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVESMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN9.8 HOUSING ELEMENT GOALS,OBJECTIVES, POLICES ANDPROGRAMS9.8.1 HOUSING ELEMENT GOALSGoal 8.1Improve and maintain decent, sanitary andaffordable housing.Goal 8.2Improve and maintain decent, sanitary andaffordable housing for very-low incomehouseholds and seniors.Goal 8.3Reduce substandard housing and health andsafety violations.Goal 8.4Assist in the revitalization of olderneighborhoods.Goal 8.5Improve and maintain decent and affordablerental housing.Goal 8.6Assist very low, low and moderate-incomefirst time buyers to purchase homes.Goal 8.7Add to the number of affordable rental unitsfor very low and low-income households.Goal 8.8Create affordable housing units for seniorhouseholds.9.8.2 HOUSING ELEMENT OBJECTIVESAND POLICIESObjective 8.1Rehabilitate a minimum of fifteen singlefamilyhomes under the Home ImprovementLoan Program (HILP).Objective 8.2Rehabilitate a minimum of fifteen single-familyhomes under the Homeowner Assistance forMinor Rehabilitation loan program (HAMR).Policies:8.2.1 Rehabilitate single-family homes tocorrect substandard conditions,improve handicap accessibility, andimprove the aesthetics of olderneighborhoods, thereby contributingto their preservation and revitalization.Objective 8.3Rehabilitate a minimum of ninety mobilehomes, for very low-income homeowners, inmobile home parks citywide, under the MobileHome Grant Program.Policies:8.3.1 Correct substandard conditions inmobile home parks.Objective 8.4Obtain code compliance from a minimum oftwenty-five very low and moderate-incomeproperty owners, citywide, with emphasis onfocus neighborhoods.Policies:8.4.1 Enforce correction by property ownersof identified housing and codeviolations in rental propertiesPage 9-39 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVESObjective 8.5occupied by very low to moderateincomehouseholds.Conduct five neighborhood clean-upsannually; provide related services toCommunity Development Block Grant(CDBG) areas in conjunction with otherprojects, and assist in clean up of 360housing units.Policies:8.5.1 Provide neighborhood improvementprograms to CDBG target areas.Objective 8.6Assist 300 households citywide.Policies:8.6.1 Provide fair housing andlandlord/tenant education services tovery low to moderate-incomehouseholds.Objective 8.7Rehabilitate fifty multi-family units, citywide,through utilization of the Rental RehabilitationProgram.Policies:8.7.1 To eliminate substandard housingconditions for low-income renters,while enhancing the appearance ofmulti-family developments.Objective 8.8Assist households with down payment andclosing costs.Policies:MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN8.8.1 Provide assistance to facilitatehomeownership for very low tomoderate-income householdsObjective 8.9Create a minimum of 126 affordable rentalunits, citywide.Policies:8.9.1 Facilitate the creation of affordablerental units.Objective 8.10Create a minimum of seventy senior units.Policies:8.10.1 Create decent and affordable housingopportunities for low and very-lowincome seniors.9.8.3 HOUSING ELEMENT PROGRAMS8-1 Utilize the Home Improvement LoanProgram (HILP) that provides a 3%loan for up to $15,000 deferred for 20years. Available citywide for very lowto lower income homeowners.8-2 Utilize the Homeowner Assistance forMinor Rehabilitation (HAMR) loanprogram that provides a 3% to 5%loan for up to $7,500 amortized over a10-year term.8-3 Utilize the Mobile Home GrantProgram that provides grants up to$10,000 for owner-occupants ofmobile homes.8-4 Provide enhanced code complianceservices and referrals to City housingrehabilitation programs.8-5 Utilize the City Neighborhood CleanupProgram to provide volunteers andequipment to neighborhoods for cleanPage 9-40 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 9 – GOALS AND OBJECTIVESup activities.8-6 Contract with a fair housing agency tomediate between landlords andtenants and educate them on theirrights and responsibilities.8-7 Update the City’s Analysis ofImpediments to Fair Housing.8-8 Provide rehabilitation loans throughthe City’s Rental RehabilitationProgram that offers 5% loans with thefirst year deferred and amortized overa 19-year period.8-9 Through the Homebuyer AssistanceProgram, provide 30-year deferredsilent second loans, with no interest,up to 20% or $200,000 of thepurchase price of resale homes.8-10 Work with local CHDO to constructand/or rehabilitate houses for verylow-income households.8-11 Purchase HUD homes for resale tofirst time homebuyers.MORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN8-18 Review parking standards for multifamily3 and 4 bedroom units,including covered parkingrequirements to determine ifreductions are appropriate.8-19 Review second unit regulations todetermine if expansion is merited toadditional districts.8-20 Continue to pay the development feesfor projects, on a case-by-case basis,that have received State or Federalfunds, such as Section 202 and TaxCredits.8-21 Utilize Redevelopment Agency funds,where appropriate and necessary, tofacilitate infrastructure for affordableprojects.8-22 Propose general plan changes forrezoning areas in the city to housinguses or mixed uses that includehousing.8-23 Facilitate the construction of a sixtynineunit multi-family senior complex.8-12 Administer new construction homeownership program and youth jobtraining.8-13 Work with housing developers byproviding Agency assistance to writedownthe costs of units via loans.8-14 Provide financial assistance for thedevelopment of affordable rental unitsfor larger families.8-15 Revise General Plan.8-16 Continue to implement permitstreamlining.8-17 Develop standards for mobile homeparks and mobile home subdivisions.Page 9-41 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 10 – GLOSSARYMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLAN10. GLOSSARYAdjusted Net AcreThe acreage of a site that will be available fordevelopment after the required dedication ofland and rights-of-way for parks, exteriorboundary arterial streets and major floodcontrol and utility facilitiesBermAn elongated barrier consisting of a mound orridge of soilBikewayA route or path designated for bicycle travelBuild-outDevelopment of a community to the potentialpermitted under the applicable land use planCommunity Facilities DistrictA special tax district created in accordancewith the Mello-Roos Community Facilities Actof 1982. The special tax is used to repay taxexemptbonds used to finance the design,acquisition, construction and/or operation ofpublic facilities that benefit property within thedistrictCommunity Services DistrictA special district created to pay for servicesdelivered within the district, such as park andrecreation services, street lighting andparkway and median maintenanceCompatibleCapable of existing together in harmonywithout serious conflictsDensity (Residential)The number of residential dwellings peradjusted net acre of landDensity BonusAn allowance for residential density greaterthan allowed under the zoning regulationscontingent on the developer providinghousing for households with special needs,such as low income, lower income or seniorhouseholds.DiscourageTo hinder the development of a condition oractionDwelling UnitA building or portion of a building designed asa domicile for one householdEncourageTo help to bring about a condition or actionFeasibleCapable of being done within a reasonableamount of time taking into account legal,financial, social and technical constraintsFloor Area, GrossThe total square feet of all floors within theexterior walls of a building.Floor Area RatioThe gross floor area of structures on a sitedivided by the adjusted net area of the site.GoalA general expression of a condition that theCity is trying to attain (e.g. an aestheticallypleasing community)GradingExcavating and filling of soil and/or otherearth materialGranny UnitA dwelling unit intended for one or two adultsaged 62 or over which is accessory to aprimary single-family house located on thesame parcelImpervious SurfaceA surface through which water cannotpenetrate (e.g. concrete and asphalt)InfrastructureThe physical improvements and utilities thatsupport land uses, such as roads, bridges,parkway landscaping, traffic signals, streetlights, drainage facilities and trails, as well asPage 9-1 July 11, 2006

CHAPTER 10 – GLOSSARYthe pipelines, wires, equipment and facilitiesnecessary to provide water, sewer, gas,electric and communication services.Land UseThe nature and purpose for which a parcel orstructure is occupiedLandscapingPlants and ground covers introduced toenhance a property, plus any original landfeatures and vegetation that may have beenpreserved on-siteMultiple-family HousingExcept for granny units and second units,housing consisting of two or more dwellingunits per parcel This definition includescondominiums, mobile home parks, duplexesand apartments.MinimizeTo reduce, but not necessarily eliminateMitigateTo eliminate or reduce the magnitude of anadverse effectObjectiveA specific condition that the City would like toachieveOpen SpaceLand that is planned to remain in a naturalcondition or substantially free of structuresPolicyA principle or guideline intended to directfuture activities and decisionsMORENO VALLEY GENERAL PLANcultural facilities, fire stations and policestationsRight-of-wayA strip of land on which a right of passagehas been recorded, such as a street right-ofwaySecond UnitA dwelling unit that is accessory to a primarysingle-family house located on the sameparcelSpecific PlanA detailed plan for a defined geographic areathat specifies zoning of land uses, theinfrastructure and facilities needed to supportthose land uses and a plan forimplementationSingle-family HousingHousing consisting of one dwelling unit perparcel; or one dwelling unit plus either agranny unit or second unit on the same parcelSphere of InfluenceThe ultimate boundaries of a city or otherlocal agency approved by the Local AgencyFormation CommissionSubdivisionThe division of land into defined lots that canbe legally conveyed by sale or leaseZoningA system of land use regulation that divides acity or county into areas and establishes theallowable uses and standards fordevelopment within each areaProgramA plan of action to implement or advance agoal, objective or policyPublic FacilitiesPublic improvements and amenities,including, but not limited to, roads, bridges,traffic signals, street lights, drainage facilities,trails, parks, recreation buildings,administrative buildings, city yards, libraries,Page 9-2 July 11, 2006